[go: up one dir, main page]
More Web Proxy on the site http://driver.im/

WO2023093493A1 - Method for transmitting data packet in pdu session, and communication apparatus - Google Patents

Method for transmitting data packet in pdu session, and communication apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023093493A1
WO2023093493A1 PCT/CN2022/129606 CN2022129606W WO2023093493A1 WO 2023093493 A1 WO2023093493 A1 WO 2023093493A1 CN 2022129606 W CN2022129606 W CN 2022129606W WO 2023093493 A1 WO2023093493 A1 WO 2023093493A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
path
psa
smf
upf
new
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/129606
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
李永翠
倪慧
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023093493A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023093493A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/0001Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff
    • H04L1/0006Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff by adapting the transmission format
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/12Reselecting a serving backbone network switching or routing node
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/16Performing reselection for specific purposes
    • H04W36/18Performing reselection for specific purposes for allowing seamless reselection, e.g. soft reselection

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the communication field, and more specifically, relates to a method and a communication device for transmitting data packets in a PDU session.
  • the location of the edge computing platform supported by the session management function (session management function, SMF) network element may be limited.
  • SMF session management function
  • I-SMF intermediate SMF
  • the I-SMF will change (change); when the edge computing platform that the network side expects the terminal device to access is within the supported range of the SMF, the I-SMF will be removed; in these scenarios, the I-SMF will occur. SMF updates.
  • the intermediate user plane function network element (intermediate user plane function UPF, I-UPF) controlled or managed by the I-SMF will also be updated (change/insert/remove).
  • PDU protocol data unit
  • the PDU session anchor (PDU session anchor, PSA) will receive the data packets from the two paths, and send the data packets on the two paths to the server respectively.
  • the data packets received on the path before the I-UPF update need to be earlier than the data packets received on the path after the I-UPF update in timing.
  • the PSA Since the data packets on the two paths arrive at the PSA at different times, when the data packets on the path before the I-UPF update arrive at the PSA later than the packets on the path after the I-UPF update, the PSA will directly come from the two
  • the data packets on the path are sent to the server, causing the server to receive data packets from the path before the I-UPF update later than the data packets received on the path after the I-UPF update, causing the server to receive
  • the out-of-sequence of the data packets increases the time for the server to sort the data packets, reduces the communication efficiency, and reduces the user experience.
  • the access network device will receive the data packets from the two paths, and send the data packets on the two paths to the terminal device.
  • the data packets received on the path before the I-UPF update need to be earlier than the data packets received on the path after the I-UPF update. Since the data packets on the two paths arrive at the access network device at different times, when the data packets on the path before the I-UPF update arrive at the access network device later than the data packets on the path after the I-UPF update, the connection The network access device directly sends data packets from the two paths to the terminal device, causing the terminal device to receive data packets from the path before the I-UPF update later than the path after the I-UPF update.
  • the data packets received by the terminal device will cause out-of-order data packets received by the terminal device, which will increase the time for the terminal device to sort the data packets, reduce communication efficiency, and lead to a decrease in user experience.
  • This application provides a method and communication device for data packet transmission in a PDU session, in the scenario of I-SMF update (change/insertion/removal) or I-UPF update (change/insertion/removal) in a PDU session , by using a gateway (PSA, access network device or I-UPF) to sort the data packets of a PDU session from different paths, so that the uplink data packets or downlink data packets are transmitted in the normal order, avoiding the terminal equipment Or the process of sorting the data packets by the server reduces the communication delay and thus ensures the communication efficiency.
  • a gateway PSA, access network device or I-UPF
  • a method for transmitting a data packet in a PDU session includes: the PSA receives first indication information sent by the SMF, and the first indication information is used to indicate: the PSA caches the data received on the first path Uplink data packet, and, when receiving the end mark from the second path, send a message to the SMF, the message is used to indicate that the PSA has received the end mark, and the end mark is used to indicate the end mark on the second path
  • the transmission of the uplink data packet ends, and the uplink data packet on the first path and the uplink data packet on the second path are uplink data packets of the same PDU session; the PSA sends the message to the SMF after receiving the end flag; the The PSA receives second indication information from the SMF, where the second indication information is used to instruct the PSA to send the buffered uplink data packet; the PSA sends the buffered uplink data packet on the first path according to the second indication information; wherein, The transmission order of the uplink data packet
  • the method for data packet transmission in the PDU session provided by the first aspect is to sort the uplink data packets received from the same PDU session on the new path (first path) and the old path (second path) through the PSA, and in the PSA Before receiving the indication information indicating that the uplink data packets sent on the old path have been sent, the PSA buffers the uplink data packets received on the new path, and the PSA receives the indication that the uplink data packets sent on the old path have been sent After the information is sent, the PSA sends the previously cached uplink data packets received on the new path, so as to ensure that the uplink data packets in a PDU session are sent in the normal order, thereby saving the server’s time for sorting the uplink data packets and ensuring communication efficiency.
  • the method further includes: when the PSA receives the uplink data packet from the second path, sending the uplink data packet from the second path.
  • receiving the end flag by the PSA includes: receiving the end flag sent by the access network device by the PSA.
  • a method for transmitting data packets in a PDU session includes: the SMF sends first indication information to the PSA, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the PSA caches the uplink received on the first path data packet, and, when receiving the end mark from the second path, send a message to the SMF, the message is used to indicate that the PSA has received the end mark, and the end mark is used to indicate the uplink data on the second path
  • the packet transmission ends, the uplink data packet on the first path and the uplink data packet on the second path are uplink data packets of the same PDU session;
  • the SMF receives the message sent by the PSA;
  • the SMF sends a second indication to the PSA information, the second indication information is used to instruct the PSA to send the buffered uplink data packet;
  • the transmission sequence of the uplink data packet on the first path is: terminal equipment, access network equipment, new intermediate user plane function network element I -UPF, the PSA, or the terminal device, the
  • the SMF can instruct the PSA to cache the new path (the second path) before receiving the indication information indicating that the uplink data packet has been sent on the old path (the second path).
  • the PSA sends the previously buffered uplink data packets received on the new path, so as to ensure a The uplink data packets in the PDU session are sent in a normal order, thereby saving the server's time for sorting the uplink data packets and ensuring communication efficiency.
  • the method before the SMF sends the first indication information to the PSA, the method further includes: the SMF receives the first information from the AMF or the new I-SMF; the SMF according to The first information is to determine to send the first indication information to the PSA; wherein, the first information includes: the indication information that the access network equipment has not changed or the third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate to sort the uplink data packets.
  • the SMF can buffer the uplink received on the new path before the PSA receives the indication information indicating that the uplink data packet sent on the old path has been sent according to the information sent by the AMF or the new I-SMF. data packets, so as to ensure that the uplink data packets in a PDU session are sent in a normal order, thereby saving the server's time for sorting the uplink data packets and ensuring communication efficiency.
  • the method further includes: the SMF sends fourth indication information to the AMF or the access network device, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct the access network device to send the end sign.
  • the SMF can instruct the access network device to send the end flag on the second path, thereby ensuring that the PSA receives the end flag on the old path, ensuring that the PSA can smoothly send the cached data packets, and ensuring that the data The efficiency of packet transmission.
  • a method for transmitting data packets in a PDU session comprising: an access network device receives second information sent by an AMF network element; the access network device sends the second information on a second path according to the second information An end flag, which is used to indicate the end of the transmission of the uplink data packets on the second path; the access network device sends the uplink data packets on the first path; wherein, the transmission sequence of the uplink data packets on the first path is as follows: The terminal device, the access network device, the new I-UPF, the PSA, or the terminal device, the access network device, and the PSA; the transmission sequence of the uplink data packets on the second path is: the terminal device, the access network device , the source I-UPF, the PSA, or the terminal device, the access network device, and the PSA.
  • the access network device can send the end mark on the second path (old path), thereby ensuring that the PSA receives the end mark on the old path, and ensuring that the PSA can be smoothly Send buffered data packets to ensure the efficiency of data packet transmission.
  • the second information includes: at least one of the tunnel information of the new I-UPF, the tunnel information of the PSA, the fourth indication information, or the indication information that the access network equipment has not changed ;
  • the fourth indication information is used to instruct the access network device to send the end flag on the second path.
  • a method for transmitting data packets in a PDU session includes: the access network device receives fifth indication information from the AMF, and the fifth indication information is used to indicate: the access network device is in the second Before receiving the end flag on the path, cache the downlink data packets from the first path; according to the fifth indication information, the access network device caches the downlink data packets from the first path before receiving the end flag on the second path.
  • the data packet, the downlink data packet on the first path and the downlink data packet on the second path are downlink data packets of the same PDU session, and the end flag is used to indicate the end of the transmission of the downlink data packet on the second path;
  • the access network The device sends the downlink data packet received on the second path to the terminal device; the access network device sends the buffered downlink data packet to the terminal device when receiving the end flag on the second path, wherein the first The order of transmission of downlink data packets on one path is: PSA, new I-UPF, access network equipment,
  • the downlink data packets received from the same PDU session on the new path (first path) and the old path (second path) are processed by the access network device. Sorting, before the access network device receives the indication that the data packet sent on the old path has been sent, the access network device buffers the downlink data packet received on the new path, and the access network device receives the downlink data packet on the old path After the indication information that the sent downlink data packets have been sent is completed, the access network device sends the buffered downlink data packets received on the new path before, and the access network device sends the downlink data packets on the old path according to the normal process. Therefore, it can be ensured that the downlink data packets in a PDU session are sent in a normal order, thereby ensuring the packet order of the PDU session and ensuring communication efficiency.
  • the fifth indication information includes: indication information that the access network device has not changed.
  • the receiving the end marker on the second path by the access network device includes: receiving the end marker from the PSA on the second path by the access network device.
  • a method for transmitting data packets in a PDU session comprising: the PSA receives third information from the SMF; the PSA sends an end flag on the second path according to the third information, and the end flag It is used to indicate the end of the transmission of the downlink data packets on the second path; wherein, the transmission sequence of the downlink data packets on the first path is: PSA, new I-UPF, access network equipment, terminal equipment, or, PSA, access The transmission sequence of the downlink data packets on the second path is: PSA, source I-UPF, access network device, terminal device, or, PSA, access network device, terminal device, first The downlink data packet on the path and the downlink data packet on the second path are downlink data packets of the same PDU session.
  • the PSA can send the end flag on the second path (old path), thereby ensuring that the access network device receives the end flag on the old path, and ensuring that the access network device can smoothly send the buffered Downlink data packets to ensure the efficiency of downlink data packet transmission.
  • the third information includes: downlink tunnel information or indication information used to update the PSA, where the indication information is used to indicate that the PSA sends the end flag on the second path.
  • a sixth aspect provides a method for data packet transmission in a PDU session, characterized in that the method includes:
  • the SMF receives fourth information from the AMF or the new I-SMF; the SMF sends third information to the PSA according to the fourth information, and the third information is used to indicate: the PSA sends an end flag on the second path, and the end The flag is used to indicate the end of the transmission of the downlink data packets on the second path; wherein, the transmission sequence of the downlink data packets on the first path is: PSA, new I-UPF, access network equipment, terminal equipment, or, PSA, The transmission sequence of the downlink data packets on the second path is: PSA, source I-UPF, access network device, terminal device, or, PSA, access network device, terminal device, the order of the access network device, the terminal device, and the second path
  • the downlink data packets on the first path and the downlink data packets on the second path are downlink data packets of the same PDU session.
  • the SMF can determine to instruct the PSA to send the end flag on the second path (old path) according to the information from the AMF or the new I-SMF, so as to ensure that the access network device receives the end flag on the old path.
  • the end flag ensures that the access network device can smoothly send the cached downlink data packets, and ensures the efficiency of downlink data packet transmission.
  • the fourth information includes: indication information indicating that the access network device has not changed, or indication information used to indicate ordering of downlink data packets.
  • a method for transmitting data packets in a PDU session comprising: the new I-UPF receives sixth indication information from the first network element, and the sixth indication information is used to indicate: the new I-UPF
  • the UPF buffers the uplink data packet received on the first path, and, when receiving the end flag from the second path, sends a message to the first network element, and the message is used to indicate that the new I-UPF has received the The end flag, the end flag is used to indicate the end of the transmission of the uplink data packet on the second path, the uplink data packet on the first path and the uplink data packet on the second path are uplink data packets of the same PDU session; the new After receiving the end flag, the I-UPF sends the message to the first network element; the new I-UPF receives the seventh indication information from the first network element, and the seventh indication information is used to instruct the new I-UPF to send Buffered uplink data packets; the new I-UPF sends the buffere
  • the method for transmitting data packets in a PDU session uses I-UPF to sort the received uplink data packets from the same PDU session on the new path (first path) and the old path (second path) , before the I-UPF receives the indication information indicating that the uplink data packet sent on the old path has been sent, the I-UPF buffers the uplink data packet received on the new path, and when the I-UPF receives the uplink data packet sent on the old path After the indication information indicating that the uplink data packets have been sent, the I-UPF sends the previously buffered uplink data packets received on the new path, so as to ensure that the uplink data packets in a PDU session are sent in the normal order, thereby saving
  • the server sorts the uplink data packets to ensure communication efficiency.
  • the method further includes: when the new I-UPF receives the uplink data packet from the second path, sending the uplink data packet from the second path.
  • the sequential transmission of uplink data packets on the old path can be guaranteed.
  • the receiving the end flag by the new I-UPF includes: receiving the end flag sent by the access network device by the new I-UPF.
  • a method for transmitting data packets in a PDU session comprising: the first network element sends sixth indication information to the new I-UPF, and the sixth indication information is used to indicate: the new I-UPF caches The uplink data packet received on the first path, and when receiving the end flag from the second path, sends a message to the first network element, and the message is used to indicate that the new I-UPF has received the end flag , the end flag is used to indicate the end of the uplink data packet transmission on the second path; the first network element receives the message sent by the new I-UPF; the first network element sends sixth indication information to the new I-UPF, the first network element The six indication information is used to instruct the new I-UPF to send the buffered uplink data packet; wherein, the uplink data packet on the first path and the uplink data packet on the second path are uplink data packets of the same PDU session, and the first path
  • the transmission sequence of uplink data packets on the second path is:
  • the first network element may instruct the new I-UPF before receiving the end flag indicating the uplink data packet sent on the old path (second path), the new I-UPF Buffer the uplink data packets received on the new path (the first path), after the new I-UPF receives the end flag of the uplink data packets sent on the old path, the new I-UPF buffers before sending and receives on the new path Uplink data packets, so as to ensure that the uplink data packets in a PDU session are sent in a normal order, thereby saving the server's time for sorting the uplink data packets and ensuring communication efficiency.
  • the method before the first network element sends the fifth indication information to the new I-UPF, the method further includes: the first network element receives the fifth information from the AMF; the first network element According to the fifth information, determine to send the sixth indication information to the new I-UPF; wherein, the fifth information includes: the indication information that the access network equipment has not changed or the eighth indication information, and the eighth indication information is used to indicate that the uplink Packets are sorted.
  • the first network element may determine to instruct the new I-UPF to buffer the uplink data packet received on the first path according to the information from the AMF, and, upon receiving the end flag from the second path , send a message to the first network element, so as to ensure that the I-UPF sorts the received uplink data packets from the same PDU session on the new path and the old path. Therefore, it is ensured that the uplink data packets in a PDU session are sent in a normal order, thereby saving the server's time for sorting the uplink data packets and ensuring communication efficiency.
  • the method before the first network element sends the fifth indication information to the new I-UPF, the method further includes: the first network element sends sixth information to the source I-SMF or SMF , the sixth information includes: the indication information that the access network equipment has not changed or the ninth indication information, the ninth indication information is used to instruct the source I-SMF or the SMF to determine to establish a forwarding tunnel, and the forwarding tunnel is used to forward the uplink data packet;
  • the first network element receives response information from the source I-SMF or SMF in response to the sixth information, the response information includes a forwarding indication, and the forwarding indication is used to establish forwarding between the new I-UPF and the source I-UPF tunnel, or establish a forwarding tunnel between the new I-UPF and the PSA, or establish a forwarding tunnel between the source I-UPF and the PSA.
  • the method further includes: the first network element sends tenth indication information to the AMF or the access network device, where the tenth indication information is used to indicate: the access network device is on the second path Send the end flag on.
  • the tenth indication information includes: tunnel information of the new I-UPF.
  • the first network element is an SMF or a new I-SMF.
  • a method for transmitting data packets in a PDU session comprising: the access network device receives the seventh information sent by the AMF network element; the access network device sends the information on the second path according to the seventh information An end flag, the end flag is used to indicate the end of the transmission of the uplink data packet on the second path; the access network device sends the uplink data packet on the first path; wherein, the uplink data packet on the first path and the uplink data packet on the second path
  • the uplink data packet is the uplink data packet of the same PDU session, and the transmission sequence of the uplink data packet on the first path is: terminal device, access network device, the new I-UPF, PSA, and the uplink data packet on the second path
  • the sequence of packet transmission is: terminal device, access network device, source I-UPF, the new I-UPF, PSA, or terminal device, access network device, PSA, the new I-UPF, and the PSA.
  • the access network device can send the end mark on the second path (old path), thereby ensuring that the new I-UPF receives the end mark on the old path, ensuring The new I-UPF can smoothly send buffered data packets to ensure the efficiency of data packet transmission.
  • the seventh information includes: tunnel information of the new I-UPF or tenth indication information, where the tenth indication information is used to indicate: the access network device sends the end sign.
  • a method for transmitting data packets in a PDU session comprising: the new I-UPF receives eleventh indication information from the second network element, and the eleventh indication information is used to indicate: the new I-UPF
  • the I-UPF buffers the downlink data packets received on the first path, and, when receiving the end flag from the second path, sends a message to the second network element, where the message is used to indicate the new I-UPF
  • the end flag is received, and the end flag is used to indicate the end of the transmission of the downlink data packet on the second path, and the uplink data packet on the first path and the downlink data packet on the second path are uplink data packets of the same PDU session;
  • the new I-UPF sends the message to the second network element;
  • the new I-UPF receives the twelfth indication information from the SMF, and the twelfth indication information is used to indicate that the new I-UPF
  • the UPF sends the buffere
  • the downlink data packets received from the same PDU session on the new path (first path) and the old path (second path) are sorted through I-UPF, Before the I-UPF receives the indication that the downlink data packets sent on the old path have been sent, the I-UPF buffers the downlink data packets received on the new path. After the indication information that the data packet has been sent, the I-UPF sends the previously buffered downlink data packet received on the new path, so as to ensure that the uplink data packets in a PDU session are sent in a normal order, thereby ensuring communication efficiency.
  • the receiving the end flag by the new I-UPF includes: receiving the end flag from the PSA by the new I-UPF.
  • the second network element is a new I-SMF or SMF.
  • a method for transmitting data packets in a PDU session comprising: the second network element receives eighth information from the AMF, and the eighth information includes: indication information that the access network equipment has not changed or The thirteenth indication information, the thirteenth indication information is used to indicate the ordering of downlink data packets; the second network element sends the eleventh indication information to the new I-UPF according to the eighth information, and the eleventh indication information is used to indicate : the new I-UPF buffers the downlink data packet received on the first path, and, when receiving the end flag from the second path, sends a message to the second network element, where the message is used to indicate the new The I-UPF has received the end flag, which is used to indicate the end of the transmission of the downlink data packet on the second path; wherein, the uplink data packet on the first path and the downlink data packet on the second path are the same PDU session
  • the transmission order of the downlink data packets on the first path is: PSA, new I-UPF,
  • the second network element can instruct the I-UPF to sort the downlink data packets according to the information from the AMF, so as to ensure that the I-UPF can sort the received data packets from the new
  • the downlink data packets of the same PDU session on the path (first path) and the old path (second path) are sorted, so as to ensure that the uplink data packets in a PDU session are sent in the normal order, thus saving the server from updating the uplink data packets.
  • the sorting time ensures communication efficiency.
  • the method further includes: the second network element sends the ninth information to the source I-SMF or SMF , the ninth information includes: the indication information that the access network equipment has not changed or the fourteenth indication information, the fourteenth indication information is used to indicate the source I-SMF or the SMF determines to establish a forwarding tunnel, and the forwarding tunnel is used to forward downlink data packet; the second network element receives response information from the source I-SMF or SMF in response to the ninth information, and the response information includes a forwarding indication, and the forwarding indication is used to establish a connection between the new I-UPF and the source I-UPF or establish a forwarding tunnel between the source I-UPF and the PSA, or establish a forwarding tunnel between the access network device and the PSA.
  • the method further includes: the second network element sending tenth information to the PSA, where the tenth information is used to indicate that the PSA sends the end flag on the second path.
  • the tenth information includes: downlink tunnel information or indication information used to update the PSA, where the indication information is used to indicate that the PSA sends the end flag on the second path.
  • the second network element is a new I-SMF or SMF.
  • a communication device in a twelfth aspect, includes a possible implementation for performing any one of the above first to eleventh aspects, or any one of the first to eleventh aspects A unit used to perform steps in a method.
  • a communication device in a thirteenth aspect, includes at least one processor and a memory, the processor is coupled to the memory, the memory stores program instructions, and when the program instructions stored in the memory are executed by the processor , performing each step in a possible implementation manner of any one of the first to eleventh aspects above, or any one of the first to eleventh aspects.
  • a communication device in a fourteenth aspect, includes at least one processor and an interface circuit, at least one processor is used to execute: any one of the above first to eleventh aspects, or the first to eleventh aspects Each step in a possible implementation manner of any aspect in the eleventh aspect.
  • a computer program product includes a computer program, and when the computer program is executed by a processor, it executes any one of the above first to eleventh aspects, or the first aspect Each step in a possible implementation manner of any one aspect to the eleventh aspect.
  • a computer-readable storage medium is provided.
  • a computer program is stored in the computer-readable storage medium. When the computer program is executed, it is used to perform any one of the above first to eleventh aspects. Aspect, or each step in a possible implementation manner of any aspect from the first aspect to the eleventh aspect.
  • a chip in a seventeenth aspect, includes: a processor, configured to call and run a computer program from a memory, so that a communication device installed with the chip executes any one of the above first to eleventh aspects Aspect, or each step in a possible implementation manner of any aspect from the first aspect to the eleventh aspect.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an example of a communication system architecture provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of an example of an MEC architecture provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a 5G system architecture in an ETSUN scenario provided by this application.
  • Fig. 4 is a schematic flowchart of an example of corresponding insertion of I-SMF according to target DNAI provided by the present application.
  • Fig. 5 is a schematic diagram of a data packet transmission path before and after switching of a time packet transmission path of a PDU session provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of an example of a communication system architecture applicable to the present application.
  • Fig. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting data packets in a PDU session provided by the present application.
  • Fig. 8 is a schematic flowchart of some steps in a method for transmitting data packets in a PDU session provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of another communication system architecture applicable to the present application.
  • Fig. 10 is a schematic flowchart of another example of a method for transmitting data packets in a PDU session provided by the present application.
  • Fig. 11 is a schematic flowchart of some steps in another example of a method for transmitting data packets in a PDU session provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of another communication system architecture applicable to the present application.
  • Fig. 13 is a schematic flowchart of another example of a method for transmitting data packets in a PDU session provided by the present application.
  • Fig. 14 is a schematic flowchart of some steps in another example of a method for transmitting data packets in a PDU session provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of another communication system architecture applicable to the present application.
  • Fig. 16 is a schematic flowchart of another example of a method for transmitting data packets in a PDU session provided by the present application.
  • Fig. 17 is a schematic flowchart of some steps in another example of a method for transmitting data packets in a PDU session provided by the present application.
  • Fig. 18 is a schematic flowchart of some steps in another example of a method for transmitting data packets in a PDU session provided by the present application.
  • Fig. 19 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 20 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 21 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • a relationship means that there may be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B means: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists independently.
  • plural refers to two or more than two.
  • first and second are used for descriptive purposes only, and cannot be understood as indicating or implying relative importance or implicitly specifying the quantity of indicated technical features. Thus, a feature defined as “first” and “second” may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of these features. In the description of this embodiment, unless otherwise specified, “plurality” means two or more.
  • various aspects or features of the present application may be implemented as a method, apparatus, or article of manufacture using standard programming and/or engineering techniques.
  • article of manufacture covers a computer program accessible from any computer readable device, carrier or media.
  • computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (e.g., hard disks, floppy disks, or tapes, etc.), optical disks (e.g., compact discs (compact discs, CDs), digital versatile discs (digital versatile discs, DVDs), etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (for example, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), card, stick or key drive, etc.).
  • magnetic storage devices e.g., hard disks, floppy disks, or tapes, etc.
  • optical disks e.g., compact discs (compact discs, CDs), digital versatile discs (digital versatile discs, DVDs), etc.
  • smart cards and flash memory devices for example, erasable programmable read-only
  • various storage media described herein can represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information.
  • the term "machine-readable medium” may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
  • Computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (e.g., hard disks, floppy disks, or tapes, etc.), optical disks (e.g., compact discs (compact discs, CDs), digital versatile discs (digital versatile discs, DVDs), etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (for example, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), card, stick or key drive, etc.).
  • magnetic storage devices e.g., hard disks, floppy disks, or tapes, etc.
  • optical disks e.g., compact discs (compact discs, CDs), digital versatile discs (digital versatile discs, DVDs), etc.
  • smart cards and flash memory devices for example, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), card, stick or key drive, etc.
  • various storage media described herein can represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information.
  • the term "machine-readable medium” may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
  • the 5G network architecture of the evolved packet system (EPS) defined by the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) is shown in Figure 1, mainly including: terminal equipment, wireless access network equipment, management device, gateway device and data network (data network, DN).
  • the terminal device in Figure 1 can be used to connect to the access network device deployed by the operator through the wireless air interface, and then connect to the data network through the gateway device;
  • the access network device is mainly used to implement wireless physical layer functions, resource scheduling and Functions such as wireless resource management, wireless access control, and mobility management;
  • management devices are mainly used for device registration, security authentication, mobility management, and location management of terminal devices; gateway devices are mainly used to establish channels with terminal devices, Data packets between the terminal equipment and the external data network are forwarded on this channel;
  • the data network can correspond to a variety of different service domains, such as IP multimedia subsystem (IP multimedia subsystem, IMS), Internet (Internet), Internet Protocol Television (IPTV) Internet protocol television, IPTV), other operator business domains, etc., are mainly used
  • the above-mentioned terminal equipment can be user equipment (user equipment, UE), such as: mobile phone, computer, and can also be cellular phone, cordless phone, session initiation protocol (session initiation protocol, SIP) phone, Smartphones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistants (PDAs), computers, laptops, handheld communication devices, handheld computing devices, satellite wireless devices, wireless modems card, television set top box (STB), customer premise equipment (customer premise equipment, CPE) and/or other equipment used to communicate over the wireless system.
  • user equipment user equipment
  • UE user equipment
  • UE user equipment
  • UE user equipment
  • the above-mentioned access network device may be an access network (access network, AN)/radio access network (radio access network, RAN) device, a network composed of multiple 5G-AN/5G-RAN nodes.
  • the 5G-AN/5G-RAN node can be: access point (access point, AP), base station (Base station, BS) next generation base station (NR nodeB, gNB), central unit (central unit, CU) and Distributed unit (distributed unit, DU) separated form of gNB, transmission receive point (transmission receive point, TRP), transmission point (transmission point, TP) or some other access node.
  • NodeB can also be a base station (NodeB, NB) in a Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA) system, or an evolved base station (Evolutional NodeB, eNB or eNodeB) in an LTE system, or a cloud
  • the wireless controller in the wireless access network (Cloud Radio Access Network, CRAN) scenario, or the access network device can be a relay station, an access point (wireless fidelity access point, WiFi AP) in wireless fidelity technology, or a global microwave interconnection
  • the access point worldwide interoperability for microwave access, WiMAX
  • WiMAX wireless fidelity access point
  • WiMAX wireless fidelity access point
  • the above-mentioned management equipment may include: unified data management network element (unified data management, UDM), access and mobility management function (access and mobility function, AMF), session management function (session management function, SMF), policy control function ( policy control function, PCF), application function (application function, AF), etc.
  • UDM unified data management network element
  • access and mobility management function access and mobility function
  • AMF access and mobility function
  • session management function session management function
  • SMF session management function
  • policy control function policy control function
  • PCF application function
  • application function application function, AF
  • the above-mentioned gateway device may include a user plane function (user plane function, UPF).
  • the gateway device may further include functional units such as a branching point (Branching Point, BP), an uplink classifier (Uplink Classifier, UL CL), and the like.
  • BP branching Point
  • UL CL uplink classifier
  • AMF is mainly responsible for mobility management in the mobile network, such as user location update, user registration network, user handover and so on.
  • SMF is mainly responsible for session management in the mobile network, such as session establishment, modification, release, specific functions such as assigning IP addresses to users, selecting UPF that provides message forwarding functions, etc.
  • PCF is responsible for providing policies to AMF and SMF, such as quality of service (quality of service, QoS) policy, slice selection policy, etc.
  • UDM is used to store user data, such as subscription information, authentication/authorization information.
  • the AF is responsible for providing services to the 3GPP network, such as influencing service routing and interacting with the PCF for policy control.
  • UPF is mainly responsible for processing user packets, such as forwarding and charging.
  • AMF, SMF, and PCF can be combined together as a management device to complete access control and mobility management functions such as access authentication, security encryption, and location registration of terminal equipment, as well as the establishment of user plane transmission paths, Session management functions such as release and change, as well as the function of analyzing some slice-related data (such as congestion) and terminal device-related data.
  • UPF mainly completes functions such as routing and forwarding of user plane data, such as: responsible for filtering data packets of terminal devices, data transmission/forwarding, rate control, and generating billing information.
  • the session management network element can control the data path of the protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU) session, so that the PDU session and data Networks can correspond to multiple interfaces at the same time, that is, multiple session anchor points can exist for the same PDU session.
  • the user plane function (UPF) that terminates these interfaces is called a PDU session anchor (PSA) or anchor UPF.
  • PSA PDU session anchor
  • Each anchor of a PDU session may also provide a different entry to the same DN.
  • the inserted UPF network elements can be branching points (branching points, BP) or uplink Classifier (uplink classifier, UL CL).
  • BP or UL CL can also be called distribution point UPF network element.
  • each functional unit can establish a connection through a next-generation network (next generation, NG) interface to realize communication, such as: a terminal device communicates with a RAN device through a new radio (NR) interface
  • NG next-generation network
  • terminal equipment can establish a control plane signaling connection with AMF through NG interface 1 (N1 for short); access network equipment (such as AN/RAN equipment) can pass NG interface 3 (N3 for short) establishes a user plane data connection with UPF;
  • access network equipment can establish a control plane signaling connection with AMF through NG interface 2 (N2 for short);
  • UPF can establish a connection with SMF through NG interface 4 (N4 for short) Control plane signaling connection;
  • UPF can exchange user plane data with the data network through NG interface 6 (abbreviated as N6);
  • AMF can establish a control plane signaling connection with SMF through NG interface 11 (abbreviated as N11);
  • SMF can establish a control plane signal
  • MEC European Telecommunications Standards Institute
  • AS application server
  • MBB mobile broadband
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of an MEC architecture provided by this application.
  • the MEC compared with the DN network, the MEC is deployed at the sinking UPF (ie, the local UPF); the DN network is deployed at the remote end at UPF.
  • the path for the UE to access the DN shown by the dotted line
  • the path for the UE to access the MEC platform shown by the solid line
  • MEC technology can provide users with low-latency, high-bandwidth services.
  • the identifier of the MEC platform is used to uniquely identify an MEC platform.
  • the identifier of the MEC platform may be a data network access identity (data network access identity, DNAI) supported by a UPF network element deployed on the MEC platform or a DNAI supported by a UPF network element connected to the MEC platform. Therefore, Different DNAIs can represent different MEC platforms.
  • the DNAI may be used to represent the identifier of the user plane path through which the terminal device accesses the data network.
  • the path to access MEC1 can be represented by DNAI-1
  • the path to access EMC2 can be represented by DNAI-2
  • DNAI can be understood as the location of the MEC platform.
  • the topology enhancement enhancing topology of SMF and UPF in 5G networks, ETSUN
  • ETSUN enhanced topology of SMF and UPF in 5G networks
  • SMF SMF cannot serve the entire PLMN
  • SMF service area SMF service area, SMF SA
  • SMF SA refers to the sum of the service areas of all UPFs controlled by the SMF.
  • an intermediate SMF Intermediate SMF, I-SMF
  • I-SMF Intermediate SMF
  • the same PDU session may correspond to two SMF network elements.
  • the terminal device establishes a PDU session at position-1
  • the PDU session has a corresponding anchor user plane function network element (for example, UPF1)
  • the anchor user plane function network element is managed by the anchor SMF.
  • Handover occurs when the terminal moves from position-1 to position-2.
  • the corresponding user plane functional network element connected to the access network device exceeds the service area of the original anchor point SMF, and the new anchor point intermediate SMF (intermediate SMF, I-SMF) for management.
  • I-SMF intermediate SMF
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a 5G system architecture in an ETSUN scenario.
  • I-SMF I-SMF
  • SMF SMF
  • the AF When there is a demand on the network side, for example, the AF provides the DNAI corresponding to the service to the PCF, thereby triggering the SMF to establish the user plane path corresponding to the DNAI.
  • the MEC platform corresponding to the DNAI is not within the service scope of the SMF, combined with the above-mentioned MEC technology and ETSUN, it can be seen that in this case, the AMF inserts the I-SMF on the control plane according to the DNAI, and then the I-SMF inserts the I-SMF on the user plane.
  • I-UPF so as to establish a user plane path corresponding to DNAI to access the corresponding MEC platform, wherein I-UPF is controlled by I-SMF.
  • I-SMF insertion that is, there is a source SMF.
  • a new I-SMF new I-SMF
  • SMF new I-SMF
  • source I-SMF source I-SMF
  • old I-SMF old I-SMF
  • SMF new I-SMF
  • FIG. 4 What shown in Fig. 4 is a schematic flow chart of inserting I-SMF correspondingly according to the target DNAI of an example, as described in Fig. 4, the process includes:
  • the PCF sends a policy and charging control (PCC) rule to the SMF.
  • PCC policy and charging control
  • the PCC rule carries (or includes) DNAI.
  • the PCF may send a policy control update notification (Npcf_SM PolicyControl_UpdateNotify) to the SMF through the Npcf interface, and the notification carries PCC rules.
  • Npcf_SM PolicyControl_UpdateNotify a policy control update notification
  • target DNAI info comprises target DNAI (target DNAI)
  • Target DNAI info is used for indicating that AMF inserts I-SMF.
  • the SMF first determines the target DNAI (target DNAI), and after the target DNAI is determined, when the SMF judges that the target DNAI cannot be served, the SMF sends the target DNAI to the AMF.
  • target DNAI target DNAI
  • the SMF may determine the target DNAI according to the location of the terminal device, the DNAI in step S401, and the like.
  • the target DNAI information sent by the SMF to the AMF does not contain the target DNAI.
  • the SMF may send a PDU session context status notification (Nsmf_PDU Session_SMContextStatusNotify) to the AMF, and the notification carries target DNAI info.
  • Nsmf_PDU Session_SMContextStatusNotify PDU session context status notification
  • AMF selects and inserts into I-SMF (namely new I-SMF) according to target DNAI.
  • S403 may also be replaced by: when the AMF judges according to the target DNAI that the SMF can serve the target DNAI, or when the AMF does not receive the target DNAI, the AMF deletes the I-SMF.
  • I-SMF new I-SMF
  • session management Session management, SM
  • SM context ID Session management, SM context ID
  • terminal device location information UE location info
  • target DNAI indication of no NG-RAN change, etc.
  • NG-RAN represents next generation (next generation, NG) radio access network equipment.
  • S404 may also be replaced by: the AMF sends a create or update context request to the SMF.
  • the AMF may send a create PDU session context request (Nsmf_PDU Session_CreateSMContext) to the I-SMF or SMF, and the request carries the information in S404.
  • Nsmf_PDU Session_CreateSMContext create PDU session context request
  • the session identifier is used to indicate the current PDU session.
  • SM context ID is used to indicate the identity of the source I-SMF.
  • the SM context ID is used to point to the SMF;
  • I-SMF change that is, the control plane corresponding to the session was originally: AMF, old I-SMF, SMF; after inserting I-SMF, it becomes: AMF, new I-SMF, SMF
  • SM context ID is used to point to old I-SMF.
  • Target DNAI is used to indicate the location of the MEC platform, or, in other words, Target DNAI is used to indicate the identity of the user plane connection corresponding to the access to the MEC platform.
  • the indication of no NG-RAN change (indication of no NG-RAN change) is used to indicate that the NG-RAN tunnel information (NG-RAN tunnel info) remains unchanged.
  • the AMF sends this parameter to the new I-SMF.
  • the new I-SMF acquires the SM context from the old I-SMF (corresponding to the I-SMF change scenario) or SMF (corresponding to the I-SMF insertion scenario).
  • the new I-SMF may send a context request to the old I-SMF (corresponding to the scenario where the I-SMF is changed or removed) or the SMF, carrying NG-RAN unchanged indication information (indication of no NG -RAN change) etc.
  • the Old I-SMF or SMF returns the following response to the new I-SMF, carrying NG-RAN tunnel information (NG-RAN tunnel info).
  • the new I-SMF selects the new I-UPF according to the target DNAI.
  • the new I-SMF sends the NG-RAN tunnel information (NG-RAN tunnel info) to the new I-UPF. In this way, the downlink path between new I-UPF and NG-RAN is established.
  • NG-RAN tunnel info NG-RAN tunnel info
  • the new I-SMF establishes a user plane path between the new I-UPF and the PSA.
  • the new I-SMF inserts a distribution point according to the target DNAI, such as inserting UL CL or BP, so as to distribute the service flow to the MEC platform corresponding to the target DNAI.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of data packet transmission paths before and after switching corresponding to the process shown in FIG. 4 .
  • the process shown in Figure 4 can be summarized into 4 steps, namely the following steps 1 to 4:
  • Step 1 SMF sends the newly requested DNAI (new requested DNAI) to AMF, and AMF selects new I-SMF according to the DNAI.
  • Step 2 AMF sends SM context ID, NG-RAN unchanged indication information (indication of no NG-RAN change) etc. to new I-SMF.
  • the SM context ID points to the source I-SMF (SM context ID points to source I-SMF); in the I-SMF insert scenario, the SM context ID points to the SMF (SM context ID points to SMF).
  • Step 3 The new I-SMF learns the NG-RAN downlink tunnel information (SM context includes additional Downlink Tunnel Info of NG-RAN).
  • SM context includes additional Downlink Tunnel Info of NG-RAN.
  • Step 4 The new I-SMF selects the new I-UPF, and the new I-UPF sends the tunnel information of the new I-UPF to the NG-RAN to establish a transmission path between the new I-UPF and the NG-RAN.
  • the target (target) I-SMF represents the new (new) I-SMF
  • the target (target) I-UPF represents the new (new) I-UPF
  • Source (source) I-SMF means: old I-SMF (corresponding to I-SMF change or removal scene) or SMF (corresponding to I-SMF insertion scene).
  • the source (source) I-UPF indicates the I-UPF inserted (or controlled) by the source I-SMF.
  • the context information (UE context in NG-RAN) of the terminal device on the NG-RAN side includes the tunnel information (Tunnel Info) of the source (source) I-UPF.
  • the context information of the terminal device on the NG-RAN side includes the tunnel information (Tunnel Info) of the target (target) I-UPF.
  • the PSA can receive uplink messages from two different paths.
  • the dotted line represents the old path
  • the solid line represents the new path.
  • uplink packets also called uplink data packets
  • I-UPF change For uplink packets (also called uplink data packets), the user plane paths before and after I-UPF change are:
  • the path before the change (called the old path): UE ⁇ NG-RAN ⁇ old I-UPF ⁇ PSA.
  • the changed path (called new path (new path): UE ⁇ NG-RAN ⁇ new I-UPF ⁇ PSA.
  • the user plane paths before and after I-UPF insertion are:
  • the path before insertion (called the old path (old path): UE ⁇ NG-RAN ⁇ PSA.
  • new path The path after insertion (called new path (new path)): UE ⁇ NG-RAN ⁇ new I-UPF ⁇ PSA.
  • the user plane paths before and after I-UPF removal are:
  • the path before removal (called the old path): UE ⁇ NG-RAN ⁇ old I-UPF ⁇ PSA.
  • new path new path
  • the PSA will receive messages from two paths (the old path and the new path).
  • packets on the new path arrive at the PAS earlier than the old path, out-of-order occurs, causing communication problems.
  • a PDU session includes 10 packets, the first to sixth packets are transmitted on the old path, and the seventh to tenth packets are transmitted on the new path, if the PSA receives the seventh packet first To the tenth message, PSA will continue to send the seventh to tenth messages to the server (such as the application server located in the DN), and then send the first to sixth messages received later to the server.
  • the server such as the application server located in the DN
  • the order in which packets arrive at the server should be: the first to tenth packets.
  • the order of the packets arriving at the server may be: the seventh to tenth packets, and the first to sixth packets, that is, the packets received by the server will be out of order , which increases the time consumption for the server to sort the packets, increases the communication delay, and cannot guarantee the communication efficiency.
  • the user plane paths before and after I-UPF change are:
  • the path before the change (called the old path (old path)): PSA ⁇ old I-UPF ⁇ NG-RAN ⁇ UE.
  • the changed path PSA ⁇ new I-UPF ⁇ NG-RAN ⁇ UE.
  • the user plane paths before and after I-UPF insertion are:
  • the path before insertion (called the old path (old path)): PSA ⁇ NG-RAN ⁇ UE.
  • new path PSA ⁇ new I-UPF ⁇ NG-RAN ⁇ UE.
  • the user plane paths before and after I-UPF removal are:
  • the path before removal (called the old path): PSA ⁇ old I-UPF ⁇ NG-RAN ⁇ UE.
  • the path after removal (called new path (new path)): PSA ⁇ NG-RAN ⁇ UE.
  • the NG-RAN will receive messages from two paths (the old path and the new path). For example: Assuming a PDU session includes 8 messages, the first to fourth messages are transmitted on the old path, and the fifth to eighth messages are transmitted on the new path, if NG-RAN receives the first From the fifth to the eighth message, NG-RAN will continue to send the fifth to the eighth message to the terminal device, and then send the first to the fourth message received later to the terminal device.
  • the order of messages sent by NG-RAN to terminal devices is: the first to eighth messages, but in the above scenario, the order of messages sent by NG-RAN to terminal devices
  • the fifth to eighth messages and the first to fourth messages will cause the messages received by the terminal device to be out of order, thus increasing the time consumption for the terminal device to sort the messages.
  • the communication delay is increased, and the communication efficiency cannot be guaranteed.
  • the present application provides a method and communication device for data packet transmission in a PDU session, where I-SMF updates (change/insert/remove) or I-UPF updates (change/insert/remove) in a PDU session
  • I-SMF updates change/insert/remove
  • I-UPF updates change/insert/remove
  • the PSA receives the uplink data (or also called the uplink message) packets of the same PDU session from different paths, which leads to the out-of-order problem of the packets, or the access network device receives the packets from different paths.
  • the downlink data packets (or also called downlink packets) of the same PDU session lead to the problem of out-of-order packets.
  • gateway PSA, access network device or I-UPF
  • the data packets of the PDU session are sorted, so that the uplink data packets or downlink data packets are transmitted in a normal order, which avoids the process of sorting the data packets by the terminal device or the server, reduces the communication delay, and ensures the communication efficiency.
  • the access network device will be described by taking NG-RAN as an example, but this should not impose any limitation on the access network device in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application can be applied to the scenario of I-SMF update (change/insertion/removal), and can also be applied to the scenario of only I-UPF update (change/insertion/removal) middle.
  • the present application is not limited here, and the following will take the scenario of I-SMF update (change/insert/remove) as an example for illustration.
  • the old path may also be called the second path
  • the new path may also be called the first path
  • Figure 6 is a schematic diagram of a communication system scenario provided by this application
  • Figure 7 is a schematic diagram of a method for data packet transmission in a PDU session that can be applied to the scenario shown in Figure 6. sex flow chart. In some embodiments.
  • the PSA sorts the uplink data packets of the same PDU session from different paths.
  • the solid line represents the transmission of uplink data packets on the new path
  • the dotted line represents the transmission of uplink data packets on the old path
  • the uplink data packets on the new path are the same as those on the old path.
  • the transmission path of the uplink data packet on the old path is: terminal equipment ⁇ NG-RAN ⁇ source (Source) I-UPF ⁇ PSA
  • the transmission path of the uplink data packet on the new path is: terminal equipment ⁇ NG-RAN ⁇ Target I-UPF ⁇ PSA.
  • the source (source) I-UPF is old I-UPF
  • the target (target) I-UPF is new I-UPF.
  • the source (source) I-UPF is PSA, that is, the old path becomes: terminal device ⁇ NG-RAN ⁇ PSA.
  • the target I-UPF is the new I-UPF.
  • the source (source) I-UPF is the old I-UPF.
  • the target (target) I-UPF is the PSA, which is the new The path becomes: terminal device ⁇ NG-RAN ⁇ PSA.
  • the old path is the path before the NG-RAN changes, that is, the old path is: terminal device ⁇ old NG-RAN ⁇ new NG-RAN ⁇ PSA.
  • the changed path of NG-RAN, that is, the new path is: terminal device ⁇ new NG-RAN ⁇ PSA.
  • the new NG-RAN sends an end flag on the old path, for example, the uplink tunnel information is "PSA tunnel info".
  • PSA tunnel info the uplink tunnel information
  • the I-UPF is not involved as an example for illustration.
  • the new uplink tunnel information refers to I-UPF tunnel info.
  • the handover request sent by the old NG-RAN to the new NG-RAN contains the old NG-RAN tunnel information, and the new NG-RAN receives the old NG-RAN tunnel information, and establishes a connection between the new NG-RAN and the old NG-RAN.
  • the method includes:
  • the PCC rule carries (or includes) DNAI.
  • the PCF may send a policy control update notification (Npcf_SM PolicyControl_UpdateNotify) to the SMF through the Npcf interface, and the notification carries PCC rules.
  • Npcf_SM PolicyControl_UpdateNotify a policy control update notification
  • target DNAI info includes target DNAI
  • Target DNAI info is used for indicating that AMF inserts I-SMF.
  • the SMF first determines the target DNAI (target DNAI), and after the target DNAI is determined, when the SMF judges that the target DNAI cannot be served, the SMF sends the target DNAI to the AMF.
  • the SMF may determine the target DNAI according to the location of the terminal device, the DNAI in step S701, and the like.
  • the target DNAI info sent by the SMF to the AMF does not include the target DNAI.
  • the SMF may send a PDU session context status notification (Nsmf_PDU Session_SMContextStatusNotify) to the AMF, and the notification carries target DNAI info.
  • Nsmf_PDU Session_SMContextStatusNotify PDU session context status notification
  • S703 AMF selects and inserts a new I-SMF (new I-SMF) according to the target DNAI.
  • S703 can also be replaced by: when the AMF judges according to the target DNAI that the SMF can serve the target DNAI, or when the AMF does not receive the target DNAI and does not need the I-SMF, the AMF deletes the I-SMF.
  • S704a AMF sends a context creation request to new I-SMF, which carries: session ID, session management context ID (SM context ID), terminal device location information (UE location info), target DNAI, NG-RAN (next generation RAN) unchanged indication information (indication of no NG-RAN change), etc.
  • session management context ID SM context ID
  • terminal device location information UE location info
  • target DNAI NG-RAN (next generation RAN) unchanged indication information (indication of no NG-RAN change), etc.
  • the session identifier is used to indicate the current PDU session.
  • SM context ID is used to indicate the identity of the source I-SMF.
  • the SM context ID is used to point to the SMF;
  • I-SMF change that is, the control plane corresponding to the session was originally: AMF, old I-SMF, SMF; after inserting I-SMF, it becomes: AMF, new I-SMF, SMF
  • SM context ID is used to point to old I-SMF.
  • Target DNAI is used to indicate the position of the MEC platform.
  • NG-RAN tunnel info NG-RAN tunnel info
  • S705a The new I-SMF obtains a session management context (SM context) from the old I-SMF or SMF.
  • SM context session management context
  • the new I-SMF may send a context request to the old I-SMF (or may be called the source I-SMF), carrying an indication of no NG-RAN change.
  • the old I-SMF After receiving the context request, the old I-SMF returns a context response to the new I-SMF, which carries NG-RAN tunnel information (NG-RAN tunnel info).
  • NG-RAN tunnel info NG-RAN tunnel info
  • the new I-SMF may send a context request to the SMF, and the request carries an indication of no NG-RAN change.
  • the SMF After receiving the request, the SMF returns a context response to the new I-SMF, carrying NG-RAN tunnel info in the response.
  • the new I-SMF selects a new I-UPF (new I-UPF), and obtains tunnel information (new I-UPF tunnel info) of the new I-UPF.
  • the new I-SMF sends a PDU session update request or a PDU session creation request to the SMF, carrying the first indication information.
  • the new I-SMF may send a PDU session update request (Nsmf_PDU Session_Update Request) to the SMF.
  • Nsmf_PDU Session_Update Request a PDU session update request
  • the new I-SMF may send a PDU session creation request (Nsmf_PDU Session_Create Request) to the SMF.
  • Nsmf_PDU Session_Create Request a PDU session creation request
  • the PDU session update request or PDU session creation request carries: first indication information, optional, the request can also carry: SM context ID, new I-UPF tunnel information (new I-UPF tunnel info), new I - One or more of the DNAI list supported by SMF (DNAI list supported by new I-SMF).
  • the first indication information is used to indicate: the SMF instructs the PSA to cache the uplink data packet from the new I-UPF (new path), and, when the PSA receives the uplink data packet from the old I-UPF (new path), the PSA receives the When the end marker (end marker) of the uplink data packet of the UPF (old path), the PSA reports a message to the SMF, and the message is used to indicate that the PSA has received the end marker of the old path.
  • the end marker (end marker) is used to indicate that the uplink data packet sent on the old path has been sent completely.
  • the first indication information may be used to indicate that the uplink data packets need to be sorted.
  • the first indication information may be used to indicate that the access network device has not changed.
  • the first indication information may be indication of no NG-RAN change, which is used to indicate that the access network device has not changed.
  • the first indication information may be indication of no NG-RAN change, that is to say, the indication of no NG-RAN change may be used to indicate that the access network equipment has not changed, and may also be used to indicate the need to Sort upstream packets.
  • the first indication information and the indication of no NG-RAN change may be different information respectively.
  • the SMF may determine that uplink data packets need to be sorted according to the indication of no NG-RAN change.
  • the information that the uplink data packets on the old path have been sent may be: an end marker (end marker) of the uplink data packets sent by the old path.
  • S708a The SMF sends second indication information to the PSA, where the second indication information is generated according to the first indication information.
  • the SMF may determine to send the second indication information to the PSA according to the first indication information in S707a.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate: the PSA caches the uplink message from the new I-UPF (new path), and indicates that the PSA receives the uplink message from the old I-UPF or NG-RAN (old path) When the end marker (end marker) of the data packet is received, the PSA sends a report message to the SMF, which is used to indicate that the PSA has received the end marker of the old path.
  • the SMF may generate second indication information according to the first indication information, and the second indication information indicates: the PSA buffers the uplink data packet from the new path, and, when the PSA receives the end flag of the uplink data packet from the old path ( end marker), the PSA reports a message to the SMF, which is used to indicate that the PSA has received the end marker of the uplink data packet on the old path.
  • the second indication information indicates: the PSA buffers the uplink data packet from the new I-UPF (new path), and, when the PSA receives the uplink data packet from the NG-RAN (old path)
  • the PSA sends a report message to the SMF, which is used to indicate that the PSA has received the end marker of the uplink data packet on the old path.
  • the second indication indicates that the PSA caches the uplink data packets from the new I-UPF (new path), and the PSA receives the uplink data packets from the old I-UPF (old path)
  • the PSA reports a message to the SMF, which is used to indicate that the PSA has received the end marker of the uplink data packet on the old path.
  • the second information indication may be an N4 rule (N4rule).
  • S709a The SMF returns a PDU session update response or a PDU session creation response to the new I-SMF.
  • the PDU session update response or the PDU session creation response includes: new I-UPF tunnel information (new I-UPF tunnel info) and the like.
  • S710a The new I-SMF sends context creation response information to the AMF, and the response information carries: PSA tunnel information (PSA tunnel info).
  • PSA tunnel info PSA tunnel info
  • the response information further includes third indication information.
  • the third indication information is used to instruct the NG-RAN to send an end marker (end marker) of the uplink data packet on the old path.
  • the third indication information may be indication of no NG-RAN change, and in other embodiments, the third indication information and indication of no NG-RAN change may be different information respectively.
  • the response (information) includes N2 SM info
  • the N2 SM info includes the aforementioned new I-UPF tunnel info and the third indication information.
  • step S710a execute S711 to S715, as shown in FIG. 7 .
  • S704b The AMF sends a context update request to the SMF.
  • the request carries: session ID, session management context ID (SM context ID), terminal equipment location information (UE location info), target DNAI, NG-RAN (next generation RAN) unchanged indication information (indication of no NG- RAN change) and so on.
  • SM context ID session management context ID
  • UE location info terminal equipment location information
  • target DNAI target DNAI
  • NG-RAN next generation RAN
  • NG-RAN next generation RAN
  • unchanged indication information indication of no NG- RAN change
  • the update context request may also include indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that the uplink data packets need to be sorted.
  • the indication information can be indication of no NG-RAN change, that is to say, the indication of no NG-RAN change can be used to indicate that the access network equipment has not changed, and can also be used to indicate the need to change Uplink packets are sorted.
  • the indication information and the indication of no NG-RAN change may be different information respectively.
  • the SMF may, according to the indication of no NG-RAN change, Determine that upstream packets need to be sorted.
  • S705b The SMF obtains the SM context from the old I-SMF.
  • S706b The SMF selects a new I-UPF, and acquires I-UPF tunnel info.
  • S706b is an optional step.
  • the new path becomes: terminal device ⁇ NG-RAN ⁇ PSA.
  • the SMF is not inserted into the I-UPF as an example for illustration.
  • the SMF sends a message to the PSA.
  • the message carries the fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate: PSA buffers the uplink data packet from NG-RAN (new path), and instructs PSA to receive the end sign sent from old I-UPF (old path) (end marker), the PSA reports a message to the SMF, which is used to indicate that the PSA has received the end marker of the uplink data packet on the old path.
  • the message may be an end mark of an uplink data packet on the old path. Wherein, the end marker (end marker) of the uplink data packet on the old path indicates that the uplink data packet on the old path has been sent completely.
  • the SMF may determine to send the fourth indication information to the PSA according to the indication information from the AMF in S704b.
  • the SMF may send an N4 rule (N4rule) to the PSA, and the N4rule includes fourth indication information.
  • N4rule N4rule
  • S708b The SMF sends update context response information to the AMF, and the response information carries: new I-UPF tunnel info.
  • the response information further includes fifth indication information.
  • the fifth indication information is used to instruct the NG-RAN to send an end marker on the old path.
  • the fifth indication information may be indication of no NG-RAN change, and in other embodiments, the fifth indication information and indication of no NG-RAN change may be different information respectively.
  • the response (information) includes N2 SM info
  • the N2 SM info includes the aforementioned PSA tunnel info and fifth indication information.
  • the AMF sends a message (for example, an N2 message) to the NG-RAN, and the message carries: at least one of the fifth indication information in S708b and the new I-UPF tunnel info, or, the third indication information and the third indication information in S710a At least one of PSA tunnel info.
  • a message for example, an N2 message
  • the message carries: at least one of the fifth indication information in S708b and the new I-UPF tunnel info, or, the third indication information and the third indication information in S710a At least one of PSA tunnel info.
  • S712 The NG-RAN sends an end marker (end marker) on the old path.
  • the NG-RAN may update the uplink path information according to receiving new I-UPF tunnel info or PSA tunnel info. For example, NG-RAN updates the uplink path from old I-UPF to new I-UPF or PSA according to receiving new I-UPF tunnel info or PSA tunnel info, and sends an end sign on the old path.
  • step S711 includes the fifth indication information or the third indication information
  • the NG-RAN sends the end flag on the old path according to the fifth indication information or the third indication information.
  • the message reported by the PSA to the SMF is: an end marker of the uplink data packet sent on the old path.
  • the SMF sends an updated message (for example, N4rule) to the PSA, and the message is used to instruct the PSA to send the buffered uplink data packet from the new path (new path), that is, to the N6 interface.
  • an updated message for example, N4rule
  • S715 The PSA sends the buffered uplink data packet from the new path (new path) according to the message.
  • the PSA sends the data packet according to a normal process, that is, after receiving the uplink data packet from the old path, the PSA sends the data packet to the server.
  • the uplink data packets received from the same PDU session on the new path and the old path are sorted through the PSA, and the PSA receives the packets sent on the old path.
  • the PSA buffers the uplink data packet received on the new path.
  • the PSA sends the previously cached
  • the uplink data packets received on the new path can ensure that the uplink data packets in a PDU session are sent in a normal order, thereby saving the server's time for sorting the uplink data packets and ensuring communication efficiency.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a communication system scenario provided by this application
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a method for data packet transmission in a PDU session that can be applied to the scenario shown in FIG. 9. sex flow chart.
  • the new I-UPF or PSA sorts the uplink data packets of the same PDU session from different paths.
  • the transmission path of the uplink data packet on the old path is: terminal device ⁇ NG-RAN ⁇ source (source) I-UPF ⁇ target (target) I-UPF ⁇ PSA.
  • the transmission path of the uplink data packet on the new path is: terminal device ⁇ NG-RAN ⁇ target (target) I-UPF ⁇ PSA.
  • the uplink data packets of the same PDU session from the new path and the old path are sorted by the target I-UPF.
  • the transmission path of the uplink data packet on the old path is: terminal device ⁇ NG-RAN ⁇ PSA ⁇ target (target) I-UPF ⁇ PSA.
  • the transmission path of the uplink data packet on the new path is: terminal device ⁇ NG-RAN ⁇ target (target) I-UPF ⁇ PSA.
  • the uplink data packets of the same PDU session from the new path and the old path are sorted by the target I-UPF.
  • the target I-UPF is new I-UPF.
  • the source (source) I-UPF is old I-UPF.
  • the method includes:
  • the PCC rule includes DNAI.
  • the PCF may send a policy control update notification (Npcf_SM PolicyControl_UpdateNotify) to the SMF through the Npcf interface, and the notification carries PCC rules.
  • Npcf_SM PolicyControl_UpdateNotify a policy control update notification
  • target DNAI info comprises target DNAI (target DNAI)
  • Target DNAI info is used for indicating that AMF inserts I-SMF.
  • the SMF first determines the target DNAI (target DNAI), and after the target DNAI is determined, when the SMF judges that the target DNAI cannot be served, the SMF sends the target DNAI to the AMF.
  • target DNAI target DNAI
  • the SMF may determine the target DNAI according to the location of the terminal device, the DNAI in step S1001, and the like.
  • the target DNAI information sent by the SMF to the AMF does not include target DNAI.
  • the SMF may send a PDU session context status notification (Nsmf_PDU Session_SMContextStatusNotify) to the AMF, and the notification carries target DNAI info.
  • Nsmf_PDU Session_SMContextStatusNotify PDU session context status notification
  • S1003 AMF selects and inserts a new I-SMF (new I-SMF) according to the target DNAI.
  • S1003 may also be replaced by: when the AMF judges according to the target DNAI that the SMF can serve the target DNAI, or when the AMF does not receive the target DNAI and does not need the I-SMF, the AMF deletes the I-SMF.
  • S1004a AMF sends a context creation request to new I-SMF, which carries: session ID, session management context ID (SM context ID), terminal device location information (UE location info), target DNAI, NG-RAN (next generation RAN) unchanged indication information (indication of no NG-RAN change), etc.
  • session management context ID SM context ID
  • UE location info terminal device location information
  • target DNAI target DNAI
  • NG-RAN next generation RAN
  • NG-RAN next generation RAN
  • unchanged indication information indication of no NG-RAN change
  • the context creation request may also include indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that the uplink data packets need to be sorted.
  • the indication information may be indication of no NG-RAN change, that is to say, the indication of no NG-RAN change may be used to indicate that the access network equipment has not changed, and may also be used to indicate that it needs to be changed.
  • Uplink packets are sorted. In the example of this application, "uplink data packets need to be sorted” can also be described as “uplink data packets need to be sorted”.
  • the indication information and the indication of no NG-RAN change may be different information respectively.
  • the new I-SMF may according to the indication of no NG -RAN change, it is determined that the uplink data packets need to be sorted.
  • the session identifier is used to indicate the current PDU session.
  • SM context ID is used to indicate the identity of the source I-SMF.
  • the SM context ID is used to point to the SMF;
  • I-SMF change that is, the control plane corresponding to the session was originally: AMF, old I-SMF, SMF; after inserting I-SMF, it becomes: AMF, new I-SMF, SMF
  • SM context ID is used to point to old I-SMF.
  • Target DNAI is used to indicate the position of the MEC platform.
  • NG-RAN tunnel info NG-RAN tunnel info
  • S1005a The new I-SMF obtains the session management context (SM context) from the old I-SMF or SMF.
  • SM context session management context
  • the new I-SMF may send a context request to the old I-SMF, carrying an indication of no NG-RAN change.
  • the context request may also include indication information, the indication information is used to instruct the old I-SMF to determine to establish a forwarding tunnel, and the forwarding tunnel is used to forward uplink data packets, there are the following two Two possible implementations:
  • the indication information can be indication of no NG-RAN change, that is, the indication of no NG-RAN change can be used to instruct the old I-SMF to determine to establish a forwarding tunnel.
  • Method 2 The indication information and the indication of no NG-RAN change may be different information respectively.
  • the context request may include indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that uplink data packets need to be sorted.
  • the indication information can be indication of no NG-RAN change, that is to say, the indication of no NG-RAN change can be used to indicate that the access network equipment has not changed, and can also be used to indicate the need to update the uplink data packet Sort.
  • Method 2 The indication information and the indication of no NG-RAN change may be different information respectively.
  • Method 3 When the context request does not carry the indication information, and the indication of no NG-RAN change is not used to indicate that the uplink data packets need to be sorted, the old I-SMF can according to the indication of no NG-RAN change, Determine that upstream packets need to be sorted.
  • the old I-SMF After receiving the context request, the old I-SMF returns a context response to the new I-SMF, and the context response carries NG-RAN tunnel info and forwarding indication.
  • the forwarding instruction is used to indicate to establish a forwarding tunnel between the new I-UPF and the old I-UPF.
  • the context response may also carry sixth indication information, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate that the forwarding tunnel is used to forward uplink data packets.
  • the context response returned by the old I-SMF includes the forwarding indication.
  • the new I-SMF may send a context request to the SMF, and the request carries an indication of no NG-RAN change.
  • the context request may also include indication information
  • the indication information is used to instruct the SMF to determine to establish a forwarding tunnel
  • the forwarding tunnel is used to forward uplink data packets
  • the indication information can be indication of no NG-RAN change, that is, the indication of no NG-RAN change can be used to instruct the SMF to determine to establish a forwarding tunnel.
  • Method 2 The indication information and the indication of no NG-RAN change may be different information respectively.
  • the context request may include indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that uplink data packets need to be sorted.
  • the indication information can be indication of no NG-RAN change, that is to say, the indication of no NG-RAN change can be used to indicate that the access network equipment has not changed, and can also be used to indicate the need to update the uplink data packet Sort.
  • Method 2 The indication information and the indication of no NG-RAN change may be different information respectively.
  • Method 3 When the context creation request does not carry the indication information, and the indication of no NG-RAN change is not used to indicate that the uplink data packets need to be sorted, the SMF can determine the need according to the indication of no NG-RAN change Sort upstream packets.
  • the SMF After receiving the request, the SMF returns a context response to the new I-SMF, and the context response carries NG-RAN tunnel info and forwarding indication.
  • the forwarding instruction is used to indicate to establish a forwarding tunnel between the new I-UPF and the PAS.
  • the context response may also carry seventh indication information, where the seventh indication information is used to indicate that the forwarding tunnel is used to forward uplink data packets.
  • the context response returned by the SMF when the context request received by the SMF includes an indication of no NG-RAN change, the context response returned by the SMF includes a forwarding indication.
  • the new I-SMF selects the new I-UPF, and acquires the tunnel information (new I-UPF tunnel info) of the new I-UPF.
  • S1007a new I-SMF sends N4 session establishment request to new I-UPF, the request carries: NG-RAN tunnel info and indication information, the indication information is used to indicate: new I-UPF buffers from NG-RAN (new path ), and when receiving the end marker (end marker) of the uplink data packet from the PSA or old I-UPF (old path), the new I-UPF sends a message to the SMF Report a message, which is used to indicate that the new I-UPF has received the end sign of the old path.
  • the end marker (end marker) is used to indicate that the uplink data packet sent on the old path has been sent completely.
  • the new I-SMF may determine to send the indication information in S1007a to the new I-UPF according to the indication information in S1004a.
  • the message reported by the new I-UPF to the SMF may be an end marker (end marker) of an uplink data packet of the old path.
  • the uplink data packet received by the new I-UPF on the old path is the uplink data packet received from the old I-UPF.
  • the uplink data packet received by the new I-UPF on the old path is the uplink data packet received from the PSA.
  • the N4 session establishment request may include N4rule, and N4rule carries NG-RAN tunnel info and indication information in S1007a.
  • N2 SM info contains new I-UPF tunnel info.
  • the eighth indication information is also included in the N2 SM info.
  • the eighth indication information is used to instruct NG-RAN to send an end marker on the old path, and the end marker is used to indicate that the uplink data packets on the old path have been sent completely.
  • the eighth indication information may be indication of no NG-RAN change, that is, the indication of no NG-RAN change may be used to indicate the content indicated by the eighth indication information.
  • the eighth indication information and the indication of no NG-RAN change may be different information respectively.
  • S1004b The AMF sends a context update request to the SMF.
  • the request carries: session ID, session management context ID (SM context ID), terminal equipment location information (UE location info), target DNAI, NG-RAN (next generation RAN) unchanged indication information (indication of no NG- RAN change) and so on.
  • SM context ID session management context ID
  • UE location info terminal equipment location information
  • target DNAI target DNAI
  • NG-RAN next generation RAN
  • NG-RAN next generation RAN
  • unchanged indication information indication of no NG- RAN change
  • the update context request may also include indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that the uplink data packets need to be sorted.
  • the indication information can be indication of no NG-RAN change, that is to say, the indication of no NG-RAN change can be used to indicate that the access network equipment has not changed, and can also be used to indicate the need to change Uplink packets are sorted.
  • the indication information and the indication of no NG-RAN change may be different information respectively.
  • the SMF may according to the indication of no NG-RAN change , it is determined that the uplink data packets need to be sorted.
  • S1005b The SMF obtains the SM context from the old I-SMF.
  • the SMF may send a context request to the old I-SMF, and the request carries an indication of no NG-RAN change.
  • the old I-SMF sends a context response (information) to the SMF, and the response (information) includes: NG-RAN tunnel info and forwarding indication.
  • the context request may also include indication information, the indication information is used to instruct the old I-SMF to determine to establish a forwarding tunnel, and the forwarding tunnel is used to forward uplink data packets, there are the following two Two possible implementations:
  • the indication information can be indication of no NG-RAN change, that is, the indication of no NG-RAN change can be used to instruct the old I-SMF to determine to establish a forwarding tunnel.
  • Method 2 The indication information and the indication of no NG-RAN change may be different information respectively.
  • the context request may include indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that uplink data packets need to be sorted.
  • the indication information can be indication of no NG-RAN change, that is to say, the indication of no NG-RAN change can be used to indicate that the access network equipment has not changed, and can also be used to indicate the need to update the uplink data packet Sort.
  • Method 2 The indication information and the indication of no NG-RAN change may be different information respectively.
  • Method 3 When the context creation request does not carry the indication information, and the indication of no NG-RAN change is not used to indicate that the uplink data packets need to be sorted, the old I-SMF can according to the indication of no NG-RAN change , it is determined that the uplink data packets need to be sorted.
  • the context response returned by the old I-SMF when the context request received by the old I-SMF includes an indication of no NG-RAN change, the context response returned by the old I-SMF includes a forwarding indication.
  • the forwarding instruction is used to indicate to establish a forwarding tunnel between the old I-UPF and the PAS.
  • the context response may also carry ninth indication information, where the ninth indication information is used to indicate that the forwarding tunnel is used to forward uplink data packets.
  • S1006b The SMF selects and inserts a new I-UPF.
  • S1006b is an optional step.
  • the processes shown in Fig. 10 and Fig. 11 include the case of S1006b.
  • the new I-UPF is replaced by the PSA.
  • S1007b is: SMF sends an N4 session establishment request to new I-UPF, and the session request carries indication information, and the indication information is used to indicate that the new I-UPF cache is from the new path (from NG -RAN) uplink data packet, and, when receiving the end marker (end marker) from the old I-UPF, the new I-UPF sends a report message to the SMF, which is used to indicate that the new I-UPF has received the old path The end flag of the upstream data packet on the above. Wherein, the end marker (end marker) is used to indicate that the uplink data packet sent on the old path has been sent completely.
  • the SMF may determine to send the indication information in S1007b to the new I-UPF according to the indication information in S1004b.
  • the old path is: terminal device ⁇ NG-RAN ⁇ old I-UPF ⁇ new I-UPF ⁇ PSA; the new path is: terminal device ⁇ NG-RAN ⁇ new I-UPF ⁇ PSA.
  • S1007b is replaced by: SMF sends N4 session modification request to PSA, carrying indication information, and the indication information is used to indicate: instruct PSA to cache uplink data packets from the new path, and when receiving When there is an end marker on the path, a report message is sent to the SMF, which is used to indicate that the PSA has received the end marker of the uplink data packet on the old path.
  • the SMF may determine to send the indication information in S1007b to the PSA according to the indication information in S1004b.
  • the old path is: terminal device ⁇ NG-RAN ⁇ old I-UPF ⁇ PSA; the new path is: terminal device ⁇ NG-RAN ⁇ PSA.
  • the information that the uplink data packets on the old path have been sent may be an end marker.
  • the SMF sends an update context response to the AMF, carrying N2 SM info.
  • the N2 SM Info includes new I-UPF tunnel info.
  • the update context response further includes tenth indication information.
  • the tenth indication information is used to instruct the NG-RAN to send an end marker on the old path.
  • the end flag is used to indicate that the uplink data packets on the old path have been sent completely.
  • the tenth indication information may be indication of no NG-RAN change, that is, the indication of no NG-RAN change may be used to indicate the content indicated by the tenth indication information.
  • the tenth indication information and the indication of no NG-RAN change may be different information respectively.
  • AMF sends N2 message to NG-RAN, carrying: at least one of the tenth indication information and new I-UPF tunnel info in step S1008b above, or, the eighth indication information and new I-UPF tunnel info in step S1008a at least one of info.
  • the NG-RAN sends an end marker (end marker) on the old path.
  • the new I-UPF or PSA receives the end marker (end marker) of the uplink data packet on the old path.
  • the NG-RAN when the NG-RAN receives the tenth indication information or the eighth indication information, the NG-RAN sends the end flag on the old path according to the tenth indication information or the eighth indication information.
  • NG-RAN only receives new I-UPF tunnel info, that is, when it does not receive the tenth or eighth indication information, NG-RAN performs uplink path switching according to new I-UPF tunnel info, and the uplink path of NG-RAN is determined by The old path is switched to the new I-UPF, and the NG-RAN sends an end flag on the old path.
  • the old path refers to the path between NG-RAN and old I-UPF or PSA.
  • I-SMF insertion that is, I-UPF insertion
  • NG-RAN sends the end marker to the PSA
  • the PSA sends the end marker to the new I-UPF through the forwarding tunnel between the PSA and the new I-UPF.
  • NG-RAN sends the end marker to the old I-UPF
  • the old I-UPF sends the end marker to the new I-UPF through the forwarding tunnel between the old I-UPF and the new I-UPF.
  • NG-RAN sends the end marker to the old I-UPF
  • the old I-UPF sends the end marker to the new I-UPF through the forwarding tunnel between the old I-UPF and the new I-UPF.
  • NG-RAN sends the end marker to the old I-UPF to the old I-UPF, and the old I-UPF sends the end marker to the PSA through the forwarding tunnel between the old I-UPF and the PSA.
  • the New I-UPF sends a report message to the SMF after receiving the indication information (such as an end marker) indicating that the uplink data packet has been sent on the old path, and the message is used for Indicates that the New I-UPF has received the end flag of the old path.
  • indication information such as an end marker
  • S1011 is replaced by: PSA receives the indication information (for example, end marker) on the old path indicating that the uplink data packet has been sent to the SMF according to the N4 session establishment request in S1107b A report message, which is used to indicate that the PSA has received the end sign of the old path.
  • indication information for example, end marker
  • the SMF sends an updated N4rule to the New I-UPF to instruct the New I-UPF to send the buffered uplink message from the new path (new path), that is, to the PSA.
  • S1012 is replaced by: SMF sends an updated N4rule to the PSA to instruct the PSA to send the buffered uplink message from the new path (new path), that is, to the N6 interface .
  • the New I-UPF sends the buffered uplink data packets from the new path (new path) according to the updated N4rule. It can be understood that, for the uplink data packets on the old path, the New I-UPF sends them according to the normal process, that is, after receiving the uplink data packets from the old path, it sends the data packets to the PSA. Finally, the PSA sorts the data packets from the new path and the old path and sends them to the server.
  • S1013 is replaced by: the PSA sends the buffered uplink data packet from the new path (new path) according to the updated N4rule. It can be understood that, for the uplink data packet on the old path, the PSA sends the data packet according to a normal process, that is, after receiving the uplink data packet from the old path, the PSA sends the data packet.
  • the uplink data packets received from the same PDU session on the new path and the old path are sorted through I-UPF or PSA, and the I-UPF or PSA Before receiving the indication information indicating that the uplink data packet sent on the old path has been sent, the I-UPF or PSA buffers the uplink data packet received on the new path, and the I-UPF or PSA receives the uplink data packet sent on the old path.
  • the I-UPF or PSA After the indication information indicating that the uplink data packets have been sent, the I-UPF or PSA sends the previously buffered uplink data packets received on the new path, so as to ensure that the uplink data packets in a PDU session are sent in the normal order, thereby saving It improves the server's sorting time for uplink data packets and ensures communication efficiency.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a communication system scenario provided by this application
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a method for transmitting data packets in a PDU session in the scenario shown in FIG. 12 that can be applied to this application. sex flow chart. In some embodiments.
  • the NG-RAN sorts the downlink data packets of the same PDU session from different paths.
  • the solid line represents the transmission of downlink data packets on the new path
  • the dotted line represents the transmission of downlink data packets on the old path
  • the downlink data packets on the new path are the same as those on the old path.
  • the transmission path of the downlink data packet on the old path is: PSA ⁇ source (source) I-UPF ⁇ NG-RAN ⁇ terminal equipment
  • the transmission path of the downlink data packet on the new path is: PSA ⁇ target (target) I - UPF ⁇ NG-RAN ⁇ terminal equipment.
  • the source (source) I-UPF is the old I-UPF
  • the target (target) I-UPF is the new I-UPF.
  • the source (source) I-UPF is the PSA, that is, the old path becomes: PSA ⁇ NG-RAN ⁇ terminal device.
  • the target I-UPF is the new I-UPF.
  • the source (source) I-UPF is the old I-UPF
  • the target (target) I-UPF is the PSA, which is the new path Change to: PSA ⁇ NG-RAN ⁇ terminal equipment.
  • the method includes:
  • the PCC rule carries (or includes) DNAI.
  • the PCF may send a policy control update notification (Npcf_SM PolicyControl_UpdateNotify) to the SMF through the Npcf interface, and the notification carries PCC rules.
  • Npcf_SM PolicyControl_UpdateNotify a policy control update notification
  • target DNAI info includes target DNAI
  • Target DNAI info is used for indicating that AMF inserts I-SMF.
  • the SMF first determines the target DNAI (target DNAI), and after the target DNAI is determined, when the SMF judges that the target DNAI cannot be served, the SMF sends the target DNAI to the AMF.
  • the SMF may determine the target DNAI according to the location of the terminal device, the DNAI in step S1301, and the like.
  • the target DNAI info sent by the SMF to the AMF does not include the target DNAI.
  • the SMF may send a PDU session context status notification (Nsmf_PDU Session_SMContextStatusNotify) to the AMF, and the notification carries target DNAI info.
  • Nsmf_PDU Session_SMContextStatusNotify PDU session context status notification
  • AMF selects and inserts a new I-SMF (new I-SMF) according to the target DNAI.
  • S1303 can also be replaced by: when the AMF judges according to the target DNAI that the SMF can serve the target DNAI, or when the AMF does not receive the target DNAI and does not need the old I-SMF, the AMF deletes the old I-SMF.
  • the AMF sends an N2 message to the NG-RAN, and the message carries eleventh indication information.
  • the eleventh indication information is used to instruct NG-RAN to receive the end marker (end marker) on the old path, before the NG-RAN buffers the downlink data packet (downlink packet) from the non-old path (that is, on the new path). arts).
  • the end marker (end marker) is used to indicate: the downlink data packets received on the old path have been received (or the downlink data packets on the old path have been sent).
  • the NG-RAN When the NG-RAN receives an end marker on the old path, the NG-RAN sends the cached downlink data packets from the non-old path (that is, the new path) to the terminal device.
  • the eleventh indication information may be indication of no NG-RAN change, that is, the indication of no NG-RAN change may be used to indicate content indicated by the eleventh indication information.
  • the eleventh indication information and the indication of no NG-RAN change may be different information respectively.
  • the information sent by the SMF to the AMF may also include the above-mentioned eleventh indication information.
  • S1302 may be replaced by: the SMF sends a context status notification to the AMF, and in the notification Carry: target DNAI info, eleventh indication information, and optionally, the notification may also carry a skip indicator.
  • the skip indicator is used to indicate: when the terminal equipment is in an idle state, the AMF does not send the eleventh indication information to the NG-RAN. If the context state notification sent by the SMF to the AMF includes a skip indicator (skip indicator), the N2 information sent by the AMF to the NG-RAN does not include the above eleventh indication information.
  • S1304 is an optional step.
  • S1305a AMF sends a context creation request to new I-SMF, which carries: session ID, session management context ID (SM context ID), terminal device location information (UE location info), target DNAI, NG-RAN (next generation RAN) unchanged indication information (indication of no NG-RAN change), etc.
  • session management context ID SM context ID
  • UE location info terminal device location information
  • target DNAI target DNAI
  • NG-RAN next generation RAN
  • NG-RAN next generation RAN
  • unchanged indication information indication of no NG-RAN change
  • the session identifier is used to indicate the current PDU session.
  • SM context ID is used to indicate the identity of the source I-SMF.
  • the SM context ID is used to point to the SMF;
  • I-SMF change that is, the control plane corresponding to the session was originally: AMF, old I-SMF, SMF; after inserting I-SMF, it becomes: AMF, new I-SMF, SMF
  • SM context ID is used to point to old I-SMF.
  • Target DNAI is used to indicate the position of the MEC platform.
  • the AMF sends this parameter to the new I-SMF.
  • S1306a The new I-SMF acquires the SM context from the old I-SMF (corresponding to the I-SMF change scenario) or SMF (corresponding to the I-SMF insertion scenario).
  • the new I-SMF may send a context request to the old I-SMF, carrying an indication of no NG-RAN change.
  • the old I-SMF After receiving the context request, the old I-SMF returns a context response to the new I-SMF, which carries: NG-RAN tunnel information (NG-RAN tunnel info).
  • NG-RAN tunnel info NG-RAN tunnel info.
  • the new I-SMF may send a context request to the SMF, and the request carries an indication of no NG-RAN change.
  • the SMF After receiving the request, the SMF returns a context response to the new I-SMF, which carries: NG-RAN tunnel info (NG-RAN tunnel info).
  • NG-RAN tunnel info NG-RAN tunnel info
  • SM context includes NG-RAN tunnel info.
  • the new I-SMF selects a new I-UPF (new I-UPF), and obtains tunnel information (new I-UPF tunnel info) of the new I-UPF.
  • S1308a The new I-SMF sends a PDU session update request or a PDU session creation request to the SMF, carrying: updating the downlink tunnel information of the PSA (new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA).
  • the PDU session update request or the PDU session creation request may further include indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that downlink data packets need to be sorted.
  • indication information is used to indicate that downlink data packets need to be sorted.
  • the indication information can be new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA, that is to say, new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA can be used not only to update the downlink tunnel information of PSA, but also to indicate that downlink data packets need to be Sort.
  • Mode 2 the indication information and the downlink tunnel information used to update the PSA may be different information respectively.
  • Method 3 When the PDU session update request or the PDU session creation request does not carry the indication information, and the new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA is not used to indicate that the downlink data packets need to be sorted, the SMF can according to the new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA UPF tunnel info for PSA, it is determined that the downlink data packets need to be sorted.
  • the completion of sending the downlink data packets on the old path may also be described as: the PSA is updated from the old path to the new path. For example, when PSA receives new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA, the path between PSA and old I-UPF is changed to the path between PSA and new I-UPF.
  • the SMF determines to instruct the PSA to send an end marker on the old path according to the indication information in S1308a.
  • S1309a The SMF sends the new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA to the PSA.
  • the PSA determines to send an end marker on the old path according to the new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA.
  • the SMF may also send indication information to the PSA, where the indication information is used to indicate that the PSA sends an end marker on the old path.
  • the indication information can be new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA, that is to say, new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA can be used to update the downlink tunnel information of PSA, and can also be used to indicate that PSA is in The old path sends an end marker.
  • the PSA determines to send the end flag on the old path according to the new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA.
  • the indication information and the new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA may be different information respectively.
  • the PSA After the PSA receives the new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA, when the downlink data packet on the old path is sent, it sends the end flag (end marker), after the old I-UPF receives the end marker, it forwards the end marker to the NG-RAN.
  • end flag end marker
  • S1310a The SMF sends a PDU session update response or a PDU session creation response to the new I-SMF.
  • the new I-SMF sends context creation response information to the AMF, and the response information carries: update uplink tunnel information of NG-RAN (new I-UPF tunnel info for NG-RAN).
  • new I-UPF tunnel info for NG-RAN is used to update the uplink tunnel information of NG-RAN.
  • the context creation response (information) carries N2 SM info
  • the N2 SM info includes the above information.
  • S1305b The AMF sends an update context request to the SMF, and the request carries: session identifier, SM context ID, UE location info, target DNAI, indication of no NG-RAN change, etc.
  • S1306b The SMF obtains the SM context from the Old I-SMF.
  • the SMF may send a context request to the old I-SMF, carrying an indication of no NG-RAN change.
  • the Old I-SMF After the Old I-SMF receives the context request, it can return the session management context (SM context) to the SMF, and the SM context includes the NG-RAN tunnel info.
  • SM context session management context
  • S1307b The SMF selects new I-UPF, and obtains new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA and new I-UPF tunnel info for NG-RAN.
  • new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA is used to update the downlink tunnel information of PSA
  • new I-UPF tunnel info for NG-RAN is used to update the uplink tunnel information of NG-RAN.
  • the context update request sent by the AMF to the SMF may also include indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that downlink data packets need to be sorted.
  • indication information is used to indicate that downlink data packets need to be sorted.
  • the indication information can be indication of no NG-RAN change, that is to say, the indication of no NG-RAN change can be used to indicate that the access network device has not changed, and can also be used to indicate that the downlink data packet needs to be checked. Sort. Wherein, the downlink data packets need to be sorted can also be described as the downlink data packets need to be sorted.
  • Method 2 The indication information and the indication of no NG-RAN change may be different information respectively.
  • Method 3 When the AMF sends the update context request to the SMF without carrying the indication information but carrying the indication of no NG-RAN change, and the indication of no NG-RAN change is not used to indicate that the downlink data packets need to be sorted, SMF can determine that the downlink data packets need to be sorted according to the indication of no NG-RAN change.
  • S1307b is an optional step.
  • the SMF determines to instruct the PSA to send an end marker on the old path according to the indication information from the AMF.
  • S1308b The SMF sends to the PSA: new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA.
  • the PSA determines to send an end marker on the old path according to the new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA.
  • the SMF may also send indication information to the PSA, where the indication information is used to indicate that the PSA sends an end marker on the old path.
  • the indication information can be new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA, that is to say, new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA can be used to update the downlink tunnel information of PSA, and can also be used to indicate that PSA is in The old path sends an end marker.
  • the indication information and the new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA may be different information respectively.
  • the PSA After the PSA receives the new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA, when the downlink data packets on the old path are sent, it sends an end marker on the old path (that is, to the old I-UPF).
  • the old I-UPF After receiving the end marker, the old I-UPF forwards the end marker to the NG-RAN.
  • the SMF sends update context response information to the AMF, and the response information carries: update uplink tunnel information of NG-RAN (new I-UPF tunnel info for NG-RAN).
  • step S1312 before the NG-RAN receives the end marker (end marker) sent on the old path (from the downlink data packet from the old I-UPF or PSA), when receiving the downlink data packet of the new path, the NG-RAN will The eleventh instruction in step S1304 caches the downlink data packets received on the new path (downlink data packets from new I-UPF or PSA). When receiving the end marker of the downlink data packet sent on the old path, the NG-RAN sends the buffered downlink data packet from the new path (new path) to the terminal device.
  • the NG-RAN sends them according to a normal process, that is, after receiving the uplink data packets on the old path, the NG-RAN sends the data packets to the terminal device.
  • the NG-RAN sorts the received downlink data packets from the same PDU session on the new path and the old path.
  • the indication information that the data packets sent on the path have been sent (such as (end marker) before, NG-RAN caches the downlink data packets received on the new path, and the downlink data packets sent on the old path have been received by NG-RAN
  • NG-RAN sends the previously cached downlink data packets received on the new path, and for the downlink data packets on the old path, NG-RAN sends them according to the normal process.
  • the downlink data packets are sent in the normal order, so as to ensure the message order of the PDU session and communication efficiency.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of a communication system scenario provided by this application
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of a method for data packet transmission in a PDU session that can be applied to the scenario shown in FIG. 15 provided by this application. sex flow chart. In some embodiments.
  • the target (target) I-UPF or PSA sorts the downlink data packets of the same PDU session from different paths.
  • the transmission path of the downlink data packet on the old path is: PSA ⁇ source (source) I-UPF ⁇ target (target) I-UPF ⁇ NG-RAN ⁇ terminal device.
  • the transmission path of the downlink data packet on the new path is: PSA ⁇ target (target) I-UPF ⁇ NG-RAN ⁇ terminal device.
  • the downlink data packets of the same PDU session from the new path and the old path are sorted by the target I-UPF.
  • the transmission path of the downlink data packet on the old path is: PSA ⁇ NG-RAN ⁇ target (target) I-UPF ⁇ NG-RAN ⁇ PSA ⁇ terminal device.
  • the transmission path of the downlink data packet on the new path is: PSA ⁇ target (target) I-UPF ⁇ NG-RAN ⁇ terminal device.
  • the downlink data packets of the same PDU session from the new path and the old path are sorted by the target I-UPF.
  • the target (target) I-UPF is new I-UPF
  • the source (source) I-UPF is old I-UPF.
  • the method includes:
  • the PCC rule carries (or includes) DNAI.
  • the PCF may send a policy control update notification (Npcf_SM PolicyControl_UpdateNotify) to the SMF through the Npcf interface, and the notification carries PCC rules.
  • Npcf_SM PolicyControl_UpdateNotify a policy control update notification
  • target DNAI info includes target DNAI
  • Target DNAI info is used for indicating that AMF inserts I-SMF.
  • the SMF first determines the target DNAI (target DNAI), and after the target DNAI is determined, when the SMF judges that the target DNAI cannot be served, the SMF sends the target DNAI to the AMF.
  • the SMF may determine the target DNAI according to the location of the terminal device, the DNAI in step S1601, and the like.
  • the target DNAI info sent by the SMF to the AMF does not include the target DNAI.
  • the SMF may send a PDU session context status notification (Nsmf_PDU Session_SMContextStatusNotify) to the AMF, and the notification carries target DNAI info.
  • Nsmf_PDU Session_SMContextStatusNotify PDU session context status notification
  • S1603 AMF selects and inserts a new I-SMF (new I-SMF) according to the target DNAI.
  • S1603 can also be replaced by: when the AMF judges according to the target DNAI that the SMF can serve the target DNAI, or when the AMF does not receive the target DNAI and does not need the old I-SMF, the AMF deletes the old I-SMF.
  • S1604a AMF sends a context creation request to new I-SMF, which carries: session ID, session management context ID (SM context ID), terminal device location information (UE location info), target DNAI, NG-RAN (next generation RAN) unchanged indication information (indication of no NG-RAN change), etc.
  • session management context ID SM context ID
  • terminal device location information UE location info
  • target DNAI NG-RAN (next generation RAN) unchanged indication information (indication of no NG-RAN change), etc.
  • the context creation request may also include indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that downlink data packets need to be sorted.
  • the indication information may be indication of no NG-RAN change, that is to say, the indication of no NG-RAN change may be used to indicate that the access network equipment has not changed, and may also be used to indicate that the device needs to be changed. Downstream packets are sorted.
  • the indication information and the indication of no NG-RAN change may be different information respectively.
  • the SMF may according to the indication of no NG-RAN change , it is determined that the downlink data packets need to be sorted.
  • S1605a The new I-SMF obtains the session management context (SM context) from the old I-SMF or SMF.
  • SM context session management context
  • the new I-SMF may send a context request to the old I-SMF, carrying an indication of no NG-RAN change.
  • the context request may also include indication information, the indication information is used to instruct the old I-SMF to determine to establish a forwarding tunnel, the forwarding tunnel is used to forward downlink data packets, there are the following two Two possible implementations:
  • the indication information can be indication of no NG-RAN change, that is, the indication of no NG-RAN change can be used to instruct the old I-SMF to determine to establish a forwarding tunnel.
  • Method 2 The indication information and the indication of no NG-RAN change may be different information respectively.
  • the context request may include indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that downlink data packets need to be sorted.
  • the indication information can be indication of no NG-RAN change, that is to say, the indication of no NG-RAN change can be used to indicate that the access network device has not changed, and can also be used to indicate that the downlink data packet needs to be changed. Sort.
  • Method 2 The indication information and the indication of no NG-RAN change may be different information respectively.
  • Method 3 When the context request does not carry the indication information, and the indication of no NG-RAN change is not used to indicate that downlink data packets need to be sorted, the old I-SMF can, according to the indication of no NG-RAN change, Determine the need to sequence downstream packets.
  • the old I-SMF After receiving the context request, the old I-SMF returns a context response to the new I-SMF, which carries NG-RAN tunnel info and forwarding indication.
  • the forwarding instruction is used to indicate to establish a forwarding tunnel between the new I-UPF and the old I-UPF.
  • the context response may also carry twelfth indication information, where the twelfth indication information is used to indicate that the forwarding tunnel is used to forward downlink data packets.
  • the context response returned by the old I-SMF includes the forwarding indication.
  • the new I-SMF may send a context request to the SMF, and the request carries an indication of no NG-RAN change.
  • the context request may also include indication information
  • the indication information is used to instruct the SMF to determine to establish a forwarding tunnel
  • the forwarding tunnel is used to forward downlink data packets
  • the indication information can be indication of no NG-RAN change, that is, the indication of no NG-RAN change can be used to instruct the SMF to determine to establish a forwarding tunnel.
  • Method 2 The indication information and the indication of no NG-RAN change may be different information respectively.
  • the context request may include indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that downlink data packets need to be sorted.
  • the indication information can be indication of no NG-RAN change, that is to say, the indication of no NG-RAN change can be used to indicate that the access network device has not changed, and can also be used to indicate that the downlink data packet needs to be changed. Sort.
  • Method 2 The indication information and the indication of no NG-RAN change may be different information respectively.
  • Method 3 When the context request does not carry the indication information, and the indication of no NG-RAN change is not used to indicate that the downlink data packets need to be sorted, the SMF can determine the need to sort the downlink data packets according to the indication of no NG-RAN change Downstream packets are sorted.
  • the SMF After receiving the request, the SMF returns a context response to the new I-SMF, carrying NG-RAN tunnel info and forwarding indication in the response.
  • the forwarding indication is used to indicate to establish a forwarding tunnel between the NG-RAN and the PSA.
  • the context response may also carry thirteenth indication information, where the thirteenth indication information is used to indicate that the forwarding tunnel is used to forward downlink data packets.
  • the context response returned by the SMF when the context request received by the SMF includes an indication of no NG-RAN change, the context response returned by the SMF includes a forwarding indication.
  • the new I-SMF determines to instruct the new I-UPF according to the indication information in S1604a: cache the downlink data packets from the new path (that is, from the PSA), and report the message when receiving the end marker (end marker) from the old path to SMF.
  • the new I-SMF selects a new I-UPF (new I-UPF), and sends indication information to the new I-UPF, and the indication information is used to indicate: the new I-UPF buffers the information from the new path (that is, from the PSA)
  • the downlink data packet when receiving the end marker (end marker) from the old path, reports a message to the SMF, and the message is used to indicate that the new I-UPF has received the end marker of the downlink data packet on the old path.
  • the new I-UPF reports the information that the downlink data packets on the old path have been sent to the SMF.
  • the new I-UPF when the new I-UPF receives the end marker (end marker) of the downlink data packet from the PSA (for the I-SMF insertion scenario) or the old I-UPF ((for the I-SMF change scenario)), the new I-UPF Report the information that the downlink data packets on the old path have been sent to the SMF.
  • the new I-UPF sends response information to the new I-SMF, and the response information carries: new I-UPF tunnel info for NG-RAN, new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA, new I-UPF tunnel info for forwarding.
  • new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA is used to update the downlink tunnel information of PSA;
  • new I-UPF tunnel info for NG-RAN is used to update the uplink tunnel information of NG-RAN;
  • new I-UPF tunnel info for forwarding is used for Establish a forwarding tunnel between the new I-UPF and the old I-UPF.
  • S1608a The new I-SMF sends an update context request to the old I-SMF, carrying new I-UPF tunnel info for forwarding.
  • S1609a The old I-SMF sends the new I-UPF tunnel info for forwarding to the old I-UPF.
  • S1610a The old I-UPF and the new I-UPF establish a forwarding tunnel between the new I-UPF and the old I-UPF according to the new I-UPF tunnel info for forwarding.
  • the new I-SMF sends a creation request (I-SMF insertion scenario) or an update request (I-SMF change scenario) to the SMF, and the creation request or update request carries: new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA.
  • the session update request or the session creation request may further include indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that downlink data packets need to be sorted.
  • indication information is used to indicate that downlink data packets need to be sorted.
  • the indication information can be new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA, that is to say, new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA can be used to update the downlink tunnel information of PSA, and can also be used to indicate that downlink data packets need to be Sort.
  • Mode 2 the indication information and the downlink tunnel information used to update the PSA may be different information respectively.
  • Method 3 When the PDU session update request or the PDU session creation request does not carry the indication information, and the new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA is not used to indicate that the downlink data packets need to be sorted, the SMF can according to the new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA UPF tunnel info for PSA, it is determined that the downlink data packets need to be sorted.
  • the SMF determines to instruct the PSA to send an end marker on the old path according to the indication information in S1611a.
  • S1612a The SMF sends the new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA to the PSA.
  • the PSA determines to send an end marker on the old path according to the new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA.
  • the SMF may also send indication information to the PSA, where the indication information is used to indicate that the PSA sends an end marker on the old path.
  • the indication information can be new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA, that is to say, new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA can be used to update the downlink tunnel information of PSA, and can also be used to indicate that PSA is in The old path sends an end marker.
  • the indication information and the new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA may be different information respectively.
  • S1613a The SMF returns a create/update response to the new I-SMF.
  • N2 SM info includes: new I-UPF tunnel info for NG-RAN.
  • S1604b The AMF sends a context update request to the SMF.
  • the request carries: session ID, session management context ID (SM context ID), terminal equipment location information (UE location info), target DNAI, NG-RAN (next generation RAN) unchanged indication information (indication of no NG- RAN change) and so on.
  • SM context ID session management context ID
  • UE location info terminal equipment location information
  • target DNAI target DNAI
  • NG-RAN next generation RAN
  • NG-RAN next generation RAN
  • unchanged indication information indication of no NG- RAN change
  • the update context request may also include indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that downlink data packets need to be sorted.
  • the indication information can be indication of no NG-RAN change, that is to say, the indication of no NG-RAN change can be used to indicate that the access network equipment has not changed, and can also be used to indicate the need to change Downstream packets are sorted.
  • the indication information and the indication of no NG-RAN change may be different information respectively.
  • the SMF may according to the indication of no NG-RAN change , it is determined that the downlink data packets need to be sorted.
  • S1605b The SMF obtains the SM context from the old I-SMF.
  • the SMF may send a context request to the old I-SMF, and the request carries an indication of no NG-RAN change.
  • the context request may also include indication information, the indication information is used to instruct the old I-SMF to determine to establish a forwarding tunnel, the forwarding tunnel is used to forward downlink data packets, there are the following two Two possible implementations:
  • the indication information can be indication of no NG-RAN change, that is, the indication of no NG-RAN change can be used to instruct the old I-SMF to determine to establish a forwarding tunnel.
  • Method 2 The indication information and the indication of no NG-RAN change may be different information respectively.
  • the context request may include indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that downlink data packets need to be sorted.
  • the indication information can be indication of no NG-RAN change, that is to say, the indication of no NG-RAN change can be used to indicate that the access network device has not changed, and can also be used to indicate that the downlink data packet needs to be changed. Sort.
  • Method 2 The indication information and the indication of no NG-RAN change may be different information respectively.
  • Method 3 When the context request does not carry the indication information, and the indication of no NG-RAN change is not used to indicate that downlink data packets need to be sorted, the old I-SMF can, according to the indication of no NG-RAN change, Determine the need to sequence downstream packets.
  • the old I-SMF After receiving the request, the old I-SMF sends a context response (information) to the SMF, and the response (information) includes: NG-RAN tunnel info and forwarding indication.
  • the forwarding instruction is used to indicate to establish a forwarding tunnel between the PAS and the old I-UPF.
  • the context response returned by the old I-SMF includes a forwarding indication.
  • the context response may also carry fourteenth indication information, where the fourteenth indication information is used to indicate that the forwarding tunnel is used to forward downlink data packets.
  • S1606b The SMF selects and inserts the new I-UPF, and obtains the new I-UPF tunnel info.
  • S1606b is an optional step.
  • S1607b The SMF sends the PSA tunnel information (PSA tunnel info) to the new I-UPF;
  • S1608b The new I-UPF returns to the SMF: new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA, new I-UPF tunnel info for forwarding, new I-UPF tunnel info for NG-RAN.
  • new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA is used to update the downlink tunnel information of PSA;
  • new I-UPF tunnel info for NG-RAN is used to update the uplink tunnel information of NG-RAN;
  • new I-UPF tunnel info for forwarding is used for Establish a forwarding tunnel between NG-RANF and new I-UPF.
  • the forwarding tunnel is located between the old I-UPF and the PSA.
  • SMF can determine to indicate new I-UPF according to the indication information in S1604b: cache the downlink data packets from the new path (that is, from the PSA), and report the message to the SMF when receiving the end marker (end marker) from the old path .
  • SMF sends indication information to new I-UPF, the indication information is used to indicate: new I-UPF buffers the downlink data packet from PSA, and instructs new I-UPF to report a message to SMF when receiving the end marker, the message It is used to indicate that the new I-UPF has received the end flag of the downlink data packet on the old path. That is, when the new I-UPF receives the end marker of the downlink data packet from the old I-UPF, the new I-UPF reports the information that the downlink data packet on the old path has been sent to the SMF.
  • S1610b The SMF sends the new I-UPF tunnel info for forwarding to the new I-UPF to establish a forwarding tunnel between the new I-UPF and the NG-RAN.
  • S1611b The SMF sends the new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA to the PSA.
  • the PSA determines to send the end marker on the old path according to the new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA.
  • the SMF may also send indication information to the PSA, where the indication information is used to indicate that the PSA sends an end marker on the old path.
  • the indication information can be new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA, that is to say, new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA can be used to update the downlink tunnel information of PSA, and can also be used to indicate that PSA is in The old path sends an end marker.
  • the indication information and the new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA may be different information respectively.
  • PSA when PSA receives new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA, PSA will update the downlink path, and the old path between PSA and old I-UPF is updated as between PSA and new I-UPF new path.
  • PSA sends the end marker (end marker) of the downlink data packet on the old path, that is, the PSA sends the end marker (end marker) of the downlink data packet to the old I-UPF, and the old I-UPF receives the end marker (end marker) Afterwards, the end marker (end marker) is forwarded to the new I-UPF through the forwarding tunnel between the old I-UPF and the new I-UPF.
  • N2 SM info includes: new I-UPF tunnel info for NG-RAN.
  • the new I-UPF when the new I-UPF receives the end marker (end marker) of downlink data transmission from the old I-UPF (I-SMF change/remove scenario) or NG-RAN (I-SMF insert scenario),
  • the end marker can be reported to new I-SMF (I-SMF change/insertion scenario) or SMF (I-SMF remove scenario).
  • S1617 The SMF sends an updated N4rule to the new I-UPF to instruct the new I-UPF to send the buffered downlink data packet.
  • the new I-UPF sends them according to the normal process, that is, after receiving the uplink data packets from the old path, the new I-UPF sends the data packets to the terminal device.
  • the New I-SMF when the New I-SMF receives the end marker sent by the new I-UPF, the New I-SMF sends an updated N4rule to the new I-UPF to instruct the new I-UPF to send the cache
  • the downlink data packet is sent to the buffered downlink data packet to the NG-RAN, and the NG-RAN is sending the data packet to the terminal device.
  • the new I-UPF sends the data packet according to the normal process, that is, after receiving the uplink data packet from the old path, it sends the data packet to NG-RAN, and NG-RAN sends the data packet sent to the terminal device.
  • the ordering process of the PSA for the downlink data packets is as follows:
  • the PSA When the PSA receives a downlink data packet from the new path (from the N6 interface), it buffers the downlink data packet.
  • the PSA When the PSA receives the end marker (end marker) of the downlink data transmission on the old path, that is, when the PSA receives the end marker (end marker) of the downlink data transmission sent from the old I-UPF, it reports the end marker to the SMF ( end marker).
  • the SMF sends an updated N4rule to the PSA to instruct the PSA to send the buffered downlink data packets.
  • the PSA sends the data packet according to a normal process, that is, after receiving the uplink data packet from the old path, it sends the data packet to the terminal device.
  • the downlink data packets received from the same PDU session on the new path and the old path are sorted through I-UPF or PSA, and received at I-UPF or PSA Before the indication information indicating that the downlink data packets sent on the old path have been sent, the I-UPF or PSA buffers the downlink data packets received on the new path, and the I-UPF or PSA receives the downlink data packets sent on the old path After indicating that the packet has been sent, the I-UPF or PSA sends the previously buffered downlink data packet received on the new path, so as to ensure that the uplink data packets in a PDU session are sent in the normal order, thereby ensuring communication efficiency .
  • functional modules can be divided for each network element (including the above-mentioned PSA, I-UPF (for example, new I-UPF), access network equipment, new I-SMF, SMF, etc.) according to the above method.
  • each function may be divided into each function module, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module.
  • the above integrated modules may be implemented in the form of hardware. It should be noted that the division of modules in this embodiment is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
  • the PSA, I-UPF, access network equipment, new I-SMF, SMF, etc. are used to implement the above method.
  • the embodiment provides any method of data packet transmission in the PDU session, so it can achieve the same as the above achieve the same effect.
  • the PSA, I-UPF, access network equipment, new I-SMF, or SMF may include a processing module, a storage module and a communication module.
  • the processing module may be used to control and manage actions of network elements. For example, it may be used to support the network element to execute the steps executed by the processing unit.
  • the storage module can be used to support storage of program codes and data, etc.
  • the communication module can be used to support the communication between network elements and other devices.
  • the processing module may be a processor or a controller. It can implement or execute the various illustrative logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with the present disclosure.
  • the processor can also be a combination of computing functions, such as a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of digital signal processing (digital signal processing, DSP) and a microprocessor, and the like.
  • the storage module may be a memory.
  • the communication module may be a device that interacts with other terminal devices, such as a radio frequency circuit, a Bluetooth chip, and a Wi-Fi chip.
  • FIG. 19 shows a schematic block diagram of an example of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1900 may correspond to the PSA, I-UPF, access network equipment, new I-SMF, or SMF. It may also be a chip or component applied to PSA, I-UPF, access network equipment, new I-SMF, or SMF, and each module or unit in the communication device 1900 is respectively used to execute the method described in the above embodiment Actions or processing procedures executed by the PSA, I-UPF, access network equipment, new I-SMF, or SMF, as shown in FIG.
  • the communication device 1900 may further include a storage unit 1930 .
  • the communication unit 1920 may include a receiving unit (module) and a sending unit (module), configured to perform the PSA, I-UPF, access network equipment, new I-SMF, or SMF receiving information in the foregoing method embodiments. and the steps to send the message.
  • the storage unit 1930 is used for storing instructions executed by the processing unit 1910 and the communication unit 1920 .
  • the processing unit 1910, the communication unit 1920 and the storage unit 1930 are connected in communication.
  • the storage unit 1930 stores instructions, the processing unit 1910 is used to execute the instructions stored in the storage unit, and the communication unit 1920 is used to perform specific signal transmission and reception driven by the processing unit 1910.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic structural block diagram of another communication device provided by the present application. As shown in FIG. Various components of the communication device 2000 are coupled together through the bus system 2040, wherein the bus system 2040 may include a power bus, a control bus, and a status signal bus, etc. in addition to a data bus. However, for clarity of illustration, the various buses are labeled as bus system 2040 in FIG. 20 . For ease of representation, it is only schematically drawn in FIG. 20 .
  • the communication apparatus 2000 in FIG. 20 may be PSA, I-UPF, access network equipment, new I-SMF, or SMF, or, PSA, I-UPF, access network equipment, new I-SMF, or
  • the SMF may include the communication device 2000 of FIG. 20 .
  • the communication device 1900 in FIG. 19 or the communication device 2000 in FIG. 20 can implement the steps performed by the PSA, I-UPF, access network device, new I-SMF, or SMF in the embodiments shown in FIGS. 6 to 18 .
  • PSA PSA
  • I-UPF access network device
  • new I-SMF new I-SMF
  • SMF SMF
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a chip system, as shown in FIG. 21 , the chip system includes at least one processor 2110 and at least one interface circuit 2120 .
  • the processor 2110 and the interface circuit 2120 may be interconnected through wires.
  • interface circuit 2120 may be used to receive signals from other devices.
  • the interface circuit 2120 may be used to send signals to other devices.
  • the interface circuit 2120 can read instructions stored in the memory, and send the instructions to the processor 2110 .
  • the system-on-a-chip can be made to perform various steps performed by the PSA, the I-UPF, the access network device, the new I-SMF, or the SMF in the foregoing embodiments.
  • the chip system may also include other discrete devices, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • each unit in the above device can all be implemented in the form of software called by the processing element; they can also be implemented in the form of hardware; some units can also be implemented in the form of software called by the processing element, and some units can be implemented in the form of hardware.
  • each unit can be a separate processing element, or it can be integrated in a certain chip of the device.
  • it can also be stored in the memory in the form of a program, which is called and executed by a certain processing element of the device. Function.
  • the processing element may also be referred to as a processor, which may be an integrated circuit with signal processing capability.
  • each step of the above method or each unit above may be implemented by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor element or implemented in the form of software called by the processing element.
  • the units in any of the above devices may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above method, for example: one or more application specific integrated circuits (ASIC), or, one or Multiple digital signal processors (DSP), or, one or more field programmable gate arrays (FPGA), or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuit forms.
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuits
  • DSP Multiple digital signal processors
  • FPGA field programmable gate arrays
  • the processing element can be a general-purpose processor, such as a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU) or other processors that can call programs.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • these units can be integrated together and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC).
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides an apparatus, the apparatus is included in the PSA, I-UPF, access network equipment, new I-SMF, or SMF, and the apparatus has the PSA, I - Functions of UPF, access network equipment, new I-SMF, or SMF.
  • This function may be implemented by hardware, or may be implemented by executing corresponding software on the hardware.
  • Hardware or software includes at least one module or unit corresponding to the above functions. For example, a detection module or unit, a display module or unit, a determination module or unit, and a calculation module or unit, etc.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a system for transmitting data packets in a PDU session, the system includes: the PSA, I-UPF, access network equipment, new I-SMF, SMF, terminal equipment and server etc.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium for storing computer program codes, and the computer program includes instructions for executing any method for transmitting data packets in a PDU session provided by the above-mentioned embodiments of the present application.
  • the readable medium may be a read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM) or a random access memory (random access memory, RAM), which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the present application also provides a computer program product, the computer program product includes instructions, when the instructions are executed, so that PSA, I-UPF, access network equipment, new I-SMF, or SMF executes the method corresponding to the above The corresponding operation in .
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a chip located in a communication device, the chip includes: a processing unit and a communication unit, the processing unit may be, for example, a processor, and the communication unit may be, for example, an input/output interface, a pin or circuit etc.
  • the processing unit may execute computer instructions, so that the communication device executes any method for transmitting data packets in a PDU session provided by the above-mentioned embodiments of the present application.
  • the computer instructions are stored in a storage unit.
  • the storage unit is a storage unit in the chip, such as a register, a cache, etc.
  • the storage unit can also be a storage unit located outside the chip in the terminal, such as a ROM or other devices that can store static information and instructions Types of static storage devices, random RAM, etc.
  • the processor mentioned in any one of the above places may be a CPU, a microprocessor, an ASIC, or one or more integrated circuits for program execution of the method for controlling the data packet transmission in the PDU session mentioned above.
  • the processing unit and the storage unit can be decoupled, respectively arranged on different physical devices, and connected in a wired or wireless manner to realize the respective functions of the processing unit and the storage unit, so as to support the system chip to implement the above embodiments Various functions in .
  • the processing unit and the memory can also be coupled to the same device.
  • the method for data packet transmission in the PDU session provided by this embodiment, PSA, I-UPF, access network equipment, new I-SMF, SMF, computer readable storage medium, computer program product or chip are all used to execute the upper
  • the beneficial effects that can be achieved can refer to the beneficial effects of the corresponding methods provided above, and will not be repeated here.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a nonvolatile memory, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile memories.
  • the non-volatile memory can be ROM, programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM) , EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • Volatile memory can be RAM, which acts as external cache memory.
  • RAM static random access memory
  • dynamic RAM dynamic random access memory
  • synchronous dynamic random access memory synchronous DRAM, SDRAM
  • double data rate Synchronous dynamic random access memory double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM
  • enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM
  • synchronous connection dynamic random access memory direct rambus RAM, DR RAM
  • the methods in the embodiments of the present application may be fully or partially implemented by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof.
  • software When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product comprises one or more computer programs or instructions.
  • the computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer program or instructions may be stored in or transmitted via a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server integrating one or more available media.
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components can be combined or May be integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions described above are realized in the form of software function units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a readable storage medium , including several instructions to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the above-mentioned readable storage medium includes: various media capable of storing program codes such as U disk, mobile hard disk, ROM, RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Quality & Reliability (AREA)
  • Data Exchanges In Wide-Area Networks (AREA)

Abstract

Provided in the present application are a method for transmitting a data packet in a PDU session, and a communication apparatus. In a scenario where an I-SMF is updated (changed/inserted/removed) or an I-UPF is updated (changed/inserted/removed) in a PDU session, a PSA receives uplink messages of the same PDU session that are from different paths, resulting in the problem of disordering of the uplink messages, or, an access network device receives downlink messages of the same PDU session that are from different paths, resulting in the problem of disordering of the downlink messages; and data packets of the same PDU session that are from different paths are sorted by using a gateway (e.g. a PSA, an access network device, or an I-UPF), such that uplink data packets or downlink data packets are transmitted according to a normal order, thereby avoiding the process of sorting the data packets by means of a terminal device or a server, and shortening the communication time delay, thereby ensuring the communication efficiency.

Description

PDU会话中数据包传输的方法和通信装置Method and communication device for data packet transmission in PDU session
本申请要求于2021年11月29日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为202111437794.4、申请名称为“PDU会话中数据包传输的方法和通信装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202111437794.4 and the application title "Method and Communication Device for Data Packet Transmission in PDU Session" filed with the State Intellectual Property Office on November 29, 2021, the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference incorporated in this application.
技术领域technical field
本申请涉及通信领域,更为具体的,涉及一种PDU会话中数据包传输的方法和通信装置。The present application relates to the communication field, and more specifically, relates to a method and a communication device for transmitting data packets in a PDU session.
背景技术Background technique
在3GPP中,会话管理功能(session management function,SMF)网元支持的边缘计算平台位置可能有限。当网络侧期望终端设备访问的边缘计算平台位置不在SMF的支持范围时,则会插入中间SMF(intermediate SMF,I-SMF);当网络侧期望终端设备访问的边缘计算平台位置不在I-SMF的支持范围时,则会发生I-SMF改变(变化);当网络侧期望终端设备访问的边缘计算平台位置在SMF的支持范围时,则会移除I-SMF;这些场景中均发生了I-SMF的更新。由于I-SMF的更新,I-SMF控制的或者管理的中间用户面功能网元((intermediate user plane funtion UPF,I-UPF)也会随之更新(变化/插入/移除)。这样对用终端设备的同一个协议数据单元(protocol data unit,PDU)会话,会出现同一个PDU会话中的数据包既有来自于I-UPF更新前路径上的,也有来自于I-UPF更新后的路径上的。In 3GPP, the location of the edge computing platform supported by the session management function (session management function, SMF) network element may be limited. When the location of the edge computing platform that the network side expects the terminal device to access is not supported by the SMF, an intermediate SMF (intermediate SMF, I-SMF) will be inserted; when the location of the edge computing platform that the network side expects the terminal device to access is not in the I-SMF When the range is supported, the I-SMF will change (change); when the edge computing platform that the network side expects the terminal device to access is within the supported range of the SMF, the I-SMF will be removed; in these scenarios, the I-SMF will occur. SMF updates. Due to the update of the I-SMF, the intermediate user plane function network element ((intermediate user plane function UPF, I-UPF) controlled or managed by the I-SMF will also be updated (change/insert/remove). In the same protocol data unit (PDU) session of the terminal device, the data packets in the same PDU session will come from both the path before the I-UPF update and the path after the I-UPF update Up.
例如,对于上行数据包而言,PDU会话锚点(PDU session anchor,PSA)会接到来自于两条路径上的数据包,并将这两条路径上的数据包分别发送给服务器。对于服务器而言,从I-UPF更新前的路径上接收到的数据包在时序上是需要早于在I-UPF更新后的路径上接收到的数据包的。由于两条路径上的数据包到达PSA的时间不同,当I-UPF更新前的路径上的数据包晚于I-UPF更新后的路径上的数据包到达PSA时,PSA直接将来自于两条路径上的数据包发送给服务器,造成服务器从I-UPF更新前的路径上接收到的数据包在时序上是晚于在I-UPF更新后的路径上接收到的数据包,从而造成服务器接收的数据包的乱序,增加了服务器对数据包的排序时间,降低通信效率,导致用户体验降低。For example, for the uplink data packet, the PDU session anchor (PDU session anchor, PSA) will receive the data packets from the two paths, and send the data packets on the two paths to the server respectively. For the server, the data packets received on the path before the I-UPF update need to be earlier than the data packets received on the path after the I-UPF update in timing. Since the data packets on the two paths arrive at the PSA at different times, when the data packets on the path before the I-UPF update arrive at the PSA later than the packets on the path after the I-UPF update, the PSA will directly come from the two The data packets on the path are sent to the server, causing the server to receive data packets from the path before the I-UPF update later than the data packets received on the path after the I-UPF update, causing the server to receive The out-of-sequence of the data packets increases the time for the server to sort the data packets, reduces the communication efficiency, and reduces the user experience.
对于下行数据包,接入网设备会接到来自于两条路径上的数据包,并将两条路径上的数据包发送给终端设备。对于终端设备而言,从I-UPF更新前的路径上接收到的数据包在时序上是需要早于在I-UPF更新后的路径上接收到的数据包的。由于两条路径上的数据包到达接入网设备的时间不同,当I-UPF更新前的路径上的数据包晚于I-UPF更新后的路径上的数据包到达接入网设备时,接入网设备直接将来自于两条路径上的数据包发送给终端设备,造成终端设备从I-UPF更新前的路径上接收到的数据 包在时序上是晚于在I-UPF更新后的路径上接收到的数据包,从而造成终端设备接收的数据包的乱序,增加了终端设备对数据包的排序时间,降低通信效率,导致用户体验降低。For downlink data packets, the access network device will receive the data packets from the two paths, and send the data packets on the two paths to the terminal device. For the terminal device, the data packets received on the path before the I-UPF update need to be earlier than the data packets received on the path after the I-UPF update. Since the data packets on the two paths arrive at the access network device at different times, when the data packets on the path before the I-UPF update arrive at the access network device later than the data packets on the path after the I-UPF update, the connection The network access device directly sends data packets from the two paths to the terminal device, causing the terminal device to receive data packets from the path before the I-UPF update later than the path after the I-UPF update. The data packets received by the terminal device will cause out-of-order data packets received by the terminal device, which will increase the time for the terminal device to sort the data packets, reduce communication efficiency, and lead to a decrease in user experience.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请提供了一种PDU会话中数据包传输的方法和通信装置,在PDU会话中I-SMF更新(变化/插入/移除)或者I-UPF更新(变化/插入/移除)的场景中,通过利用一个网关(PSA、接入网设备或者I-UPF)对来自于不同路径的一个PDU会话的数据包进行排序,使得上行数据包或者下行数据包按照正常的顺序传输,避免了终端设备或者服务器对数据包进行排序的过程,降低了通信时延,从而保证了通信效率。This application provides a method and communication device for data packet transmission in a PDU session, in the scenario of I-SMF update (change/insertion/removal) or I-UPF update (change/insertion/removal) in a PDU session , by using a gateway (PSA, access network device or I-UPF) to sort the data packets of a PDU session from different paths, so that the uplink data packets or downlink data packets are transmitted in the normal order, avoiding the terminal equipment Or the process of sorting the data packets by the server reduces the communication delay and thus ensures the communication efficiency.
第一方面,提供了一种PDU会话中数据包传输的方法,该方法包括:PSA接收SMF发送的第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示:该PSA缓存在第一路径上接收到的上行数据包,并且,在接收到来自于第二路径上的结束标志时,向该SMF发送消息,该消息用于指示该PSA接收到了该结束标志,该结束标志用于指示第二路径上的上行数据包传输结束,第一路径上的上行数据包和第二路径上的上行数据包为同一个PDU会话的上行数据包;该PSA接收到该结束标志后,向该SMF发送该消息;该PSA接收来自于该SMF的第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示该PSA发送缓存的上行数据包;该PSA根据第二指示信息,发送在第一路径上缓存的上行数据包;其中,第一路径上的上行数据包的传输顺序依次为:终端设备、接入网设备、新I-UPF、该PSA,或者,终端设备、接入网设备、该PSA;第二路径上的上行数据包的传输顺序依次为:终端设备、接入网设备、源I-UPF、该PSA,或者,终端设备、接入网设备、该PSA。In a first aspect, a method for transmitting a data packet in a PDU session is provided, the method includes: the PSA receives first indication information sent by the SMF, and the first indication information is used to indicate: the PSA caches the data received on the first path Uplink data packet, and, when receiving the end mark from the second path, send a message to the SMF, the message is used to indicate that the PSA has received the end mark, and the end mark is used to indicate the end mark on the second path The transmission of the uplink data packet ends, and the uplink data packet on the first path and the uplink data packet on the second path are uplink data packets of the same PDU session; the PSA sends the message to the SMF after receiving the end flag; the The PSA receives second indication information from the SMF, where the second indication information is used to instruct the PSA to send the buffered uplink data packet; the PSA sends the buffered uplink data packet on the first path according to the second indication information; wherein, The transmission order of the uplink data packets on the first path is: terminal equipment, access network equipment, new I-UPF, the PSA, or terminal equipment, access network equipment, the PSA; the uplink data packets on the second path The transmission order of the packets is as follows: the terminal device, the access network device, the source I-UPF, the PSA, or the terminal device, the access network device, and the PSA.
第一方面提供的PDU会话中数据包传输的方法,通过PSA对接收到的来自于新路径(第一路径)和老路径(第二路径)上同一个PDU会话上行数据包进行排序,在PSA接收到在老路径上发送的指示上行数据包已经发送完毕的指示信息之前,PSA缓存在新路径上接收的上行数据包,在PSA接收到在老路径上发送的上行数据包已经发送完毕的指示信息之后,PSA发送之前缓存的在新路径上接收的上行数据包,从而可以保证一个PDU会话中的上行数据包按照正常的顺序发送,从而节省了服务器对上行数据包的排序时间,保证了通信效率。The method for data packet transmission in the PDU session provided by the first aspect is to sort the uplink data packets received from the same PDU session on the new path (first path) and the old path (second path) through the PSA, and in the PSA Before receiving the indication information indicating that the uplink data packets sent on the old path have been sent, the PSA buffers the uplink data packets received on the new path, and the PSA receives the indication that the uplink data packets sent on the old path have been sent After the information is sent, the PSA sends the previously cached uplink data packets received on the new path, so as to ensure that the uplink data packets in a PDU session are sent in the normal order, thereby saving the server’s time for sorting the uplink data packets and ensuring communication efficiency.
在第一方面一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:该PSA在接收到来自于第二路径上的上行数据包时,发送来自于第二路径上的上行数据包。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the method further includes: when the PSA receives the uplink data packet from the second path, sending the uplink data packet from the second path.
在第一方面一种可能的实现方式中,该PSA接收到该结束标志,包括:该PSA接收到来自于接入网设备发送的该结束标志。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, receiving the end flag by the PSA includes: receiving the end flag sent by the access network device by the PSA.
第二方面,提供了一种PDU会话中数据包传输的方法,该方法包括:SMF向PSA发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示:该PSA缓存在第一路径上接收到的上行数据包,并且,在接收到来自于第二路径上结束标志时,向该SMF发送消息,该消息用于指示该PSA接收到了该结束标志,该结束标志用于指示第二路径上的上行数据包传输结束,第一路径上的上行数据包和第二路径上的上行数据包为同一个PDU会话的上行数据包;该SMF接收该PSA发送的该消息;该SMF向该PSA发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示该PSA发送缓存的上行数据包;其中,第一路径上的上行数据 包的传输顺序依次为:终端设备、接入网设备、新中间用户面功能网元I-UPF、该PSA,或者,终端设备、接入网设备、该PSA;第二路径上的上行数据包的传输顺序依次为:终端设备、接入网设备、源I-UPF、该PSA,或者,终端设备、接入网设备、该PSA。In a second aspect, a method for transmitting data packets in a PDU session is provided. The method includes: the SMF sends first indication information to the PSA, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the PSA caches the uplink received on the first path data packet, and, when receiving the end mark from the second path, send a message to the SMF, the message is used to indicate that the PSA has received the end mark, and the end mark is used to indicate the uplink data on the second path The packet transmission ends, the uplink data packet on the first path and the uplink data packet on the second path are uplink data packets of the same PDU session; the SMF receives the message sent by the PSA; the SMF sends a second indication to the PSA information, the second indication information is used to instruct the PSA to send the buffered uplink data packet; wherein, the transmission sequence of the uplink data packet on the first path is: terminal equipment, access network equipment, new intermediate user plane function network element I -UPF, the PSA, or the terminal device, the access network device, the PSA; the transmission order of the uplink data packets on the second path is: the terminal device, the access network device, the source I-UPF, the PSA, or , the terminal device, the access network device, and the PSA.
第二方面提供的PDU会话中数据包传输的方法,SMF可以指示PSA接收到在老路径(第二路径)上发送的指示上行数据包已经发送完毕的指示信息之前,PSA缓存在新路径(第一路径)上接收的上行数据包,在PSA接收到在老路径上发送的上行数据包已经发送完毕的指示信息之后,PSA发送之前缓存的在新路径上接收的上行数据包,从而可以保证一个PDU会话中的上行数据包按照正常的顺序发送,从而节省了服务器对上行数据包的排序时间,保证了通信效率。In the method for data packet transmission in the PDU session provided by the second aspect, the SMF can instruct the PSA to cache the new path (the second path) before receiving the indication information indicating that the uplink data packet has been sent on the old path (the second path). For the uplink data packets received on the old path), after the PSA receives the indication information that the uplink data packets sent on the old path have been sent, the PSA sends the previously buffered uplink data packets received on the new path, so as to ensure a The uplink data packets in the PDU session are sent in a normal order, thereby saving the server's time for sorting the uplink data packets and ensuring communication efficiency.
在第二方面一种可能的实现方式中,在该SMF在向PSA发送第一指示信息之前,该方法还包括:该SMF接收到来自于AMF或者新I-SMF的第一信息;该SMF根据第一信息,确定向该PSA发送第一指示信息;其中,第一信息包括:接入网设备未变化的指示信息或者第三指示信息,第三指示信息用于指示对上行数据包进行排序。在该实现方式中,SMF可以根据AMF或者新I-SMF发送的信息,确定指示PSA接收到在老路径上发送的指示上行数据包已经发送完毕的指示信息之前,缓存在新路径上接收的上行数据包,从而可以保证一个PDU会话中的上行数据包按照正常的顺序发送,从而节省了服务器对上行数据包的排序时间,保证了通信效率。In a possible implementation manner of the second aspect, before the SMF sends the first indication information to the PSA, the method further includes: the SMF receives the first information from the AMF or the new I-SMF; the SMF according to The first information is to determine to send the first indication information to the PSA; wherein, the first information includes: the indication information that the access network equipment has not changed or the third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate to sort the uplink data packets. In this implementation, the SMF can buffer the uplink received on the new path before the PSA receives the indication information indicating that the uplink data packet sent on the old path has been sent according to the information sent by the AMF or the new I-SMF. data packets, so as to ensure that the uplink data packets in a PDU session are sent in a normal order, thereby saving the server's time for sorting the uplink data packets and ensuring communication efficiency.
在第二方面一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:该SMF向AMF或者接入网设备发送第四指示信息,第四指示信息用于指示接入网设备在第二路径上发送该结束标志。在该实现方式中,SMF可以指示接入网设备在第二路径上发送结束标志,从而保证PSA在老路径上接收到该结束标志,保证了可PSA可以顺利的发送缓存的数据包,保证数据包传输的效率。In a possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the method further includes: the SMF sends fourth indication information to the AMF or the access network device, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct the access network device to send the end sign. In this implementation, the SMF can instruct the access network device to send the end flag on the second path, thereby ensuring that the PSA receives the end flag on the old path, ensuring that the PSA can smoothly send the cached data packets, and ensuring that the data The efficiency of packet transmission.
第三方面,提供了一种PDU会话中数据包传输的方法,该方法包括:接入网设备接收AMF网元发送的第二信息;接入网设备根据第二信息,在第二路径上发送结束标志,该结束标志用于指示第二路径上的上行数据包传输结束;接入网设备在第一路径上发送上行数据包;其中,第一路径上的上行数据包的传输顺序依次为:终端设备、接入网设备、新I-UPF、该PSA,或者,终端设备、接入网设备、该PSA;第二路径上的上行数据包的传输顺序依次为:终端设备、接入网设备、源I-UPF、该PSA,或者,终端设备、接入网设备、该PSA。In a third aspect, a method for transmitting data packets in a PDU session is provided, the method comprising: an access network device receives second information sent by an AMF network element; the access network device sends the second information on a second path according to the second information An end flag, which is used to indicate the end of the transmission of the uplink data packets on the second path; the access network device sends the uplink data packets on the first path; wherein, the transmission sequence of the uplink data packets on the first path is as follows: The terminal device, the access network device, the new I-UPF, the PSA, or the terminal device, the access network device, and the PSA; the transmission sequence of the uplink data packets on the second path is: the terminal device, the access network device , the source I-UPF, the PSA, or the terminal device, the access network device, and the PSA.
第三方面提供的PDU会话中数据包传输的方法,接入网设备可以在第二路径(老路径)上发送结束标志,从而保证PSA在老路径上接收到该结束标志,保证了PSA可以顺利的发送缓存的数据包,保证数据包传输的效率。In the method for data packet transmission in the PDU session provided by the third aspect, the access network device can send the end mark on the second path (old path), thereby ensuring that the PSA receives the end mark on the old path, and ensuring that the PSA can be smoothly Send buffered data packets to ensure the efficiency of data packet transmission.
在第三方面一种可能的实现方式中,第二信息包括:新I-UPF的隧道信息、该PSA的隧道信息、第四指示信息、或者接入网设备未变化的指示信息中的至少一个;第四指示信息用于指示接入网设备在第二路径上发送该结束标志。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the second information includes: at least one of the tunnel information of the new I-UPF, the tunnel information of the PSA, the fourth indication information, or the indication information that the access network equipment has not changed ; The fourth indication information is used to instruct the access network device to send the end flag on the second path.
第四方面,提供了一种PDU会话中数据包传输的方法,该方法包括:接入网设备接收来自于AMF的第五指示信息,第五指示信息用于指示:接入网设备在第二路径上接收到结束标志之前,缓存来自于第一路径上的下行数据包;接入网设备根据第五指示信息,在第二路径上接收到结束标志之前,缓存来自于第一路径上的下行数据包, 第一路径上的下行数据包和第二路径上的下行数据包为同一个PDU会话的下行数据包,该结束标志用于指示第二路径上的下行数据包传输结束;接入网设备向该终端设备发送在第二路径上接收到的下行数据包;接入网设备在该在第二路径上接收到该结束标志时,向终端设备发送该缓存的下行数据包,其中,第一路径上的下行数据包的传输顺序依次为:PSA、新I-UPF、接入网设备、终端设备,或者,PSA、接入网设备、终端设备,第二路径上的下行数据包的传输顺序依次为:PSA、源I-UPF、接入网设备、终端设备,或者,PSA、接入网设备、终端设备。In a fourth aspect, a method for transmitting data packets in a PDU session is provided, the method includes: the access network device receives fifth indication information from the AMF, and the fifth indication information is used to indicate: the access network device is in the second Before receiving the end flag on the path, cache the downlink data packets from the first path; according to the fifth indication information, the access network device caches the downlink data packets from the first path before receiving the end flag on the second path The data packet, the downlink data packet on the first path and the downlink data packet on the second path are downlink data packets of the same PDU session, and the end flag is used to indicate the end of the transmission of the downlink data packet on the second path; the access network The device sends the downlink data packet received on the second path to the terminal device; the access network device sends the buffered downlink data packet to the terminal device when receiving the end flag on the second path, wherein the first The order of transmission of downlink data packets on one path is: PSA, new I-UPF, access network equipment, terminal equipment, or, PSA, access network equipment, terminal equipment, transmission of downlink data packets on the second path The sequence is: PSA, source I-UPF, access network device, terminal device, or, PSA, access network device, terminal device.
第四方面提供的PDU会话中数据包传输的方法,通过接入网设备对接收到的来自于新路径(第一路径)和老路径(第二路径)上同一个PDU会话的下行数据包进行排序,在接入网设备接收到在老路径上发送的数据包已经发送完毕的指示信息之前,接入网设备缓存在新路径上接收的下行数据包,在接入网设备接收到老路径上发送的下行数据包已经发送完毕的指示信息之后,接入网设备发送之前缓存的在新路径上接收的下行数据包,对于老路径上的下行数据包,接入网设备按照正常的流程发送。从而可以保证一个PDU会话中的下行数据包按照正常的顺序发送,从而保证PDU会话的报文顺序,保证了通信效率。In the method for transmitting data packets in a PDU session provided in the fourth aspect, the downlink data packets received from the same PDU session on the new path (first path) and the old path (second path) are processed by the access network device. Sorting, before the access network device receives the indication that the data packet sent on the old path has been sent, the access network device buffers the downlink data packet received on the new path, and the access network device receives the downlink data packet on the old path After the indication information that the sent downlink data packets have been sent is completed, the access network device sends the buffered downlink data packets received on the new path before, and the access network device sends the downlink data packets on the old path according to the normal process. Therefore, it can be ensured that the downlink data packets in a PDU session are sent in a normal order, thereby ensuring the packet order of the PDU session and ensuring communication efficiency.
在第四方面一种可能的实现方式中,第五指示信息包括:接入网设备未变化的指示信息。In a possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the fifth indication information includes: indication information that the access network device has not changed.
在第四方面一种可能的实现方式中,接入网设备在第二路径上接收到该结束标志,包括:接入网设备在第二路径上接收来自于该PSA的该结束标志。In a possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the receiving the end marker on the second path by the access network device includes: receiving the end marker from the PSA on the second path by the access network device.
第五方面,提供了一种PDU会话中数据包传输的方法,该方法包括:PSA接收来自于SMF的第三信息;该PSA根据第三信息,在第二路径上发送结束标志,该结束标志用于指示第二路径上的下行数据包传输结束;其中,第一路径上的下行数据包的传输顺序依次为:PSA、新I-UPF、接入网设备、终端设备,或者,PSA、接入网设备、终端设备,第二路径上的下行数据包的传输顺序依次为:PSA、源I-UPF、接入网设备、终端设备,或者,PSA、接入网设备、终端设备,第一路径上的下行数据包和第二路径上的下行数据包为同一个PDU会话的下行数据包。In a fifth aspect, a method for transmitting data packets in a PDU session is provided, the method comprising: the PSA receives third information from the SMF; the PSA sends an end flag on the second path according to the third information, and the end flag It is used to indicate the end of the transmission of the downlink data packets on the second path; wherein, the transmission sequence of the downlink data packets on the first path is: PSA, new I-UPF, access network equipment, terminal equipment, or, PSA, access The transmission sequence of the downlink data packets on the second path is: PSA, source I-UPF, access network device, terminal device, or, PSA, access network device, terminal device, first The downlink data packet on the path and the downlink data packet on the second path are downlink data packets of the same PDU session.
第五方面提供的方法,PSA可以在第二路径(老路径)上发送结束标志,从而保证接入网设备在老路径上接收到该结束标志,保证了接入网设备可以顺利的发送缓存的下行数据包,保证下行数据包传输的效率。In the method provided in the fifth aspect, the PSA can send the end flag on the second path (old path), thereby ensuring that the access network device receives the end flag on the old path, and ensuring that the access network device can smoothly send the buffered Downlink data packets to ensure the efficiency of downlink data packet transmission.
在第五方面一种可能的实现方式中,第三信息包括:用于更新PSA的下行隧道信息或者指示信息,该指示信息用于指示:该PSA在第二路径上发送该结束标志。In a possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the third information includes: downlink tunnel information or indication information used to update the PSA, where the indication information is used to indicate that the PSA sends the end flag on the second path.
第六方面,提供了一种PDU会话中数据包传输的方法,其特征在于,该方法包括:A sixth aspect provides a method for data packet transmission in a PDU session, characterized in that the method includes:
SMF接收到来自于AMF或者新I-SMF的第四信息;该SMF根据第四信息,向PSA发送第三信息,第三信息用于指示:该PSA在第二路径上发送结束标志,该结束标志用于指示第二路径上的下行数据包传输结束;其中,第一路径上的下行数据包的传输顺序依次为:PSA、新I-UPF、接入网设备、终端设备,或者,PSA、接入网设备、终端设备,第二路径上的下行数据包的传输顺序依次为:PSA、源I-UPF、接入网设备、终端设备,或者,PSA、接入网设备、终端设备,第一路径上的下行数据包和第二路径上的下行数据包为同一个PDU会话的下行数据包。The SMF receives fourth information from the AMF or the new I-SMF; the SMF sends third information to the PSA according to the fourth information, and the third information is used to indicate: the PSA sends an end flag on the second path, and the end The flag is used to indicate the end of the transmission of the downlink data packets on the second path; wherein, the transmission sequence of the downlink data packets on the first path is: PSA, new I-UPF, access network equipment, terminal equipment, or, PSA, The transmission sequence of the downlink data packets on the second path is: PSA, source I-UPF, access network device, terminal device, or, PSA, access network device, terminal device, the order of the access network device, the terminal device, and the second path The downlink data packets on the first path and the downlink data packets on the second path are downlink data packets of the same PDU session.
第六方面提供的方法,SMF可以根据来自于AMF或者新I-SMF的信息,确定指示PSA在第二路径(老路径)上发送结束标志,从而保证接入网设备在老路径上接收到该结束标志,保证了接入网设备可以顺利的发送缓存的下行数据包,保证下行数据包传输的效率。In the method provided in the sixth aspect, the SMF can determine to instruct the PSA to send the end flag on the second path (old path) according to the information from the AMF or the new I-SMF, so as to ensure that the access network device receives the end flag on the old path. The end flag ensures that the access network device can smoothly send the cached downlink data packets, and ensures the efficiency of downlink data packet transmission.
在第六方面一种可能的实现方式中,第四信息包括:接入网设备未变化的指示信息、或者用于指示对下行数据包进行排序的指示信息。In a possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the fourth information includes: indication information indicating that the access network device has not changed, or indication information used to indicate ordering of downlink data packets.
第七方面,提供了一种PDU会话中数据包传输的方法,该方法包括:新I-UPF接收来自于第一网元的第六指示信息,第六指示信息用于指示:该新I-UPF缓存在第一路径上接收到的上行数据包,并且,在接收到来自于第二路径上的结束标志时,向第一网元发送消息,该消息用于指示该新I-UPF接收到了该结束标志,该结束标志用于指示第二路径上的上行数据包传输结束,第一路径上的上行数据包和第二路径上的上行数据包为同一个PDU会话的上行数据包;该新I-UPF接收到该结束标志后,向第一网元发送该消息;该新I-UPF接收来自于第一网元的第七指示信息,第七指示信息用于指示该新I-UPF发送缓存的上行数据包;该新I-UPF根据第七指示信息,发送在第一路径上缓存的上行数据包;其中,第一路径上的上行数据包的传输顺序依次为:终端设备、接入网设备、该新I-UPF、PSA,第二路径上的上行数据包的传输顺序依次为:终端设备、接入网设备、源I-UPF、该新I-UPF、PSA,或者,终端设备、接入网设备、PSA、该新I-UPF、该PSA。In a seventh aspect, a method for transmitting data packets in a PDU session is provided, the method comprising: the new I-UPF receives sixth indication information from the first network element, and the sixth indication information is used to indicate: the new I-UPF The UPF buffers the uplink data packet received on the first path, and, when receiving the end flag from the second path, sends a message to the first network element, and the message is used to indicate that the new I-UPF has received the The end flag, the end flag is used to indicate the end of the transmission of the uplink data packet on the second path, the uplink data packet on the first path and the uplink data packet on the second path are uplink data packets of the same PDU session; the new After receiving the end flag, the I-UPF sends the message to the first network element; the new I-UPF receives the seventh indication information from the first network element, and the seventh indication information is used to instruct the new I-UPF to send Buffered uplink data packets; the new I-UPF sends the buffered uplink data packets on the first path according to the seventh indication information; wherein, the transmission sequence of the uplink data packets on the first path is: terminal equipment, access Network equipment, the new I-UPF, PSA, the transmission order of the uplink data packets on the second path is: terminal equipment, access network equipment, source I-UPF, the new I-UPF, PSA, or terminal equipment , an access network device, a PSA, the new I-UPF, and the PSA.
第七方面提供的PDU会话中数据包传输的方法,通过I-UPF对接收到的来自于新路径(第一路径)和老路径(第二路径)上同一个PDU会话的上行数据包进行排序,在I-UPF接收到在老路径上发送的指示上行数据包已经发送完毕的指示信息之前,I-UPF缓存在新路径上接收的上行数据包,在I-UPF接收到在老路径上发送的表示上行数据包已经发送完毕的指示信息之后,I-UPF发送之前缓存的在新路径上接收的上行数据包,从而可以保证一个PDU会话中的上行数据包按照正常的顺序发送,从而节省了服务器对上行数据包的排序时间,保证了通信效率。The method for transmitting data packets in a PDU session provided by the seventh aspect uses I-UPF to sort the received uplink data packets from the same PDU session on the new path (first path) and the old path (second path) , before the I-UPF receives the indication information indicating that the uplink data packet sent on the old path has been sent, the I-UPF buffers the uplink data packet received on the new path, and when the I-UPF receives the uplink data packet sent on the old path After the indication information indicating that the uplink data packets have been sent, the I-UPF sends the previously buffered uplink data packets received on the new path, so as to ensure that the uplink data packets in a PDU session are sent in the normal order, thereby saving The server sorts the uplink data packets to ensure communication efficiency.
在第七方面一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:该新I-UPF在接收到来自于第二路径上的上行数据包时,发送来自于第二路径上的上行数据包。在该实现方式中,可以保证老路径上的上行数据包顺序传输。In a possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, the method further includes: when the new I-UPF receives the uplink data packet from the second path, sending the uplink data packet from the second path. In this implementation manner, the sequential transmission of uplink data packets on the old path can be guaranteed.
在第七方面一种可能的实现方式中,该新I-UPF接收到该结束标志,包括:该新I-UPF接收到来自于接入网设备发送的该结束标志。In a possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, the receiving the end flag by the new I-UPF includes: receiving the end flag sent by the access network device by the new I-UPF.
第八方面,提供了一种PDU会话中数据包传输的方法,该方法包括:第一网元向新I-UPF发送第六指示信息,第六指示信息用于指示:该新I-UPF缓存在第一路径上接收到的上行数据包,并且,在接收到来自于第二路径上结束标志时,向第一网元发送消息,该消息用于指示该新I-UPF接收到了该结束标志,该结束标志用于指示第二路径上的上行数据包传输结束;第一网元接收该新I-UPF发送的该消息;第一网元向该新I-UPF发送第六指示信息,第六指示信息用于指示该新I-UPF发送缓存的上行数据包;其中,第一路径上的上行数据包和第二路径上的上行数据包为同一个PDU会话的上行数据包,第一路径上的上行数据包的传输顺序依次为:终端设备、接入网设备、该新I-UPF、PSA,第二路径上的上行数据包的传输顺序依次为:终端设备、接入网设 备、源I-UPF、该新I-UPF、PSA,或者,终端设备、接入网设备、PSA、该新I-UPF、该PSA。In an eighth aspect, a method for transmitting data packets in a PDU session is provided, the method comprising: the first network element sends sixth indication information to the new I-UPF, and the sixth indication information is used to indicate: the new I-UPF caches The uplink data packet received on the first path, and when receiving the end flag from the second path, sends a message to the first network element, and the message is used to indicate that the new I-UPF has received the end flag , the end flag is used to indicate the end of the uplink data packet transmission on the second path; the first network element receives the message sent by the new I-UPF; the first network element sends sixth indication information to the new I-UPF, the first network element The six indication information is used to instruct the new I-UPF to send the buffered uplink data packet; wherein, the uplink data packet on the first path and the uplink data packet on the second path are uplink data packets of the same PDU session, and the first path The transmission sequence of uplink data packets on the second path is: terminal equipment, access network equipment, the new I-UPF, PSA, and the transmission order of uplink data packets on the second path is: terminal equipment, access network equipment, source The I-UPF, the new I-UPF, and the PSA, or the terminal device, the access network device, the PSA, the new I-UPF, and the PSA.
第八方面提供的PDU会话中数据包传输的方法,第一网元可以指示新I-UPF接收到在老路径(第二路径)上发送的指示上行数据包的结束标志之前,新I-UPF缓存在新路径(第一路径)上接收的上行数据包,在新I-UPF接收到在老路径上发送的上行数据包的结束标志之后,新I-UPF发送之前缓存的在新路径上接收的上行数据包,从而可以保证一个PDU会话中的上行数据包按照正常的顺序发送,从而节省了服务器对上行数据包的排序时间,保证了通信效率。In the method for transmitting data packets in a PDU session provided in the eighth aspect, the first network element may instruct the new I-UPF before receiving the end flag indicating the uplink data packet sent on the old path (second path), the new I-UPF Buffer the uplink data packets received on the new path (the first path), after the new I-UPF receives the end flag of the uplink data packets sent on the old path, the new I-UPF buffers before sending and receives on the new path Uplink data packets, so as to ensure that the uplink data packets in a PDU session are sent in a normal order, thereby saving the server's time for sorting the uplink data packets and ensuring communication efficiency.
在第八方面一种可能的实现方式中,在第一网元向新I-UPF发送第五指示信息之前,该方法还包括:第一网元接收来自于AMF的第五信息;第一网元根据第五信息,确定向该新I-UPF发送第六指示信息;其中,第五信息包括:接入网设备未变化的指示信息或者第八指示信息,第八指示信息用于指示对上行数据包进行排序。在该实现方式中,第一网元可以根据来自于AMF的信息,确定指示新I-UPF缓存在第一路径上接收到的上行数据包,并且,在接收到来自于第二路径上结束标志时,向第一网元发送消息,从而保证I-UPF对接收到的来自于新路径和老路径上同一个PDU会话的上行数据包进行排序。从而保证一个PDU会话中的上行数据包按照正常的顺序发送,从而节省了服务器对上行数据包的排序时间,保证了通信效率。In a possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, before the first network element sends the fifth indication information to the new I-UPF, the method further includes: the first network element receives the fifth information from the AMF; the first network element According to the fifth information, determine to send the sixth indication information to the new I-UPF; wherein, the fifth information includes: the indication information that the access network equipment has not changed or the eighth indication information, and the eighth indication information is used to indicate that the uplink Packets are sorted. In this implementation, the first network element may determine to instruct the new I-UPF to buffer the uplink data packet received on the first path according to the information from the AMF, and, upon receiving the end flag from the second path , send a message to the first network element, so as to ensure that the I-UPF sorts the received uplink data packets from the same PDU session on the new path and the old path. Therefore, it is ensured that the uplink data packets in a PDU session are sent in a normal order, thereby saving the server's time for sorting the uplink data packets and ensuring communication efficiency.
在第八方面一种可能的实现方式中,在第一网元向该新I-UPF发送第五指示信息之前,该方法还包括:第一网元向源I-SMF或者SMF发送第六信息,第六信息包括:接入网设备未变化的指示信息或第九指示信息,第九指示信息用于指示源I-SMF或者该SMF确定建立转发隧道,该转发隧道用于转发上行数据包;第一网元接收来自于源I-SMF或者SMF的响应于第六信息的响应信息,该响应信息中包括转发指示,该转发指示用于建立新I-UPF与源I-UPF之间的转发隧道,或者建立新I-UPF与PSA之间的转发隧道,或者建立源I-UPF与PSA之间的转发隧道。In a possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, before the first network element sends the fifth indication information to the new I-UPF, the method further includes: the first network element sends sixth information to the source I-SMF or SMF , the sixth information includes: the indication information that the access network equipment has not changed or the ninth indication information, the ninth indication information is used to instruct the source I-SMF or the SMF to determine to establish a forwarding tunnel, and the forwarding tunnel is used to forward the uplink data packet; The first network element receives response information from the source I-SMF or SMF in response to the sixth information, the response information includes a forwarding indication, and the forwarding indication is used to establish forwarding between the new I-UPF and the source I-UPF tunnel, or establish a forwarding tunnel between the new I-UPF and the PSA, or establish a forwarding tunnel between the source I-UPF and the PSA.
在第八方面一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:第一网元向AMF或者接入网设备发送第十指示信息,第十指示信息用于指示:接入网设备在第二路径上发送该结束标志。In a possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the method further includes: the first network element sends tenth indication information to the AMF or the access network device, where the tenth indication information is used to indicate: the access network device is on the second path Send the end flag on.
在第八方面一种可能的实现方式中,第十指示信息包括:新I-UPF的隧道信息。In a possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the tenth indication information includes: tunnel information of the new I-UPF.
在第八方面一种可能的实现方式中,第一网元为SMF或者新I-SMF。In a possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the first network element is an SMF or a new I-SMF.
第九方面,提供了一种PDU会话中数据包传输的方法,该方法包括:接入网设备接收AMF网元发送的第七信息;接入网设备根据第七信息,在第二路径上发送结束标志,该结束标志用于指示第二路径上的上行数据包传输结束;接入网设备在第一路径上发送上行数据包;其中,第一路径上的上行数据包和第二路径上的上行数据包为同一个PDU会话的上行数据包,第一路径上的上行数据包的传输顺序依次为:终端设备、接入网设备、该新I-UPF、PSA,第二路径上的上行数据包的传输顺序依次为:终端设备、接入网设备、源I-UPF、该新I-UPF、PSA,或者,终端设备、接入网设备、PSA、该新I-UPF、该PSA。In the ninth aspect, a method for transmitting data packets in a PDU session is provided, the method comprising: the access network device receives the seventh information sent by the AMF network element; the access network device sends the information on the second path according to the seventh information An end flag, the end flag is used to indicate the end of the transmission of the uplink data packet on the second path; the access network device sends the uplink data packet on the first path; wherein, the uplink data packet on the first path and the uplink data packet on the second path The uplink data packet is the uplink data packet of the same PDU session, and the transmission sequence of the uplink data packet on the first path is: terminal device, access network device, the new I-UPF, PSA, and the uplink data packet on the second path The sequence of packet transmission is: terminal device, access network device, source I-UPF, the new I-UPF, PSA, or terminal device, access network device, PSA, the new I-UPF, and the PSA.
第九方面提供的PDU会话中数据包传输的方法,接入网设备可以在第二路径(老路径)上发送结束标志,从而保证新I-UPF在老路径上接收到该结束标志,保证了新 I-UPF可以顺利的发送缓存的数据包,保证数据包传输的效率。In the method for data packet transmission in the PDU session provided by the ninth aspect, the access network device can send the end mark on the second path (old path), thereby ensuring that the new I-UPF receives the end mark on the old path, ensuring The new I-UPF can smoothly send buffered data packets to ensure the efficiency of data packet transmission.
在第九方面一种可能的实现方式中,第七信息包括:新I-UPF的隧道信息或者第十指示信息,第十指示信息用于指示:接入网设备在第二路径上发送该结束标志。In a possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, the seventh information includes: tunnel information of the new I-UPF or tenth indication information, where the tenth indication information is used to indicate: the access network device sends the end sign.
第十方面,提供了一种PDU会话中数据包传输的方法,该方法包括:新I-UPF接收来自于第二网元的第十一指示信息,第十一指示信息用于指示:该新I-UPF缓存在第一路径上接收到的下行数据包,并且,在接收到来自于第二路径上的结束标志时,向第二网元发送消息,该消息用于指示该新I-UPF接收到了该结束标志,该结束标志用于指示第二路径上的下行数据包传输结束,第一路径上的上行数据包和第二路径上的下行数据包为同一个PDU会话的上行数据包;该新I-UPF接收到该结束标志后,向第二网元发送该消息;该新I-UPF接收来自于该SMF的第十二指示信息,第十二指示信息用于指示该新I-UPF发送缓存的下行数据包;该新I-UPF根据第十二指示信息,发送在第一路径上缓存的下行数据包;其中,第一路径上的下行数据包的传输顺序依次为:PSA、新I-UPF、接入网设备、终端设备,第二路径上的下行数据包的传输顺序依次为:PSA、源I-UPF、新I-UPF、接入网设备、终端设备,或者,PSA、接入网设备、新I-UPF、接入网设备、终端设备。In a tenth aspect, a method for transmitting data packets in a PDU session is provided, the method comprising: the new I-UPF receives eleventh indication information from the second network element, and the eleventh indication information is used to indicate: the new I-UPF The I-UPF buffers the downlink data packets received on the first path, and, when receiving the end flag from the second path, sends a message to the second network element, where the message is used to indicate the new I-UPF The end flag is received, and the end flag is used to indicate the end of the transmission of the downlink data packet on the second path, and the uplink data packet on the first path and the downlink data packet on the second path are uplink data packets of the same PDU session; After receiving the end flag, the new I-UPF sends the message to the second network element; the new I-UPF receives the twelfth indication information from the SMF, and the twelfth indication information is used to indicate that the new I-UPF The UPF sends the buffered downlink data packet; the new I-UPF sends the buffered downlink data packet on the first path according to the twelfth indication information; wherein, the transmission sequence of the downlink data packet on the first path is: PSA, New I-UPF, access network equipment, terminal equipment, the order of transmission of downlink data packets on the second path is: PSA, source I-UPF, new I-UPF, access network equipment, terminal equipment, or, PSA , access network equipment, new I-UPF, access network equipment, terminal equipment.
第十方面提供的PDU会话中数据包传输的方法,通过I-UPF对接收到的来自于新路径(第一路径)和老路径(第二路径)上同一个PDU会话下行数据包进行排序,在I-UPF接收到在老路径上发送的下行数据包已经发送完毕的指示信息之前,I-UPF缓存在新路径上接收的下行数据包,在I-UPF接收到在老路径上发送的下行数据包已经发送完毕的指示信息之后,I-UPF发送之前缓存的在新路径上接收的下行数据包,从而可以保证一个PDU会话中的上行数据包按照正常的顺序发送,从而保证了通信效率。In the method for transmitting data packets in a PDU session provided in the tenth aspect, the downlink data packets received from the same PDU session on the new path (first path) and the old path (second path) are sorted through I-UPF, Before the I-UPF receives the indication that the downlink data packets sent on the old path have been sent, the I-UPF buffers the downlink data packets received on the new path. After the indication information that the data packet has been sent, the I-UPF sends the previously buffered downlink data packet received on the new path, so as to ensure that the uplink data packets in a PDU session are sent in a normal order, thereby ensuring communication efficiency.
在第十方面一种可能的实现方式中,该新I-UPF接收到该结束标志,包括:该新I-UPF接收到来自于PSA的该结束标志。In a possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, the receiving the end flag by the new I-UPF includes: receiving the end flag from the PSA by the new I-UPF.
在第十方面一种可能的实现方式中,第二网元为新I-SMF或者SMF。In a possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, the second network element is a new I-SMF or SMF.
第十一方面,提供了一种PDU会话中数据包传输的方法,该方法包括:第二网元接收来自于AMF的第八信息,第八信息包括:接入网设备未变化的指示信息或者第十三指示信息,第十三指示信息用于指示对下行数据包进行排序;第二网元根据第八信息,向新I-UPF发送第十一指示信息,第十一指示信息用于指示:该新I-UPF缓存在第一路径上接收到的下行数据包,并且,在接收到来自于第二路径上的结束标志时,向第二网元发送消息,该消息用于指示该新I-UPF接收到了该结束标志,该结束标志用于指示第二路径上的下行数据包传输结束;其中,第一路径上的上行数据包和第二路径上的下行数据包为同一个PDU会话的上行数据包,第一路径上的下行数据包的传输顺序依次为:PSA、新I-UPF、接入网设备、终端设备,第二路径上的下行数据包的传输顺序依次为:PSA、源I-UPF、新I-UPF、接入网设备、终端设备,或者,PSA、接入网设备、新I-UPF、接入网设备、终端设备。In an eleventh aspect, a method for transmitting data packets in a PDU session is provided, the method comprising: the second network element receives eighth information from the AMF, and the eighth information includes: indication information that the access network equipment has not changed or The thirteenth indication information, the thirteenth indication information is used to indicate the ordering of downlink data packets; the second network element sends the eleventh indication information to the new I-UPF according to the eighth information, and the eleventh indication information is used to indicate : the new I-UPF buffers the downlink data packet received on the first path, and, when receiving the end flag from the second path, sends a message to the second network element, where the message is used to indicate the new The I-UPF has received the end flag, which is used to indicate the end of the transmission of the downlink data packet on the second path; wherein, the uplink data packet on the first path and the downlink data packet on the second path are the same PDU session The transmission order of the downlink data packets on the first path is: PSA, new I-UPF, access network equipment, terminal equipment, and the transmission order of the downlink data packets on the second path is: PSA, Source I-UPF, new I-UPF, access network equipment, terminal equipment, or, PSA, access network equipment, new I-UPF, access network equipment, terminal equipment.
第十一方面提供的PDU会话中数据包传输的方法,第二网元可以根据来自于AMF的信息,指示I-UPF对下行数据包进行排序,保证了I-UPF对接收到的来自于新路径(第一路径)和老路径(第二路径)上同一个PDU会话下行数据包进行排序,从而可以保证一个PDU会话中的上行数据包按照正常的顺序发送,从而节省了服务器对上 行数据包的排序时间,保证了通信效率。In the method for transmitting data packets in a PDU session provided in the eleventh aspect, the second network element can instruct the I-UPF to sort the downlink data packets according to the information from the AMF, so as to ensure that the I-UPF can sort the received data packets from the new The downlink data packets of the same PDU session on the path (first path) and the old path (second path) are sorted, so as to ensure that the uplink data packets in a PDU session are sent in the normal order, thus saving the server from updating the uplink data packets. The sorting time ensures communication efficiency.
在第十一方面一种可能的实现方式中,在第二网元向新I-UPF发送第十指示信息之前,该方法还包括:第二网元向源I-SMF或者SMF发送第九信息,第九信息包括:接入网设备未变化的指示信息或第十四指示信息,第十四指示信息用于指示源I-SMF或者该SMF确定建立转发隧道,该转发隧道用于转发下行数据包;第二网元接收来自于源I-SMF或者SMF的响应于第九信息的响应信息,该响应信息中包括转发指示,该转发指示用于建立新I-UPF与源I-UPF之间的转发隧道,或者建立源I-UPF与PSA之间的转发隧道,或者建立接入网设备与PSA之间的转发隧道。In a possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect, before the second network element sends the tenth indication information to the new I-UPF, the method further includes: the second network element sends the ninth information to the source I-SMF or SMF , the ninth information includes: the indication information that the access network equipment has not changed or the fourteenth indication information, the fourteenth indication information is used to indicate the source I-SMF or the SMF determines to establish a forwarding tunnel, and the forwarding tunnel is used to forward downlink data packet; the second network element receives response information from the source I-SMF or SMF in response to the ninth information, and the response information includes a forwarding indication, and the forwarding indication is used to establish a connection between the new I-UPF and the source I-UPF or establish a forwarding tunnel between the source I-UPF and the PSA, or establish a forwarding tunnel between the access network device and the PSA.
在第十一方面一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:第二网元向PSA发送第十信息,第十信息用于指示:该PSA在第二路径上发送该结束标志。In a possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect, the method further includes: the second network element sending tenth information to the PSA, where the tenth information is used to indicate that the PSA sends the end flag on the second path.
在第十一方面一种可能的实现方式中,第十信息包括:用于更新PSA的下行隧道信息或者指示信息,该指示信息用于指示:该PSA在第二路径上发送该结束标志。In a possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect, the tenth information includes: downlink tunnel information or indication information used to update the PSA, where the indication information is used to indicate that the PSA sends the end flag on the second path.
在第十一方面一种可能的实现方式中,第二网元为新I-SMF或者SMF。In a possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect, the second network element is a new I-SMF or SMF.
第十二方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置包括用于执行以上第一方面至第十一方面中任意一方面、或者第一方面至第十一方面中的任意一方面可能的实现方式中用于执行各个步骤的单元。In a twelfth aspect, a communication device is provided, and the communication device includes a possible implementation for performing any one of the above first to eleventh aspects, or any one of the first to eleventh aspects A unit used to perform steps in a method.
第十三方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置包括至少一个处理器和存储器,该处理器和存储器耦合,该存储器存储有程序指令,当该存储器存储的程序指令被该处理器执行时,执行以上第一方面至第十一方面中任意一方面、或者第一方面至第十一方面中的任意一方面可能的实现方式中的各个步骤。In a thirteenth aspect, a communication device is provided, the communication device includes at least one processor and a memory, the processor is coupled to the memory, the memory stores program instructions, and when the program instructions stored in the memory are executed by the processor , performing each step in a possible implementation manner of any one of the first to eleventh aspects above, or any one of the first to eleventh aspects.
第十四方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置包括至少一个处理器和接口电路,至少一个处理器用于执行:以上第一方面至第十一方面中任意一方面、或者第一方面至第十一方面中的任意一方面可能的实现方式中的各个步骤。In a fourteenth aspect, a communication device is provided, the communication device includes at least one processor and an interface circuit, at least one processor is used to execute: any one of the above first to eleventh aspects, or the first to eleventh aspects Each step in a possible implementation manner of any aspect in the eleventh aspect.
第十五方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括计算机程序,该计算机程序在被处理器执行时,执行以上第一方面至第十一方面中任意一方面、或者第一方面至第十一方面中的任意一方面可能的实现方式中的各个步骤。In a fifteenth aspect, a computer program product is provided, the computer program product includes a computer program, and when the computer program is executed by a processor, it executes any one of the above first to eleventh aspects, or the first aspect Each step in a possible implementation manner of any one aspect to the eleventh aspect.
第十六方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序,当该计算机程序被执行时,用于执行以上第一方面至第十一方面中任意一方面、或者第一方面至第十一方面中的任意一方面可能的实现方式中的各个步骤。In a sixteenth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided. A computer program is stored in the computer-readable storage medium. When the computer program is executed, it is used to perform any one of the above first to eleventh aspects. Aspect, or each step in a possible implementation manner of any aspect from the first aspect to the eleventh aspect.
第十七方面,提供了一种芯片,该芯片包括:处理器,用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,使得安装有该芯片的通信设备执行以上第一方面至第十一方面中任意一方面、或者第一方面至第十一方面中的任意一方面可能的实现方式中的各个步骤。In a seventeenth aspect, a chip is provided, the chip includes: a processor, configured to call and run a computer program from a memory, so that a communication device installed with the chip executes any one of the above first to eleventh aspects Aspect, or each step in a possible implementation manner of any aspect from the first aspect to the eleventh aspect.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1是本申请提供的一例通信系统架构的示意图。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an example of a communication system architecture provided by the present application.
图2是本申请提供的一例MEC架构的示意图。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of an example of an MEC architecture provided by the present application.
图3是本申请提供的一例ETSUN场景下5G系统架构的示意图。FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a 5G system architecture in an ETSUN scenario provided by this application.
图4是本申请提供的一例根据目标DNAI对应插入I-SMF的示意性流程图。Fig. 4 is a schematic flowchart of an example of corresponding insertion of I-SMF according to target DNAI provided by the present application.
图5是本申请提供的一例PDU会话的时间包传输路线切换前后数据包传输路径的 示意图。Fig. 5 is a schematic diagram of a data packet transmission path before and after switching of a time packet transmission path of a PDU session provided by the present application.
图6是一例适用于本申请的通信系统架构的示意图。FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of an example of a communication system architecture applicable to the present application.
图7是本申请提供的一例PDU会话中数据包传输的方法的示意性流程图。Fig. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting data packets in a PDU session provided by the present application.
图8是本申请提供的一例PDU会话中数据包传输的方法中部分步骤的示意性流程图。Fig. 8 is a schematic flowchart of some steps in a method for transmitting data packets in a PDU session provided by the present application.
图9是另一例适用于本申请的通信系统架构的示意图。FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of another communication system architecture applicable to the present application.
图10是本申请提供的另一例PDU会话中数据包传输的方法的示意性流程图。Fig. 10 is a schematic flowchart of another example of a method for transmitting data packets in a PDU session provided by the present application.
图11是本申请提供的另一例PDU会话中数据包传输的方法中部分步骤的示意性流程图。Fig. 11 is a schematic flowchart of some steps in another example of a method for transmitting data packets in a PDU session provided by the present application.
图12是另一例适用于本申请的通信系统架构的示意图。FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of another communication system architecture applicable to the present application.
图13是本申请提供的另一例PDU会话中数据包传输的方法的示意性流程图。Fig. 13 is a schematic flowchart of another example of a method for transmitting data packets in a PDU session provided by the present application.
图14是本申请提供的另一例PDU会话中数据包传输的方法中部分步骤的示意性流程图。Fig. 14 is a schematic flowchart of some steps in another example of a method for transmitting data packets in a PDU session provided by the present application.
图15是另一例适用于本申请的通信系统架构的示意图。FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of another communication system architecture applicable to the present application.
图16是本申请提供的另一例PDU会话中数据包传输的方法的示意性流程图。Fig. 16 is a schematic flowchart of another example of a method for transmitting data packets in a PDU session provided by the present application.
图17是本申请提供的另一例PDU会话中数据包传输的方法中部分步骤的示意性流程图。Fig. 17 is a schematic flowchart of some steps in another example of a method for transmitting data packets in a PDU session provided by the present application.
图18是本申请提供的另一例PDU会话中数据包传输的方法中部分步骤的示意性流程图。Fig. 18 is a schematic flowchart of some steps in another example of a method for transmitting data packets in a PDU session provided by the present application.
图19是本申请一个实施例的通信装置的示意性框图。Fig. 19 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
图20是本申请另一个实施例的通信装置的示意性框图。Fig. 20 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device according to another embodiment of the present application.
图21是本申请一个实施例的通信装置的示意性框图。Fig. 21 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solution in this application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
在本申请实施例的描述中,除非另有说明,“/”表示或的意思,例如,A/B可以表示A或B;本文中的“和/或”仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,在本申请实施例的描述中,“多个”是指两个或多于两个。In the description of the embodiments of this application, unless otherwise specified, "/" means or, for example, A/B can mean A or B; "and/or" in this article is only a description of the association of associated objects A relationship means that there may be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B means: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists independently. In addition, in the description of the embodiments of the present application, "plurality" refers to two or more than two.
以下,术语“第一”、“第二”仅用于描述目的,而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性或者隐含指明所指示的技术特征的数量。由此,限定有“第一”、“第二”的特征可以明示或者隐含地包括一个或者更多个该特征。在本实施例的描述中,除非另有说明,“多个”的含义是两个或两个以上。Hereinafter, the terms "first" and "second" are used for descriptive purposes only, and cannot be understood as indicating or implying relative importance or implicitly specifying the quantity of indicated technical features. Thus, a feature defined as "first" and "second" may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of these features. In the description of this embodiment, unless otherwise specified, "plurality" means two or more.
另外,本申请的各个方面或特征可以实现成方法、装置或使用标准编程和/或工程技术的制品。本申请中使用的术语“制品”涵盖可从任何计算机可读器件、载体或介质访问的计算机程序。例如,计算机可读介质可以包括,但不限于:磁存储器件(例如,硬盘、软盘或磁带等),光盘(例如,压缩盘(compact disc,CD)、数字通用盘(digital versatile disc,DVD)等),智能卡和闪存器件(例如,可擦写可编程只读存储器(erasable programmable read-only memory,EPROM)、卡、棒或钥匙驱动器等)。另外,本文描述的各种存储介质可代表用于存储信息的一个或多个设备和/或其它机器可读介质。 术语“机器可读介质”可包括但不限于,无线信道和能够存储、包含和/或承载指令和/或数据的各种其它介质。Additionally, various aspects or features of the present application may be implemented as a method, apparatus, or article of manufacture using standard programming and/or engineering techniques. The term "article of manufacture" as used in this application covers a computer program accessible from any computer readable device, carrier or media. For example, computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (e.g., hard disks, floppy disks, or tapes, etc.), optical disks (e.g., compact discs (compact discs, CDs), digital versatile discs (digital versatile discs, DVDs), etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (for example, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), card, stick or key drive, etc.). Additionally, various storage media described herein can represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information. The term "machine-readable medium" may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
本申请的各个方面或特征可以实现成方法、装置或使用标准编程和/或工程技术的制品。本申请中使用的术语“制品”涵盖可从任何计算机可读器件、载体或介质访问的计算机程序。例如,计算机可读介质可以包括,但不限于:磁存储器件(例如,硬盘、软盘或磁带等),光盘(例如,压缩盘(compact disc,CD)、数字通用盘(digital versatile disc,DVD)等),智能卡和闪存器件(例如,可擦写可编程只读存储器(erasable programmable read-only memory,EPROM)、卡、棒或钥匙驱动器等)。另外,本文描述的各种存储介质可代表用于存储信息的一个或多个设备和/或其它机器可读介质。术语“机器可读介质”可包括但不限于,无线信道和能够存储、包含和/或承载指令和/或数据的各种其它介质。Various aspects or features of the present application can be implemented as a method, apparatus, or article of manufacture using standard programming and/or engineering techniques. The term "article of manufacture" as used in this application covers a computer program accessible from any computer readable device, carrier or media. For example, computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (e.g., hard disks, floppy disks, or tapes, etc.), optical disks (e.g., compact discs (compact discs, CDs), digital versatile discs (digital versatile discs, DVDs), etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (for example, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), card, stick or key drive, etc.). Additionally, various storage media described herein can represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information. The term "machine-readable medium" may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd Generation Partnership Project,3GPP)定义的演进分组系统(evolved packet system,EPS)的5G网络架构如图1所示的,主要包括:终端设备,无线接入网设备,管理设备,网关设备以及数据网络(data network,DN)。其中,图1中的终端设备可以用于通过无线空口连接到运营商部署的接入网设备,继而通过网关设备连接到数据网络;接入网设备主要用于实现无线物理层功能、资源调度和无线资源管理、无线接入控制以及移动性管理等功能;管理设备主要用于终端设备的设备注册、安全认证、移动性管理和位置管理等;网关设备主要用于与终端设备间建立通道,在该通道上转发终端设备和外部数据网络之间的数据包;数据网络可对应于多种不同的业务域,例如IP多媒体子系统(IP multimedia subsystem,IMS)、互联网(Internet)、互联网协议电视(internet protocol television,IPTV)、其他运营商业务域等,主要用于为终端设备提供多种数据业务服务,其中可以包含例如服务器(包括提供组播业务的服务器)、路由器、网关等网络设备。需要说明的是,图1仅为示例性架构图,除图1中所示功能单元之外,该网络架构还可以包括其他功能单元或功能网元,本申请实施例对此不进行限定。The 5G network architecture of the evolved packet system (EPS) defined by the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) is shown in Figure 1, mainly including: terminal equipment, wireless access network equipment, management device, gateway device and data network (data network, DN). Among them, the terminal device in Figure 1 can be used to connect to the access network device deployed by the operator through the wireless air interface, and then connect to the data network through the gateway device; the access network device is mainly used to implement wireless physical layer functions, resource scheduling and Functions such as wireless resource management, wireless access control, and mobility management; management devices are mainly used for device registration, security authentication, mobility management, and location management of terminal devices; gateway devices are mainly used to establish channels with terminal devices, Data packets between the terminal equipment and the external data network are forwarded on this channel; the data network can correspond to a variety of different service domains, such as IP multimedia subsystem (IP multimedia subsystem, IMS), Internet (Internet), Internet Protocol Television (IPTV) Internet protocol television, IPTV), other operator business domains, etc., are mainly used to provide various data business services for terminal equipment, which may include network equipment such as servers (including servers that provide multicast services), routers, and gateways. It should be noted that FIG. 1 is only an exemplary architecture diagram. In addition to the functional units shown in FIG. 1 , the network architecture may also include other functional units or functional network elements, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
在图1所示的架构中,上述终端设备可以为用户设备(user equipment,UE),如:手机、电脑,还可以为蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、智能电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、电脑、膝上型计算机、手持式通信设备、手持式计算设备、卫星无线设备、无线调制解调器卡、电视机顶盒(set top box,STB)、用户驻地设备(customer premise equipment,CPE)和/或用于在无线系统上进行通信的其它设备。In the architecture shown in FIG. 1, the above-mentioned terminal equipment can be user equipment (user equipment, UE), such as: mobile phone, computer, and can also be cellular phone, cordless phone, session initiation protocol (session initiation protocol, SIP) phone, Smartphones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistants (PDAs), computers, laptops, handheld communication devices, handheld computing devices, satellite wireless devices, wireless modems card, television set top box (STB), customer premise equipment (customer premise equipment, CPE) and/or other equipment used to communicate over the wireless system.
上述接入网设备可以为接入网(access network,AN)/无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)设备,由多个5G-AN/5G-RAN节点组成的网络。例如,该5G-AN/5G-RAN节点可以为:接入节点(access point,AP)、基站(Base station,BS)下一代基站(NR nodeB,gNB)、中心单元(central unit,CU)和分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)分离形态的gNB、收发点(transmission receive point,TRP)、传输点(transmission point,TP)或某种其它接入节点。也可以是宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access,WCDMA)系统中的基站(NodeB,NB),还可以是LTE系统中的演进型基站(Evolutional NodeB,eNB或eNodeB),还可以是云无线接入网络(Cloud Radio Access Network,CRAN)场景下的 无线控制器,或者接入网设备可以为中继站、无线保真技术中的接入点(wireless fidelity access point,WiFi AP)、全球微波互联接入点(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)以及5G网络中的网络设备或者未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的接入网设备等,本申请实施例并不限定。The above-mentioned access network device may be an access network (access network, AN)/radio access network (radio access network, RAN) device, a network composed of multiple 5G-AN/5G-RAN nodes. For example, the 5G-AN/5G-RAN node can be: access point (access point, AP), base station (Base station, BS) next generation base station (NR nodeB, gNB), central unit (central unit, CU) and Distributed unit (distributed unit, DU) separated form of gNB, transmission receive point (transmission receive point, TRP), transmission point (transmission point, TP) or some other access node. It can also be a base station (NodeB, NB) in a Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA) system, or an evolved base station (Evolutional NodeB, eNB or eNodeB) in an LTE system, or a cloud The wireless controller in the wireless access network (Cloud Radio Access Network, CRAN) scenario, or the access network device can be a relay station, an access point (wireless fidelity access point, WiFi AP) in wireless fidelity technology, or a global microwave interconnection The access point (worldwide interoperability for microwave access, WiMAX) and the network device in the 5G network or the access network device in the future evolution of the public land mobile network (public land mobile network, PLMN), etc., the embodiment of the present application does not limit .
上述管理设备可以包括:统一数据管理网元(unified data management,UDM)、接入和移动性管理功能(access and mobility function,AMF)、会话管理功能(session management function,SMF)、策略控制功能(policy control function,PCF)、应用功能(application function,AF)等。The above-mentioned management equipment may include: unified data management network element (unified data management, UDM), access and mobility management function (access and mobility function, AMF), session management function (session management function, SMF), policy control function ( policy control function, PCF), application function (application function, AF), etc.
上述的网关设备可以包括用户面功能(user plane funtion,UPF)。在一些实施例中,网关设备还可以包括:分叉点(Branching Point,BP)、上行分类器(Uplink Classifier,UL CL)等功能单元。这些功能单元可以独立工作,也可以组合在一起实现某些控制功能。例如:AMF主要负责移动网络中的移动性管理,如用户位置更新、用户注册网络、用户切换等。SMF主要负责移动网络中的会话管理,如会话建立、修改、释放,具体功能如为用户分配IP地址、选择提供报文转发功能的UPF等。PCF负责向AMF、SMF提供策略,如服务质量(quality of service,QoS)策略、切片选择策略等。UDM用于存储用户数据,如签约信息、鉴权/授权信息。AF负责向3GPP网络提供业务,如影响业务路由、与PCF之间交互以进行策略控制等。UPF主要负责对用户报文进行处理,如转发、计费等。The above-mentioned gateway device may include a user plane function (user plane function, UPF). In some embodiments, the gateway device may further include functional units such as a branching point (Branching Point, BP), an uplink classifier (Uplink Classifier, UL CL), and the like. These functional units can work independently, and can also be combined to achieve certain control functions. For example: AMF is mainly responsible for mobility management in the mobile network, such as user location update, user registration network, user handover and so on. SMF is mainly responsible for session management in the mobile network, such as session establishment, modification, release, specific functions such as assigning IP addresses to users, selecting UPF that provides message forwarding functions, etc. PCF is responsible for providing policies to AMF and SMF, such as quality of service (quality of service, QoS) policy, slice selection policy, etc. UDM is used to store user data, such as subscription information, authentication/authorization information. The AF is responsible for providing services to the 3GPP network, such as influencing service routing and interacting with the PCF for policy control. UPF is mainly responsible for processing user packets, such as forwarding and charging.
又例如:AMF、SMF和PCF可以组合在一起作为管理设备,用于完成终端设备的接入鉴权、安全加密、位置注册等接入控制和移动性管理功能,以及用户面传输路径的建立、释放和更改等会话管理功能,以及分析一些切片(slice)相关的数据(如拥塞)、终端设备相关的数据的功能。UPF作为网关设备主要完成用户面数据的路由转发等功能,如:负责对终端设备的数据报文过滤、数据传输/转发、速率控制、生成计费信息等。Another example: AMF, SMF, and PCF can be combined together as a management device to complete access control and mobility management functions such as access authentication, security encryption, and location registration of terminal equipment, as well as the establishment of user plane transmission paths, Session management functions such as release and change, as well as the function of analyzing some slice-related data (such as congestion) and terminal device-related data. As a gateway device, UPF mainly completes functions such as routing and forwarding of user plane data, such as: responsible for filtering data packets of terminal devices, data transmission/forwarding, rate control, and generating billing information.
在一些实施例中,在5G系统中为了支持把业务流量选择性的路由到数据网络,会话管理网元可以控制协议数据单元(protocol data unit,PDU)会话的数据路径,这样,PDU会话与数据网络之间就可以同时对应多个接口,即针对同一个PDU会话可以存在多个会话锚点。终结这些接口的用户面功能(user plane funtion,UPF)被称为PDU会话锚点(PDU session anchor,PSA)或者锚点UPF。PDU会话的每个锚点,还可以提供到相同DN的一个不同入口。同时,在接入网设备和不同PSA之间通过插入一个或者多个UPF网元实现到上行数据到不同PSA的数据分流,插入的UPF网元可以是分叉点(branching point,BP)或者上行分类器(uplink classifier,UL CL)。在此统一说明,BP或者UL CL还可以称为分流点UPF网元。In some embodiments, in order to support the selective routing of service traffic to the data network in the 5G system, the session management network element can control the data path of the protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU) session, so that the PDU session and data Networks can correspond to multiple interfaces at the same time, that is, multiple session anchor points can exist for the same PDU session. The user plane function (UPF) that terminates these interfaces is called a PDU session anchor (PSA) or anchor UPF. Each anchor of a PDU session may also provide a different entry to the same DN. At the same time, by inserting one or more UPF network elements between the access network equipment and different PSAs, the data distribution from uplink data to different PSAs can be realized. The inserted UPF network elements can be branching points (branching points, BP) or uplink Classifier (uplink classifier, UL CL). For unified explanation here, BP or UL CL can also be called distribution point UPF network element.
在图1的所示的5G网络中,各功能单元之间可以通过下一代网络(next generation,NG)接口建立连接实现通信,如:终端设备通过新无线(new radio,NR)接口与RAN设备建立空口连接,用于传输用户面数据和控制面信令;终端设备可以通过NG接口1(简称N1)与AMF建立控制面信令连接;接入网设备(例如为AN/RAN设备)可以通过NG接口3(简称N3)与UPF建立用户面数据连接;接入网设备可以通过NG接口2(简称N2)与AMF建立控制面信令连接;UPF可以通过NG接口4(简称N4)与SMF建立控制面信令连接;UPF可以通过NG接口6(简称N6)与数据网络交互用户面数据;AMF可以通过NG接口11(简称N11)与SMF建立控制面信令连接; SMF可以通过NG接口7(简称N7)与PCF建立控制面信令连接;UDM可以通过NG接口25(简称N25)与PCF建立控制面信令连接;In the 5G network shown in Figure 1, each functional unit can establish a connection through a next-generation network (next generation, NG) interface to realize communication, such as: a terminal device communicates with a RAN device through a new radio (NR) interface Establish an air interface connection for transmitting user plane data and control plane signaling; terminal equipment can establish a control plane signaling connection with AMF through NG interface 1 (N1 for short); access network equipment (such as AN/RAN equipment) can pass NG interface 3 (N3 for short) establishes a user plane data connection with UPF; access network equipment can establish a control plane signaling connection with AMF through NG interface 2 (N2 for short); UPF can establish a connection with SMF through NG interface 4 (N4 for short) Control plane signaling connection; UPF can exchange user plane data with the data network through NG interface 6 (abbreviated as N6); AMF can establish a control plane signaling connection with SMF through NG interface 11 (abbreviated as N11); SMF can establish a control plane signaling connection through NG interface 7 ( N7 for short) establishes a control plane signaling connection with the PCF; UDM can establish a control plane signaling connection with the PCF through the NG interface 25 (N25 for short);
应理解,本申请实施例中的网元之间的接口名称仅是示例性的,网元之间的接口还可以是其他名称,本申请对接口的名称不予限。It should be understood that the names of the interfaces between the network elements in the embodiments of the present application are only exemplary, and the interfaces between the network elements may also have other names, and the present application does not limit the names of the interfaces.
为了有效满足移动互联网、物联网高速发展所需的高带宽、低时延的要求并减轻网络负荷,欧洲电信标准化协会(european telecommunication standard institute,ETSI)于2014年提出了移动边缘计算(mobile edge computing,MEC)技术。MEC是基于5G网络的演进架构,将接入网与互联网业务深度融合的一种技术。它将应用服务器(application server,AS)和移动宽带(mobile broadband,MBB)核心网部分业务处理和资源调度的功能一同部署到靠近接入网的网络边缘,通过业务靠近用户处理,来提供可靠、超低时延的极致业务体验。In order to effectively meet the high-bandwidth and low-latency requirements required by the rapid development of the mobile Internet and the Internet of Things and reduce network load, the European Telecommunications Standards Institute (ETSI) proposed mobile edge computing in 2014. , MEC) technology. MEC is a technology that deeply integrates access network and Internet services based on the evolution architecture of 5G network. It deploys the application server (application server, AS) and mobile broadband (MBB) core network part of the business processing and resource scheduling functions to the edge of the network close to the access network, and provides reliable, Ultimate service experience with ultra-low latency.
图2所示的为本申请提供的一例MEC架构的示意图,如图2所示的,相比于DN网络而言,MEC部署在下沉的UPF(即本地UPF)处;DN网络部署在远端UPF处。与UE访问DN的路径(如虚线所示)相比,UE访问MEC平台的路径(如实线所示)大大缩短。因此,MEC技术可以为用户提供低时延、高带宽服务。Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of an MEC architecture provided by this application. As shown in Figure 2, compared with the DN network, the MEC is deployed at the sinking UPF (ie, the local UPF); the DN network is deployed at the remote end at UPF. Compared with the path for the UE to access the DN (shown by the dotted line), the path for the UE to access the MEC platform (shown by the solid line) is greatly shortened. Therefore, MEC technology can provide users with low-latency, high-bandwidth services.
MEC平台的标识用于唯一标识一个MEC平台。在一些实施例中,MEC平台的标识可以是部署在MEC平台上的UPF网元支持的数据网络接入标识(data network access identity,DNAI)或者连接MEC平台的UPF网元支持的DNAI,因此,不同的DNAI可以表示不同的MEC平台。换句话说,可以使用DNAI表示终端设备访问数据网络的用户面路径的标识。例如,访问MEC1的路径可以用DNAI-1表示,访问EMC2的路径可以用DNAI-2表示,DNAI可以理解为MEC平台的位置。The identifier of the MEC platform is used to uniquely identify an MEC platform. In some embodiments, the identifier of the MEC platform may be a data network access identity (data network access identity, DNAI) supported by a UPF network element deployed on the MEC platform or a DNAI supported by a UPF network element connected to the MEC platform. Therefore, Different DNAIs can represent different MEC platforms. In other words, the DNAI may be used to represent the identifier of the user plane path through which the terminal device accesses the data network. For example, the path to access MEC1 can be represented by DNAI-1, the path to access EMC2 can be represented by DNAI-2, and DNAI can be understood as the location of the MEC platform.
在3GPP R16阶段,提出5G网络中SMF和UPF的拓扑增强(enhancing topology of SMF and UPF in 5G networks,ETSUN)场景。在该场景中,SMF不能服务整个PLMN,SMF的服务区域(SMF service area,SMF SA)指的是SMF控制的所有UPF的服务区域之和。In the 3GPP R16 stage, the topology enhancement (enhancing topology of SMF and UPF in 5G networks, ETSUN) scenario of SMF and UPF in 5G networks is proposed. In this scenario, the SMF cannot serve the entire PLMN, and the SMF service area (SMF service area, SMF SA) refers to the sum of the service areas of all UPFs controlled by the SMF.
在ETSUN场景下,当UE移动而移出SMF SA时,则会插入中间SMF(Intermediate SMF,I-SMF);当UE移出I-SMF SA且不在SMF SA时,则会发生I-SMF改变;当UE移入SMF SA时,则会移除I-SMF,即发生了I-SMF的更新。In the ETSUN scenario, when the UE moves out of the SMF SA, an intermediate SMF (Intermediate SMF, I-SMF) will be inserted; when the UE moves out of the I-SMF SA and is not in the SMF SA, the I-SMF will change; when When the UE moves into the SMF SA, the I-SMF will be removed, that is, the update of the I-SMF will occur.
示例性的,在5G中,由于不同的SMF管理的服务区域不同,同一个PDU会话可能会对应两个SMF网元。例如:终端装置在位置-1建立PDU会话时,该PDU会话有对应的锚点用户面功能网元(例如UPF1),该锚点用户面功能网元由锚点SMF管理。当终端由位置-1移动到位置-2时发生切换,切换后对应的与接入网设备连接的用户面功能网元超出了原锚点SMF服务区域,而由新的锚点中间SMF(intermediate SMF,I-SMF)进行管理。此时,会出现会话对应了两个SMF的场景。Exemplarily, in 5G, since different SMFs manage different service areas, the same PDU session may correspond to two SMF network elements. For example, when the terminal device establishes a PDU session at position-1, the PDU session has a corresponding anchor user plane function network element (for example, UPF1), and the anchor user plane function network element is managed by the anchor SMF. Handover occurs when the terminal moves from position-1 to position-2. After the handover, the corresponding user plane functional network element connected to the access network device exceeds the service area of the original anchor point SMF, and the new anchor point intermediate SMF (intermediate SMF, I-SMF) for management. At this point, there will be a scenario where the session corresponds to two SMFs.
图3所示的为一例ETSUN场景下5G系统架构的示意图。在图3所示的架构,存在I-SMF和SMF,其中,I-SMF控制的UPF为UPF1,SMF控制的UPF为UPF2。Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of a 5G system architecture in an ETSUN scenario. In the architecture shown in FIG. 3 , there are I-SMF and SMF, wherein the UPF controlled by the I-SMF is UPF1, and the UPF controlled by the SMF is UPF2.
当网络侧有需求时,例如,AF向PCF提供业务对应的DNAI,从而触发SMF建立该DNAI对应的用户面路径。当该DNAI对应的MEC平台不在SMF的服务范围时,结合上述的MEC技术和ETSUN可知,在这种情况下,由AMF根据DNAI在控制面 插入I-SMF,再由I-SMF在用户面插入I-UPF,从而实现建立DNAI对应的用户面路径以访问对应的MEC平台,其中I-UPF由I-SMF控制。When there is a demand on the network side, for example, the AF provides the DNAI corresponding to the service to the PCF, thereby triggering the SMF to establish the user plane path corresponding to the DNAI. When the MEC platform corresponding to the DNAI is not within the service scope of the SMF, combined with the above-mentioned MEC technology and ETSUN, it can be seen that in this case, the AMF inserts the I-SMF on the control plane according to the DNAI, and then the I-SMF inserts the I-SMF on the user plane. I-UPF, so as to establish a user plane path corresponding to DNAI to access the corresponding MEC platform, wherein I-UPF is controlled by I-SMF.
对于I-SMF的更新,主要分为三种不同的场景:For the update of I-SMF, there are mainly three different scenarios:
第一:I-SMF的插入(insertion),即原来存在一个源SMF,随着终端设备的移动,终端设备不在源SMF的服务范围时,插入了新的I-SMF(new I-SMF),在new I-SMF插入后,网络架构中存在new I-SMF和SMF。First: I-SMF insertion (insertion), that is, there is a source SMF. With the movement of the terminal device, when the terminal device is not within the service range of the source SMF, a new I-SMF (new I-SMF) is inserted. After the new I-SMF is inserted, there are new I-SMF and SMF in the network architecture.
第二种:I-SMF的变化或者变换(change),即原来存在一个源I-SMF,源I-SMF(source I-SMF)也可以称为旧的或者老的I-SMF(old I-SMF)。随着终端设备的移动,终端设备不在源I-SMF的服务范围时,为终端设备服务的I-SMF变为新的I-SMF(new I-SMF),网络架构中存在new I-SMF和SMF。The second type: I-SMF change or transformation (change), that is, there is a source I-SMF, and the source I-SMF (source I-SMF) can also be called old or old I-SMF (old I-SMF) SMF). As the terminal equipment moves, when the terminal equipment is not within the service range of the source I-SMF, the I-SMF serving the terminal equipment becomes a new I-SMF (new I-SMF), and there are new I-SMF and I-SMF in the network architecture. SMF.
第三种:I-SMF的移除(remove),即原来存在源I-SMF和SMF,源I-SMF(source I-SMF)也可以称为旧的或者老的I-SMF(old I-SMF),随着终端设备的移动,终端设备不在old I-SMF的服务范围,为终端设备服务的I-SMF由old I-SMF变为SMF,会将源I-SMF删除,网络架构中存在SMF。The third type: I-SMF removal (remove), that is, the original source I-SMF and SMF, the source I-SMF (source I-SMF) can also be called the old or old I-SMF (old I-SMF) SMF), with the movement of the terminal equipment, the terminal equipment is not within the service scope of the old I-SMF, and the I-SMF serving the terminal equipment changes from the old I-SMF to the SMF, and the source I-SMF will be deleted. SMF.
图4所示的为一例根据目标DNAI对应插入I-SMF的示意性流程图,如图4所述的,该流程包括:What shown in Fig. 4 is a schematic flow chart of inserting I-SMF correspondingly according to the target DNAI of an example, as described in Fig. 4, the process includes:
S401,PCF向SMF发送策略计费控制(policy and charging control,PCC)规则。S401. The PCF sends a policy and charging control (PCC) rule to the SMF.
可选的,该PCC规则携带(或者包含)DNAI。Optionally, the PCC rule carries (or includes) DNAI.
例如,在一些实施例中,PCF可以通过Npcf接口向SMF发送策略控制更新通知(Npcf_SM PolicyControl_UpdateNotify),该通知中携带PCC规则。For example, in some embodiments, the PCF may send a policy control update notification (Npcf_SM PolicyControl_UpdateNotify) to the SMF through the Npcf interface, and the notification carries PCC rules.
S402:SMF向AMF发送目标DNAI信息(target DNAI info)。其中,target DNAI info包含目标DNAI(target DNAI),Target DNAI info用于指示AMF插入I-SMF。S402: The SMF sends target DNAI information (target DNAI info) to the AMF. Wherein, target DNAI info comprises target DNAI (target DNAI), and Target DNAI info is used for indicating that AMF inserts I-SMF.
在一些实施例中,SMF首先会确定目标DNAI(target DNAI),在确定target DNAI后,SMF判断无法服务target DNAI时,SMF向AMF发送target DNAI。In some embodiments, the SMF first determines the target DNAI (target DNAI), and after the target DNAI is determined, when the SMF judges that the target DNAI cannot be served, the SMF sends the target DNAI to the AMF.
在一些实施例中,SMF可以根据终端设备的位置、步骤S401中的DNAI等确定target DNAI。In some embodiments, the SMF may determine the target DNAI according to the location of the terminal device, the DNAI in step S401, and the like.
可选的,当步骤S401PCC规则不包含DNAI时,在S402中,SMF向AMF发送的目标DNAI信息不包含target DNAI。Optionally, when the PCC rule does not contain DNAI in step S401, in S402, the target DNAI information sent by the SMF to the AMF does not contain the target DNAI.
例如,在一些实施例中,SMF可以向AMF发送PDU会话上下文状态通知(Nsmf_PDU Session_SMContextStatusNotify),该通知中携带target DNAI info。For example, in some embodiments, the SMF may send a PDU session context status notification (Nsmf_PDU Session_SMContextStatusNotify) to the AMF, and the notification carries target DNAI info.
S403:AMF根据target DNAI选择并插入I-SMF(即new I-SMF)。S403: AMF selects and inserts into I-SMF (namely new I-SMF) according to target DNAI.
在一些实施例中,S403还可以替换为:当AMF根据target DNAI判断SMF可以服务target DNAI,或者当AMF没有收到target DNAI时,AMF删除I-SMF。In some embodiments, S403 may also be replaced by: when the AMF judges according to the target DNAI that the SMF can serve the target DNAI, or when the AMF does not receive the target DNAI, the AMF deletes the I-SMF.
S404:AMF向I-SMF(new I-SMF)发送创建上下文请求,该请求中携带:会话标识、会话管理(Session management,SM)上下文标识(SM context ID)、终端设备位置信息(UE location info)、target DNAI、NG-RAN不变的指示信息(indication of no NG-RAN change)等。其中,NG-RAN表示下一代(next generation,NG)无线接入网设备。S404: AMF sends a context creation request to I-SMF (new I-SMF), which carries: session identifier, session management (Session management, SM) context identifier (SM context ID), terminal device location information (UE location info ), target DNAI, indication of no NG-RAN change, etc. Wherein, NG-RAN represents next generation (next generation, NG) radio access network equipment.
在一些实施例中,当AMF判断删除I-SMF时,S404还可以替换为:AMF向SMF 发送创建或更新上下文请求。In some embodiments, when the AMF determines to delete the I-SMF, S404 may also be replaced by: the AMF sends a create or update context request to the SMF.
例如,在一些实施例中,AMF可以向I-SMF或SMF发送创建PDU会话上下文请求(Nsmf_PDU Session_CreateSMContext),该请求携带S404中的信息。For example, in some embodiments, the AMF may send a create PDU session context request (Nsmf_PDU Session_CreateSMContext) to the I-SMF or SMF, and the request carries the information in S404.
其中,会话标识用于指示当前PDU会话。Wherein, the session identifier is used to indicate the current PDU session.
SM context ID用于指示源I-SMF的标识。其中,在I-SMF插入场景下(即该会话对应的控制面原来是:AMF、SMF;插入I-SMF之后变为:AMF、new I-SMF、SMF),SM context ID用于指向SMF;在I-SMF更换(change)场景下(即该会话对应的控制面原来是:AMF、old I-SMF、SMF;插入I-SMF之后变为:AMF、new I-SMF、SMF),SM context ID用于指向old I-SMF。SM context ID is used to indicate the identity of the source I-SMF. Among them, in the I-SMF insertion scenario (that is, the control plane corresponding to the session was originally: AMF, SMF; after inserting I-SMF, it becomes: AMF, new I-SMF, SMF), the SM context ID is used to point to the SMF; In the scenario of I-SMF change (change) (that is, the control plane corresponding to the session was originally: AMF, old I-SMF, SMF; after inserting I-SMF, it becomes: AMF, new I-SMF, SMF), SM context ID is used to point to old I-SMF.
Target DNAI用于表示MEC平台位置,或者,换句话说,Target DNAI用于表示访问MEC平台对应的用户面连接的标识。Target DNAI is used to indicate the location of the MEC platform, or, in other words, Target DNAI is used to indicate the identity of the user plane connection corresponding to the access to the MEC platform.
NG-RAN不变的指示信息(indication of no NG-RAN change),用于表示NG-RAN隧道信息(NG-RAN tunnel info)不变。当终端设备处于连接态时,AMF向new I-SMF发送该参数。The indication of no NG-RAN change (indication of no NG-RAN change) is used to indicate that the NG-RAN tunnel information (NG-RAN tunnel info) remains unchanged. When the terminal device is in the connected state, the AMF sends this parameter to the new I-SMF.
S405:new I-SMF从old I-SMF(对应I-SMF change场景)或SMF(对应I-SMF insertion场景)获取SM context。S405: The new I-SMF acquires the SM context from the old I-SMF (corresponding to the I-SMF change scenario) or SMF (corresponding to the I-SMF insertion scenario).
例如,在一些实施例中,new I-SMF可以向old I-SMF(对应I-SMF变化或者移除的场景)或SMF发送上下文请求,携带NG-RAN不变的指示信息(indication of no NG-RAN change)等。之后,Old I-SMF或SMF向new I-SMF返回下文响应,携带NG-RAN隧道信息(NG-RAN tunnel info)。For example, in some embodiments, the new I-SMF may send a context request to the old I-SMF (corresponding to the scenario where the I-SMF is changed or removed) or the SMF, carrying NG-RAN unchanged indication information (indication of no NG -RAN change) etc. Afterwards, the Old I-SMF or SMF returns the following response to the new I-SMF, carrying NG-RAN tunnel information (NG-RAN tunnel info).
S406:new I-SMF根据target DNAI选择new I-UPF。S406: The new I-SMF selects the new I-UPF according to the target DNAI.
S407:new I-SMF将NG-RAN隧道信息(NG-RAN tunnel info)发送至new I-UPF。这样new I-UPF与NG-RAN之间的下行路径就建立了。S407: The new I-SMF sends the NG-RAN tunnel information (NG-RAN tunnel info) to the new I-UPF. In this way, the downlink path between new I-UPF and NG-RAN is established.
S408:new I-SMF建立new I-UPF与PSA之间的用户面路径。S408: The new I-SMF establishes a user plane path between the new I-UPF and the PSA.
S409:new I-SMF根据target DNAI插入分流点,例如插入UL CL或BP,以将业务流分流到target DNAI对应的MEC平台。S409: The new I-SMF inserts a distribution point according to the target DNAI, such as inserting UL CL or BP, so as to distribute the service flow to the MEC platform corresponding to the target DNAI.
图5所示的为图4所示的流程对应的切换前后数据包传输路径的示意图。其中,图4所示的流程可以总结为4个步骤,即下述的步骤1至步骤4:FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of data packet transmission paths before and after switching corresponding to the process shown in FIG. 4 . Wherein, the process shown in Figure 4 can be summarized into 4 steps, namely the following steps 1 to 4:
步骤1:SMF向AMF发送新请求的DNAI(new requested DNAI),AMF根据DNAI,选择new I-SMF。Step 1: SMF sends the newly requested DNAI (new requested DNAI) to AMF, and AMF selects new I-SMF according to the DNAI.
步骤2:AMF向new I-SMF发送SM context ID、NG-RAN不变的指示信息(indication of no NG-RAN change)等。其中,I-SMF change或I-SMF remove场景中,SM context ID指向源I-SMF(SM context ID points to source I-SMF);I-SMF insert场景中,SM context ID指向SMF(SM context ID points to SMF)。Step 2: AMF sends SM context ID, NG-RAN unchanged indication information (indication of no NG-RAN change) etc. to new I-SMF. Among them, in the I-SMF change or I-SMF remove scenario, the SM context ID points to the source I-SMF (SM context ID points to source I-SMF); in the I-SMF insert scenario, the SM context ID points to the SMF (SM context ID points to SMF).
步骤3:new I-SMF获知NG-RAN下行隧道信息(SM context includes additional Downlink Tunnel Info of NG-RAN)。Step 3: The new I-SMF learns the NG-RAN downlink tunnel information (SM context includes additional Downlink Tunnel Info of NG-RAN).
步骤4:new I-SMF选择new I-UPF,new I-UPF将new I-UPF的隧道信息发送给NG-RAN,以建立new I-UPF与NG-RAN之间的传输路径。Step 4: The new I-SMF selects the new I-UPF, and the new I-UPF sends the tunnel information of the new I-UPF to the NG-RAN to establish a transmission path between the new I-UPF and the NG-RAN.
其中,在图5中,目标(target)I-SMF表示新(new)I-SMF,目标(target)I-UPF 表示新(new)I-UPF。源(source)I-SMF表示:old I-SMF(对应I-SMF变化或者移除场场景)或SMF(对应I-SMF插入场景)。源(source)I-UPF表示源I-SMF插入的(或者控制的)I-UPF。In FIG. 5 , the target (target) I-SMF represents the new (new) I-SMF, and the target (target) I-UPF represents the new (new) I-UPF. Source (source) I-SMF means: old I-SMF (corresponding to I-SMF change or removal scene) or SMF (corresponding to I-SMF insertion scene). The source (source) I-UPF indicates the I-UPF inserted (or controlled) by the source I-SMF.
在图5所示的场景中,在步骤4之前,终端设备在NG-RAN侧的上下文信息(UE context in NG-RAN)包括源(source)I-UPF的隧道信息(Tunnel Info)。在步骤4之后,终端设备在NG-RAN侧的上下文信息包括目标(target)I-UPF的隧道信息(Tunnel Info)。In the scenario shown in Figure 5, before step 4, the context information (UE context in NG-RAN) of the terminal device on the NG-RAN side includes the tunnel information (Tunnel Info) of the source (source) I-UPF. After step 4, the context information of the terminal device on the NG-RAN side includes the tunnel information (Tunnel Info) of the target (target) I-UPF.
从图5中可以看出,对于同一个PDU会话,PSA能接收到来自两条不同路径上的上行报文。图5中,虚线表示的老路径,实线表示的为新路径。It can be seen from Figure 5 that for the same PDU session, the PSA can receive uplink messages from two different paths. In FIG. 5 , the dotted line represents the old path, and the solid line represents the new path.
对于上行报文(也可以称为上行数据包),I-UPF变化(change)前后的用户面路径分别为:For uplink packets (also called uplink data packets), the user plane paths before and after I-UPF change are:
变化前的路径(称为老路径(old path)):UE→NG-RAN→old I-UPF→PSA。The path before the change (called the old path): UE→NG-RAN→old I-UPF→PSA.
变化后的路径(称为新路径(new path)):UE→NG-RAN→new I-UPF→PSA。The changed path (called new path (new path)): UE→NG-RAN→new I-UPF→PSA.
对于上行报文,I-UPF插入(insertion)前后的用户面路径分别为:For uplink packets, the user plane paths before and after I-UPF insertion are:
插入前的路径(称为老路径(old path)):UE→NG-RAN→PSA。The path before insertion (called the old path (old path)): UE→NG-RAN→PSA.
插入后的路径(称为新路径(new path)):UE→NG-RAN→new I-UPF→PSA。The path after insertion (called new path (new path)): UE→NG-RAN→new I-UPF→PSA.
对于上行报文,I-UPF移除(removal)前后的用户面路径分别为:For uplink packets, the user plane paths before and after I-UPF removal are:
移除前的路径(称为老路径(old path)):UE→NG-RAN→old I-UPF→PSA。The path before removal (called the old path): UE→NG-RAN→old I-UPF→PSA.
移除后的路径(称为新路径(new path)):UE→NG-RAN→PSA。The path after removal (called new path (new path)): UE→NG-RAN→PSA.
可见,对于同一个PDU会话的上行报文,在上述的三种情况下,PSA会收到来两条路径(老路径和新路径)的报文。当新路径上的报文早于老路径到达PAS时,就会出现乱序,导致通信出现问题。例如:假设一个PDU会话包括10个报文,第一个至第六个报文在老路径上传输,第七个至第十个报文在新路径上传输,如果PSA先收到第七个至第十个报文,PSA会将第七个至第十个报文继续发送给服务器(例如位于DN中的应用服务器),之后将后收到的第一个至第六个报文再发送给服务器。在正常情况下,报文到达服务器的顺序应该为:第一个至第十个报文。但是在上述的场景中,报文到达服务器的报文的顺序可能为:第七个至第十个报文、第一个至第六个报文,即服务器收到的报文将会乱序,增加了服务器对报文进行排序的时间消耗,增大了通信时延,无法保证通信效率。It can be seen that for the uplink message of the same PDU session, in the above three cases, the PSA will receive messages from two paths (the old path and the new path). When packets on the new path arrive at the PAS earlier than the old path, out-of-order occurs, causing communication problems. For example: Suppose a PDU session includes 10 packets, the first to sixth packets are transmitted on the old path, and the seventh to tenth packets are transmitted on the new path, if the PSA receives the seventh packet first To the tenth message, PSA will continue to send the seventh to tenth messages to the server (such as the application server located in the DN), and then send the first to sixth messages received later to the server. Under normal circumstances, the order in which packets arrive at the server should be: the first to tenth packets. However, in the above scenario, the order of the packets arriving at the server may be: the seventh to tenth packets, and the first to sixth packets, that is, the packets received by the server will be out of order , which increases the time consumption for the server to sort the packets, increases the communication delay, and cannot guarantee the communication efficiency.
对于下行报文(也可以称为下行数据包),I-UPF变化(change)前后的用户面路径分别为:For downlink packets (also called downlink data packets), the user plane paths before and after I-UPF change are:
变化前的路径(称为老路径(old path)):PSA→old I-UPF→NG-RAN→UE。The path before the change (called the old path (old path)): PSA→old I-UPF→NG-RAN→UE.
变化后的路径(称为新路径(new path)):PSA→new I-UPF→NG-RAN→UE。The changed path (called new path (new path)): PSA→new I-UPF→NG-RAN→UE.
对于下行报文,I-UPF插入(insertion)前后的用户面路径分别为:For downlink packets, the user plane paths before and after I-UPF insertion are:
插入前的路径(称为老路径(old path)):PSA→NG-RAN→UE。The path before insertion (called the old path (old path)): PSA→NG-RAN→UE.
插入后的路径(称为新路径(new path)):PSA→new I-UPF→NG-RAN→UE。The path after insertion (called new path (new path)): PSA→new I-UPF→NG-RAN→UE.
对于下行报文,I-UPF移除(removal)前后的用户面路径分别为:For downlink packets, the user plane paths before and after I-UPF removal are:
移除前的路径(称为老路径(old path)):PSA→old I-UPF→NG-RAN→UE。The path before removal (called the old path): PSA→old I-UPF→NG-RAN→UE.
移除后的路径(称为新路径(new path)):PSA→NG-RAN→UE。The path after removal (called new path (new path)): PSA→NG-RAN→UE.
可见,对于同一个PDU会话的下行报文,在上述的三种情况下,NG-RAN会收到来两条路径(老路径和新路径)的报文。例如:假设一个PDU会话包括8个报文,第一个至第四个报文在老路径上传输,第五个至第八个报文在新路径上传输,如果NG-RAN先收到第五个至第八个报文,NG-RAN会将第五个至第八个报文继续发送给终端设备,之后将后收到的第一个至第四个报文再发送给终端设备。在正常情况下,NG-RAN发送给终端设备报文按照前后顺序的排序为:第一个至第八个报文,但是在上述的场景中,NG-RAN发送给终端设备的报文的顺序却为:第五个至第八个报文、第一个至第四个报文,导致终端设备收到的报文将会乱序,从而增加了终端设备对报文进行排序的时间消耗,增大了通信时延,不能保证通信效率。It can be seen that for the downlink message of the same PDU session, in the above three cases, the NG-RAN will receive messages from two paths (the old path and the new path). For example: Assuming a PDU session includes 8 messages, the first to fourth messages are transmitted on the old path, and the fifth to eighth messages are transmitted on the new path, if NG-RAN receives the first From the fifth to the eighth message, NG-RAN will continue to send the fifth to the eighth message to the terminal device, and then send the first to the fourth message received later to the terminal device. Under normal circumstances, the order of messages sent by NG-RAN to terminal devices is: the first to eighth messages, but in the above scenario, the order of messages sent by NG-RAN to terminal devices However, the fifth to eighth messages and the first to fourth messages will cause the messages received by the terminal device to be out of order, thus increasing the time consumption for the terminal device to sort the messages. The communication delay is increased, and the communication efficiency cannot be guaranteed.
鉴于此,本申请提供了一种PDU会话中数据包传输的方法和通信装置,在PDU会话中I-SMF更新(变化/插入/移除)或者I-UPF更新(变化/插入/移除)的场景中,PSA接收到来自于不同路径的同一个PDU会话的上行数据(或者也可以称为上行报文)包导致报文乱序的问题,或者,接入网设备接收到来自于不同路径的同一个PDU会话的下行数据包(或者也可以称为下行报文)导致报文乱序的问题,通过利用一个网关(PSA、接入网设备或者I-UPF)对来自于不同路径的一个PDU会话的数据包进行排序,使得上行数据包或者下行数据包按照正常的顺序传输,避免了终端设备或者服务器对数据包进行排序的过程,降低了通信时延,从而保证了通信效率。In view of this, the present application provides a method and communication device for data packet transmission in a PDU session, where I-SMF updates (change/insert/remove) or I-UPF updates (change/insert/remove) in a PDU session In the scenario, the PSA receives the uplink data (or also called the uplink message) packets of the same PDU session from different paths, which leads to the out-of-order problem of the packets, or the access network device receives the packets from different paths. The downlink data packets (or also called downlink packets) of the same PDU session lead to the problem of out-of-order packets. By using a gateway (PSA, access network device or I-UPF) to The data packets of the PDU session are sorted, so that the uplink data packets or downlink data packets are transmitted in a normal order, which avoids the process of sorting the data packets by the terminal device or the server, reduces the communication delay, and ensures the communication efficiency.
下面结合具体的例子说明本申请提供的方法。The method provided by the present application will be described below in conjunction with specific examples.
下文的实施例中,接入网设备将以NG-RAN为例进行说明,但是这并不应还对本申请实施例中的接入网设备产生任何限制。In the following embodiments, the access network device will be described by taking NG-RAN as an example, but this should not impose any limitation on the access network device in the embodiment of the present application.
还应理解,本申请实施例提供的方法可以应用于I-SMF更新(变化/插入/移除)的场景中,还可以应用于只存在I-UPF更新(变化/插入/移除)的场景中。本申请在此不作限制,下文将以I-SMF更新(变化/插入/移除)的场景为例进行说明。It should also be understood that the method provided in the embodiment of the present application can be applied to the scenario of I-SMF update (change/insertion/removal), and can also be applied to the scenario of only I-UPF update (change/insertion/removal) middle. The present application is not limited here, and the following will take the scenario of I-SMF update (change/insert/remove) as an example for illustration.
在下文的各个实施例中,老路径也可以称为第二路径,新路径也可以称为第一路径。In the following embodiments, the old path may also be called the second path, and the new path may also be called the first path.
图6所示的为一例本申请提供的通信系统场景的示意性,图7所示的为本申请提供的一例可以应用于图6所示的场景中的PDU会话中数据包传输的方法的示意性流程图。在一些实施例中。在图7所示的方法中,由PSA对于来自于不同路径上的同一个PDU会话上行数据包进行排序。Figure 6 is a schematic diagram of a communication system scenario provided by this application, and Figure 7 is a schematic diagram of a method for data packet transmission in a PDU session that can be applied to the scenario shown in Figure 6. sex flow chart. In some embodiments. In the method shown in FIG. 7 , the PSA sorts the uplink data packets of the same PDU session from different paths.
在图6所示的场景中,实线表示新路径上的上行数据包传输,虚线表示老路径上的上行数据包的传输,新路径上的上行数据包和老路径上的上行数据包为同一个PDU会话包括的上行数据包。In the scenario shown in Figure 6, the solid line represents the transmission of uplink data packets on the new path, the dotted line represents the transmission of uplink data packets on the old path, and the uplink data packets on the new path are the same as those on the old path. Uplink data packets included in a PDU session.
其中,老路径上的上行数据包的传输路径为:终端设备→NG-RAN→源(Source)I-UPF→PSA,新路径上的上行数据包的传输路径为:终端设备→NG-RAN→目标(target)I-UPF→PSA。Among them, the transmission path of the uplink data packet on the old path is: terminal equipment → NG-RAN → source (Source) I-UPF → PSA, the transmission path of the uplink data packet on the new path is: terminal equipment → NG-RAN → Target I-UPF→PSA.
在图6所示的场景中,当NG-RAN不发生变化时:In the scenario shown in Figure 6, when NG-RAN does not change:
对于I-SMF或I-UPF变化(change)前,源(source)I-UPF为old I-UPF,在I-SMF或I-UPF变化(change)后,目标(target)I-UPF为new I-UPF。Before the I-SMF or I-UPF changes (change), the source (source) I-UPF is old I-UPF, and after the I-SMF or I-UPF changes (change), the target (target) I-UPF is new I-UPF.
对于I-SMF或I-UPF插入前,源(source)I-UPF为即为PSA,即老路径变为:终 端设备→NG-RAN→PSA。在I-SMF或I-UPF插入后,目标(target)I-UPF为new I-UPF。Before I-SMF or I-UPF is inserted, the source (source) I-UPF is PSA, that is, the old path becomes: terminal device→NG-RAN→PSA. After the I-SMF or I-UPF is inserted, the target I-UPF is the new I-UPF.
对于I-SMF或I-UPF移除前,源(source)I-UPF为old I-UPF,在I-SMF或I-UPF移除后,目标(target)I-UPF即为PSA,即新路径变为:终端设备→NG-RAN→PSA。Before the I-SMF or I-UPF is removed, the source (source) I-UPF is the old I-UPF. After the I-SMF or I-UPF is removed, the target (target) I-UPF is the PSA, which is the new The path becomes: terminal device→NG-RAN→PSA.
可以理解的是,当NG-RAN变化时,例如,NG-RAN由老NG-RAN(或者也可以称为源NG-RAN)变为新NG-RAN时,在图6所示的场景中,老路径为NG-RAN变化前的路径,即老路径为:终端设备→老NG-RAN→新NG-RAN→PSA。NG-RAN变化后的路径,即新路径为:终端设备→新NG-RAN→PSA。在NG-RAN变化过程中,即NG-RAN切换过程中,新NG-RAN收到新的上行隧道信息时,新NG-RAN在老路径上发送结束标志,例如该上行隧道信息为“PSA tunnel info”。可以理解的是,这里以不涉及I-UPF为例进行举例说明。当涉及I-UPF时,新的上行隧道信息指的是I-UPF tunnel info。其中,新NG-RAN与老NG-RAN之间的Xn隧道由老NG-RAN触发建立。例如,老NG-RAN向新NG-RAN发送的切换请求中包含老NG-RAN隧道信息,新NG-RAN收到老NG-RAN隧道信息,就建立了新NG-RAN与老NG-RAN之间的上行隧道(Xn隧道)。It can be understood that when the NG-RAN changes, for example, when the NG-RAN changes from the old NG-RAN (or also called the source NG-RAN) to the new NG-RAN, in the scenario shown in Figure 6, The old path is the path before the NG-RAN changes, that is, the old path is: terminal device→old NG-RAN→new NG-RAN→PSA. The changed path of NG-RAN, that is, the new path is: terminal device→new NG-RAN→PSA. During the NG-RAN change process, that is, during the NG-RAN handover process, when the new NG-RAN receives new uplink tunnel information, the new NG-RAN sends an end flag on the old path, for example, the uplink tunnel information is "PSA tunnel info". It can be understood that, here, the I-UPF is not involved as an example for illustration. When it comes to I-UPF, the new uplink tunnel information refers to I-UPF tunnel info. Wherein, the establishment of the Xn tunnel between the new NG-RAN and the old NG-RAN is triggered by the old NG-RAN. For example, the handover request sent by the old NG-RAN to the new NG-RAN contains the old NG-RAN tunnel information, and the new NG-RAN receives the old NG-RAN tunnel information, and establishes a connection between the new NG-RAN and the old NG-RAN. The uplink tunnel (Xn tunnel) between them.
如图7所示的,该方法包括:As shown in Figure 7, the method includes:
S701:PCF向SMF发送PCC规则。S701: The PCF sends the PCC rule to the SMF.
可选的,该PCC规则携带(或者包含)DNAI。Optionally, the PCC rule carries (or includes) DNAI.
例如,在一些实施例中,PCF可以通过Npcf接口向SMF发送策略控制更新通知(Npcf_SM PolicyControl_UpdateNotify),该通知中携带PCC规则。For example, in some embodiments, the PCF may send a policy control update notification (Npcf_SM PolicyControl_UpdateNotify) to the SMF through the Npcf interface, and the notification carries PCC rules.
S702:SMF向AMF发送目标DNAI信息(target DNAI info)。其中,target DNAI info包含target DNAI,Target DNAI info用于指示AMF插入I-SMF。S702: The SMF sends target DNAI information (target DNAI info) to the AMF. Wherein, target DNAI info includes target DNAI, and Target DNAI info is used for indicating that AMF inserts I-SMF.
在一些实施例中,SMF首先会确定目标DNAI(target DNAI),在确定target DNAI后,SMF判断无法服务target DNAI时,SMF向AMF发送target DNAI。例如,SMF可以根据终端设备的位置、步骤S701中的DNAI等确定target DNAI。In some embodiments, the SMF first determines the target DNAI (target DNAI), and after the target DNAI is determined, when the SMF judges that the target DNAI cannot be served, the SMF sends the target DNAI to the AMF. For example, the SMF may determine the target DNAI according to the location of the terminal device, the DNAI in step S701, and the like.
在一些实施例中,如果S701中的PCC规则不包含DNAI时,则在S702中,SMF向AMF发送的target DNAI info不包含target DNAI。In some embodiments, if the PCC rule in S701 does not include DNAI, then in S702, the target DNAI info sent by the SMF to the AMF does not include the target DNAI.
例如,在一些实施例中,SMF可以向AMF发送PDU会话上下文状态通知(Nsmf_PDU Session_SMContextStatusNotify),该通知中携带target DNAI info。For example, in some embodiments, the SMF may send a PDU session context status notification (Nsmf_PDU Session_SMContextStatusNotify) to the AMF, and the notification carries target DNAI info.
S703:AMF根据target DNAI选择并插入新I-SMF(new I-SMF)。S703: AMF selects and inserts a new I-SMF (new I-SMF) according to the target DNAI.
在一些实施例中,S703还可以替换为:当AMF根据target DNAI判断SMF可以服务target DNAI,或者当AMF没有收到target DNAI并且不需要I-SMF时,AMF删除I-SMF。In some embodiments, S703 can also be replaced by: when the AMF judges according to the target DNAI that the SMF can serve the target DNAI, or when the AMF does not receive the target DNAI and does not need the I-SMF, the AMF deletes the I-SMF.
对于I-SMF/I-UPF插入(insertion)和I-SMF/I-UPF变化(change)的场景,在S703之后,执行S704a至S710a:如图8所示的。For the scenario of I-SMF/I-UPF insertion (insertion) and I-SMF/I-UPF change (change), after S703, execute S704a to S710a: as shown in FIG. 8 .
S704a:AMF向new I-SMF发送创建上下文请求,该请求中携带:会话标识、会话管理上下文标识(SM context ID)、终端设备位置信息(UE location info)、target DNAI、NG-RAN(next generation RAN)不变的指示信息(indication of no NG-RAN change)等。S704a: AMF sends a context creation request to new I-SMF, which carries: session ID, session management context ID (SM context ID), terminal device location information (UE location info), target DNAI, NG-RAN (next generation RAN) unchanged indication information (indication of no NG-RAN change), etc.
其中,会话标识用于指示当前PDU会话。Wherein, the session identifier is used to indicate the current PDU session.
SM context ID用于指示源I-SMF的标识。其中,在I-SMF插入场景下(即该会话对应的控制面原来是:AMF、SMF;插入I-SMF之后变为:AMF、new I-SMF、SMF),SM context ID用于指向SMF;在I-SMF更换(change)场景下(即该会话对应的控制面原来是:AMF、old I-SMF、SMF;插入I-SMF之后变为:AMF、new I-SMF、SMF),SM context ID用于指向old I-SMF。SM context ID is used to indicate the identity of the source I-SMF. Among them, in the I-SMF insertion scenario (that is, the control plane corresponding to the session was originally: AMF, SMF; after inserting I-SMF, it becomes: AMF, new I-SMF, SMF), the SM context ID is used to point to the SMF; In the scenario of I-SMF change (change) (that is, the control plane corresponding to the session was originally: AMF, old I-SMF, SMF; after inserting I-SMF, it becomes: AMF, new I-SMF, SMF), SM context ID is used to point to old I-SMF.
Target DNAI用于表示MEC平台位置。Target DNAI is used to indicate the position of the MEC platform.
indication of no NG-RAN change,用于表示NG-RAN隧道信息(NG-RAN tunnel info)不变。indication of no NG-RAN change, used to indicate that the NG-RAN tunnel information (NG-RAN tunnel info) remains unchanged.
S705a:new I-SMF从old I-SMF或者SMF获取会话管理上下文(SM context)。S705a: The new I-SMF obtains a session management context (SM context) from the old I-SMF or SMF.
在一些实施例中,对于I-SMF change场景:new I-SMF可以向old I-SMF(或者可以称为源I-SMF)发送上下文请求,携带indication of no NG-RAN change。old I-SMF接收到该上下文请求后,向new I-SMF返回上下文响应,该响应中携带NG-RAN隧道信息(NG-RAN tunnel info)。In some embodiments, for the I-SMF change scenario: the new I-SMF may send a context request to the old I-SMF (or may be called the source I-SMF), carrying an indication of no NG-RAN change. After receiving the context request, the old I-SMF returns a context response to the new I-SMF, which carries NG-RAN tunnel information (NG-RAN tunnel info).
在一些实施例中,对于I-SMF insert场景:new I-SMF可以向SMF发送上下文请求,该请求中携带indication of no NG-RAN change。SMF接收到该请求后,向new I-SMF返回上下文响应,在该响应中携带NG-RAN tunnel info。In some embodiments, for the I-SMF insert scenario: the new I-SMF may send a context request to the SMF, and the request carries an indication of no NG-RAN change. After receiving the request, the SMF returns a context response to the new I-SMF, carrying NG-RAN tunnel info in the response.
S706a:new I-SMF选择新的I-UPF(new I-UPF),获取new I-UPF的隧道信息(new I-UPF tunnel info)。S706a: The new I-SMF selects a new I-UPF (new I-UPF), and obtains tunnel information (new I-UPF tunnel info) of the new I-UPF.
S707a:new I-SMF向SMF发送PDU会话更新请求或PDU会话创建请求,携带第一指示信息。S707a: The new I-SMF sends a PDU session update request or a PDU session creation request to the SMF, carrying the first indication information.
在一些实施例中,对于I-SMF change场景,new I-SMF可以向SMF发送PDU会话更新请求(Nsmf_PDU Session_Update Request)。In some embodiments, for the I-SMF change scenario, the new I-SMF may send a PDU session update request (Nsmf_PDU Session_Update Request) to the SMF.
在一些实施例中,对于I-SMF insert场景,new I-SMF可以向SMF发送PDU会话创建请求(Nsmf_PDU Session_Create Request)。In some embodiments, for the I-SMF insert scenario, the new I-SMF may send a PDU session creation request (Nsmf_PDU Session_Create Request) to the SMF.
该PDU会话更新请求或者PDU会话创建请求携带:第一指示信息,可选的,该请求中还可以携带:SM context ID、新I-UPF的隧道信息(new I-UPF tunnel info)、new I-SMF支持的DNAI列表(DNAI list supported by new I-SMF)中的一个或者多个。The PDU session update request or PDU session creation request carries: first indication information, optional, the request can also carry: SM context ID, new I-UPF tunnel information (new I-UPF tunnel info), new I - One or more of the DNAI list supported by SMF (DNAI list supported by new I-SMF).
可选的,作为一种可能的实现方式,第一指示信息用于指示:SMF指示PSA缓存来自于new I-UPF(新路径)的上行数据包,并且,在PSA收到来自于old I-UPF(老路径)的上行数据包的结束标志(end marker)时,PSA上报消息给SMF,该消息用于指示PSA接收到了老路径的结束标志。其中,结束标志(end marker)用于指示在老路径发送的上行数据包已经发送完毕。Optionally, as a possible implementation, the first indication information is used to indicate: the SMF instructs the PSA to cache the uplink data packet from the new I-UPF (new path), and, when the PSA receives the uplink data packet from the old I-UPF (new path), the PSA receives the When the end marker (end marker) of the uplink data packet of the UPF (old path), the PSA reports a message to the SMF, and the message is used to indicate that the PSA has received the end marker of the old path. Wherein, the end marker (end marker) is used to indicate that the uplink data packet sent on the old path has been sent completely.
或者,作为另一种可能的实现方式,第一指示信息可以用于指示需要对上行数据包进行排序。Or, as another possible implementation manner, the first indication information may be used to indicate that the uplink data packets need to be sorted.
或者,作为另一种可能的实现方式,第一指示信息可以用于指示接入网设备为未变化。Or, as another possible implementation manner, the first indication information may be used to indicate that the access network device has not changed.
在一些实施例中,第一指示信息可以为indication of no NG-RAN change,用于指示接入网设备为未变化。In some embodiments, the first indication information may be indication of no NG-RAN change, which is used to indicate that the access network device has not changed.
在一些实施例中,第一指示信息可以为indication of no NG-RAN change,也就是 说,indication of no NG-RAN change即可以用于指示接入网设备为未变化,也可以用于指示需要对上行数据包进行排序。In some embodiments, the first indication information may be indication of no NG-RAN change, that is to say, the indication of no NG-RAN change may be used to indicate that the access network equipment has not changed, and may also be used to indicate the need to Sort upstream packets.
在另一些实施例中,第一指示信息和indication of no NG-RAN change可以分别为不同的信息。In some other embodiments, the first indication information and the indication of no NG-RAN change may be different information respectively.
在一些实施例中,当第一指示信息用于指示接入网设备为未变化。例如第一指示为indication of no NG-RAN change时,SMF可以根据indication of no NG-RAN change,确定需要对上行数据包进行排序。In some embodiments, when the first indication information is used to indicate that the access network device has not changed. For example, when the first indication is indication of no NG-RAN change, the SMF may determine that uplink data packets need to be sorted according to the indication of no NG-RAN change.
在一些实施例中,该老路径上的上行数据包已经发送完毕的信息可以为:老路径发送的上行数据包的结束标志(end marker)。In some embodiments, the information that the uplink data packets on the old path have been sent may be: an end marker (end marker) of the uplink data packets sent by the old path.
S708a:SMF向PSA发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息是根据第一指示信息生成的。S708a: The SMF sends second indication information to the PSA, where the second indication information is generated according to the first indication information.
在一些实施例中,SMF可以根据S707a中的第一指示信息,确定向PSA发送第二指示信息。In some embodiments, the SMF may determine to send the second indication information to the PSA according to the first indication information in S707a.
在一些实施例中,第二指示信息用于指示:PSA缓存来自new I-UPF(新路径)的上行报文,并指示PSA收到来自old I-UPF或者NG-RAN(老路径)的上行数据包的结束标志(end marker)时,PSA向SMF发送上报消息,该消息用于指示PSA接收到了老路径的结束标志。In some embodiments, the second indication information is used to indicate: the PSA caches the uplink message from the new I-UPF (new path), and indicates that the PSA receives the uplink message from the old I-UPF or NG-RAN (old path) When the end marker (end marker) of the data packet is received, the PSA sends a report message to the SMF, which is used to indicate that the PSA has received the end marker of the old path.
例如,SMF根据第一指示信息可以生成第二指示信息,第二指示信息指示:PSA缓存来自于新路径的上行数据包,并且,在PSA收到来自于老路径的上行数据包的结束标志(end marker)时,PSA向SMF上报消息,该消息用于指示PSA接收到了老路径上的上行数据包的结束标志。For example, the SMF may generate second indication information according to the first indication information, and the second indication information indicates: the PSA buffers the uplink data packet from the new path, and, when the PSA receives the end flag of the uplink data packet from the old path ( end marker), the PSA reports a message to the SMF, which is used to indicate that the PSA has received the end marker of the uplink data packet on the old path.
对于I-SMF insert场景,第二指示信息指示:PSA缓存来自于new I-UPF(新路径)的上行数据包,并且,在PSA收到来自于NG-RAN(老路径)的上行数据包的结束标志(end marker)时,PSA向SMF发送上报消息,该消息用于指示PSA接收到了老路径上的上行数据包的结束标志。For the I-SMF insert scenario, the second indication information indicates: the PSA buffers the uplink data packet from the new I-UPF (new path), and, when the PSA receives the uplink data packet from the NG-RAN (old path) When the end marker is set, the PSA sends a report message to the SMF, which is used to indicate that the PSA has received the end marker of the uplink data packet on the old path.
对于I-SMF change场景,第二指示信息指示:PSA缓存来自于new I-UPF(新路径)的上行数据包,并且,在PSA收到来自于old I-UPF(老路径)的上行数据包的结束标志(end marker)时,PSA向SMF上报消息,该消息用于指示PSA接收到了老路径上的上行数据包的结束标志。For the I-SMF change scenario, the second indication indicates that the PSA caches the uplink data packets from the new I-UPF (new path), and the PSA receives the uplink data packets from the old I-UPF (old path) When the end marker (end marker) of the old path is received, the PSA reports a message to the SMF, which is used to indicate that the PSA has received the end marker of the uplink data packet on the old path.
在一些实施例中,第二信息指示可以为N4规则(N4rule)。In some embodiments, the second information indication may be an N4 rule (N4rule).
S709a:SMF向new I-SMF返回PDU会话更新响应或PDU会话创建响应。S709a: The SMF returns a PDU session update response or a PDU session creation response to the new I-SMF.
在一些实施例中,该PDU会话更新响应或PDU会话创建响应包括:新I-UPF的隧道信息(new I-UPF tunnel info)等。In some embodiments, the PDU session update response or the PDU session creation response includes: new I-UPF tunnel information (new I-UPF tunnel info) and the like.
S710a:new I-SMF向AMF发送创建上下文响应信息,该响应信息携带:PSA隧道信息(PSA tunnel info)。S710a: The new I-SMF sends context creation response information to the AMF, and the response information carries: PSA tunnel information (PSA tunnel info).
可选的,该响应信息还包括第三指示信息。其中,第三指示信息用于指示NG-RAN在老路径上发送上行数据包的结束标志(end marker)。Optionally, the response information further includes third indication information. Wherein, the third indication information is used to instruct the NG-RAN to send an end marker (end marker) of the uplink data packet on the old path.
在一些实施例中,第三指示信息可以是indication of no NG-RAN change,在另一些实施例中,第三指示信息和indication of no NG-RAN change可以分别为不同的信息。In some embodiments, the third indication information may be indication of no NG-RAN change, and in other embodiments, the third indication information and indication of no NG-RAN change may be different information respectively.
在一些实施例中,该响应(信息)中包括N2 SM info,而N2 SM info中包括上述的new I-UPF tunnel info和第三指示信息。In some embodiments, the response (information) includes N2 SM info, and the N2 SM info includes the aforementioned new I-UPF tunnel info and the third indication information.
在步骤S710a之后,执行S711至S715,如图7所示的。After step S710a, execute S711 to S715, as shown in FIG. 7 .
对于I-SMF/I-UPF移除(removal)的场景,在S703之后,执行S704b至S708b,如图8所示的。For the scenario of I-SMF/I-UPF removal (removal), after S703, execute S704b to S708b, as shown in FIG. 8 .
S704b:AMF向SMF发送更新上下文请求。该请求中携带:会话标识、会话管理上下文标识(SM context ID)、终端设备位置信息(UE location info)、target DNAI、NG-RAN(next generation RAN)不变的指示信息(indication of no NG-RAN change)等。S704b: The AMF sends a context update request to the SMF. The request carries: session ID, session management context ID (SM context ID), terminal equipment location information (UE location info), target DNAI, NG-RAN (next generation RAN) unchanged indication information (indication of no NG- RAN change) and so on.
可选的,该更新上下文请求中还可以包括指示信息,该指示信息用于指示需要对上行数据包进行排序。Optionally, the update context request may also include indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that the uplink data packets need to be sorted.
在一些实施例中,该指示信息可以为indication of no NG-RAN change,也就是说,indication of no NG-RAN change即可以用于指示接入网设备为未变化,也可以用于指示需要对上行数据包进行排序。In some embodiments, the indication information can be indication of no NG-RAN change, that is to say, the indication of no NG-RAN change can be used to indicate that the access network equipment has not changed, and can also be used to indicate the need to change Uplink packets are sorted.
在另一些实施例中,该指示信息和indication of no NG-RAN change可以分别为不同的信息。In some other embodiments, the indication information and the indication of no NG-RAN change may be different information respectively.
在一些实施例中,当该请求中不携带该指示信息,并且,indication of no NG-RAN change不用于指示需要对上行数据包进行排序的情况下,SMF可以根据indication of no NG-RAN change,确定需要对上行数据包进行排序。In some embodiments, when the request does not carry the indication information, and the indication of no NG-RAN change is not used to indicate that the uplink data packets need to be sorted, the SMF may, according to the indication of no NG-RAN change, Determine that upstream packets need to be sorted.
S705b:SMF从old I-SMF处获取SM context。S705b: The SMF obtains the SM context from the old I-SMF.
S706b:SMF选择new I-UPF,获取I-UPF tunnel info。S706b: The SMF selects a new I-UPF, and acquires I-UPF tunnel info.
应理解,S706b为可选的步骤,当该流程不包括S706b时,新路径变为:终端设备→NG-RAN→PSA,本实施例中以SMF未插入I-UPF为例进行说明。It should be understood that S706b is an optional step. When the process does not include S706b, the new path becomes: terminal device→NG-RAN→PSA. In this embodiment, the SMF is not inserted into the I-UPF as an example for illustration.
S707b:SMF向PSA发送消息。该消息中携带第四指示信息,第四指示信息用于指示:PSA缓存来自NG-RAN(新路径)的上行数据包,并指示PSA收到来自old I-UPF(老路径)发送的结束标志(end marker)时,PSA向SMF上报消息,该消息用于指示PSA接收到了老路径上的上行数据包的结束标志。在一些实施例中,该消息可以为老路径上的上行数据包的结束标志。其中,老路径上的上行数据包的结束标志(end marker)表明在老路径上的上行数据包已经发送完毕。S707b: The SMF sends a message to the PSA. The message carries the fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate: PSA buffers the uplink data packet from NG-RAN (new path), and instructs PSA to receive the end sign sent from old I-UPF (old path) (end marker), the PSA reports a message to the SMF, which is used to indicate that the PSA has received the end marker of the uplink data packet on the old path. In some embodiments, the message may be an end mark of an uplink data packet on the old path. Wherein, the end marker (end marker) of the uplink data packet on the old path indicates that the uplink data packet on the old path has been sent completely.
在一些实施例中,SMF可以根据S704b中来自于AMF的指示信息,确定向PSA发送第四指示信息。In some embodiments, the SMF may determine to send the fourth indication information to the PSA according to the indication information from the AMF in S704b.
在一些实施例中,SMF可以向PSA发送N4规则(N4rule),N4rule包含第四指示信息。In some embodiments, the SMF may send an N4 rule (N4rule) to the PSA, and the N4rule includes fourth indication information.
S708b:SMF向AMF发送更新上下文响应信息,该响应信息携带:new I-UPF tunnel info。S708b: The SMF sends update context response information to the AMF, and the response information carries: new I-UPF tunnel info.
可选的,该响应信息还包括第五指示信息。其中,第五指示信息用于指示NG-RAN在老路径上发送结束标志(end marker)。Optionally, the response information further includes fifth indication information. Wherein, the fifth indication information is used to instruct the NG-RAN to send an end marker on the old path.
在一些实施例中,第五指示信息可以是indication of no NG-RAN change,在另一些实施例中,第五指示信息和indication of no NG-RAN change可以分别为不同的信息。In some embodiments, the fifth indication information may be indication of no NG-RAN change, and in other embodiments, the fifth indication information and indication of no NG-RAN change may be different information respectively.
在一些实施例中,该响应(信息)中包括N2 SM info,N2 SM info中包括上述的PSA tunnel info和第五指示信息。In some embodiments, the response (information) includes N2 SM info, and the N2 SM info includes the aforementioned PSA tunnel info and fifth indication information.
在S708b之后,执行S711至S715,如图7所示的。After S708b, execute S711 to S715, as shown in FIG. 7 .
S711:AMF向NG-RAN发送消息(例如为N2消息),该消息中携带:S708b中的第五指示信息和new I-UPF tunnel info中的至少一个,或者,S710a中的第三指示信息和PSA tunnel info中的至少一个。S711: The AMF sends a message (for example, an N2 message) to the NG-RAN, and the message carries: at least one of the fifth indication information in S708b and the new I-UPF tunnel info, or, the third indication information and the third indication information in S710a At least one of PSA tunnel info.
S712:NG-RAN在老路径上发送结束标志(end marker)。S712: The NG-RAN sends an end marker (end marker) on the old path.
可以理解的是,当步骤S711不包含第五指示信息或第三指示信息时,NG-RAN可以根据收到new I-UPF tunnel info或PSA tunnel info时,更新上行路径信息。例如,NG-RAN根据收到new I-UPF tunnel info或PSA tunnel info,将上行路径由old I-UPF更新为new I-UPF或PSA,并且在老路径上发送结束标志。It can be understood that, when step S711 does not include the fifth indication information or the third indication information, the NG-RAN may update the uplink path information according to receiving new I-UPF tunnel info or PSA tunnel info. For example, NG-RAN updates the uplink path from old I-UPF to new I-UPF or PSA according to receiving new I-UPF tunnel info or PSA tunnel info, and sends an end sign on the old path.
当步骤S711包含第五指示信息或第三指示信息时,NG-RAN根据第五指示信息或第三指示信息在老路径上发送结束标志。When step S711 includes the fifth indication information or the third indication information, the NG-RAN sends the end flag on the old path according to the fifth indication information or the third indication information.
S713:当PSA在老路径上接收到结束标志(end marker)时,PSA根据步骤S708a中的第二指示信息或步骤S707b中的第四指示信息,向SMF上报消息,该消息用于指示PSA接收到了老路径上的上行数据包的结束标志。S713: When the PSA receives an end marker on the old path, the PSA reports a message to the SMF according to the second indication information in step S708a or the fourth indication information in step S707b, and the message is used to instruct the PSA to receive The end marker of the upstream data packet on the old path has been reached.
在一些实施例中,PSA向SMF上报的消息为:在老路径发送的上行数据包的结束标志(end marker)。In some embodiments, the message reported by the PSA to the SMF is: an end marker of the uplink data packet sent on the old path.
S714:SMF向PSA发送更新的消息(例如为N4rule),该消息用于指示:PSA将缓存的来自新路径上(new path)的上行数据包发送出去,即发送到N6接口上。S714: The SMF sends an updated message (for example, N4rule) to the PSA, and the message is used to instruct the PSA to send the buffered uplink data packet from the new path (new path), that is, to the N6 interface.
S715:PSA根据该消息,发送缓存的来自新路径上(new path)的上行数据包。S715: The PSA sends the buffered uplink data packet from the new path (new path) according to the message.
可以理解的是,对于老路径上的上行数据包,PSA按照正常的流程发送,即接收到来自老路径上的上行数据包后就将该数据包发送给服务器。It can be understood that, for the uplink data packet on the old path, the PSA sends the data packet according to a normal process, that is, after receiving the uplink data packet from the old path, the PSA sends the data packet to the server.
本申请实施例提供的PDU会话中数据包传输的方法,通过PSA对接收到的来自于新路径和老路径上同一个PDU会话的上行数据包进行排序,在PSA接收到在老路径上发送的指示上行数据包已经发送完毕的指示信息之前,PSA缓存在新路径上接收的上行数据包,在PSA接收到在老路径上发送的上行数据包已经发送完毕的指示信息之后,PSA发送之前缓存的在新路径上接收的上行数据包,从而可以保证一个PDU会话中的上行数据包按照正常的顺序发送,从而节省了服务器对上行数据包的排序时间,保证了通信效率。In the method for transmitting data packets in a PDU session provided by the embodiment of the present application, the uplink data packets received from the same PDU session on the new path and the old path are sorted through the PSA, and the PSA receives the packets sent on the old path. Before the indication information indicating that the uplink data packet has been sent, the PSA buffers the uplink data packet received on the new path. After the PSA receives the indication information that the uplink data packet sent on the old path has been sent, the PSA sends the previously cached The uplink data packets received on the new path can ensure that the uplink data packets in a PDU session are sent in a normal order, thereby saving the server's time for sorting the uplink data packets and ensuring communication efficiency.
图9所示的为一例本申请提供的通信系统场景的示意性,图10所示的为本申请提供的一例可以应用于图9所示的场景中的PDU会话中数据包传输的方法的示意性流程图。在一些实施例中。在图10所示的方法中,由new I-UPF或者PSA对于来自于不同路径上的同一个PDU会话上行数据包进行排序。FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a communication system scenario provided by this application, and FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a method for data packet transmission in a PDU session that can be applied to the scenario shown in FIG. 9. sex flow chart. In some embodiments. In the method shown in Figure 10, the new I-UPF or PSA sorts the uplink data packets of the same PDU session from different paths.
在图9所示的场景中,如图9中的a图中,实线表示新路径上的上行数据包传输路径,虚线表示老路径上的上行数据包的传输路径,图9中的a图所示的为老路径上存在I-UPF的场景。图9中的b图中,实线表示新路径上的上行数据包传输路径,虚线表示老路径上的上行数据包的传输路径,图9中的b图所示的为老路径上不存在I-UPF的场景。In the scenario shown in Figure 9, in Figure a in Figure 9, the solid line represents the transmission path of the uplink data packet on the new path, and the dotted line represents the transmission path of the uplink data packet on the old path, and in figure a of Figure 9 What is shown is the scenario where I-UPF exists on the old path. In figure b among Fig. 9, the solid line represents the transmission path of the uplink data packet on the new path, and the dotted line represents the transmission path of the uplink data packet on the old path, and what is shown in figure b in Fig. 9 is that there is no I on the old path. -UPF scene.
对于图9中的a图所示的场景,老路径上的上行数据包的传输路径为:终端设备→NG-RAN→源(source)I-UPF→目标(target)I-UPF→PSA。新路径上的上行数据包的传输路径为:终端设备→NG-RAN→目标(target)I-UPF→PSA。由目标(target)I-UPF对于来自于新路径和老路径上的同一个PDU会话上行数据包进行排序。For the scenario shown in a in Figure 9, the transmission path of the uplink data packet on the old path is: terminal device → NG-RAN → source (source) I-UPF → target (target) I-UPF → PSA. The transmission path of the uplink data packet on the new path is: terminal device→NG-RAN→target (target) I-UPF→PSA. The uplink data packets of the same PDU session from the new path and the old path are sorted by the target I-UPF.
对于图9中的b图所示的场景,老路径上的上行数据包的传输路径为:终端设备→NG-RAN→PSA→目标(target)I-UPF→PSA。新路径上的上行数据包的传输路径为:终端设备→NG-RAN→目标(target)I-UPF→PSA。由目标(target)I-UPF对于来自于新路径和老路径上的同一个PDU会话上行数据包进行排序。For the scenario shown in b in FIG. 9 , the transmission path of the uplink data packet on the old path is: terminal device→NG-RAN→PSA→target (target) I-UPF→PSA. The transmission path of the uplink data packet on the new path is: terminal device→NG-RAN→target (target) I-UPF→PSA. The uplink data packets of the same PDU session from the new path and the old path are sorted by the target I-UPF.
目标(target)I-UPF为new I-UPF。源(source)I-UPF为old I-UPF。The target I-UPF is new I-UPF. The source (source) I-UPF is old I-UPF.
如图10所示的,该方法包括:As shown in Figure 10, the method includes:
S1001:PCF向SMF发送PCC规则。S1001: The PCF sends the PCC rule to the SMF.
可选的,该PCC规则包含DNAI。Optionally, the PCC rule includes DNAI.
例如,在一些实施例中,PCF可以通过Npcf接口向SMF发送策略控制更新通知(Npcf_SM PolicyControl_UpdateNotify),该通知中携带PCC规则。For example, in some embodiments, the PCF may send a policy control update notification (Npcf_SM PolicyControl_UpdateNotify) to the SMF through the Npcf interface, and the notification carries PCC rules.
S1002:SMF向AMF发送目标DNAI信息(target DNAI info)。其中,target DNAI info包含目标DNAI(target DNAI),Target DNAI info用于指示AMF插入I-SMF。S1002: The SMF sends target DNAI information (target DNAI info) to the AMF. Wherein, target DNAI info comprises target DNAI (target DNAI), and Target DNAI info is used for indicating that AMF inserts I-SMF.
在一些实施例中,SMF首先会确定目标DNAI(target DNAI),在确定target DNAI后,SMF判断无法服务target DNAI时,SMF向AMF发送target DNAI。In some embodiments, the SMF first determines the target DNAI (target DNAI), and after the target DNAI is determined, when the SMF judges that the target DNAI cannot be served, the SMF sends the target DNAI to the AMF.
在一些实施例中,SMF可以根据终端设备的位置、步骤S1001中的DNAI等确定target DNAI。In some embodiments, the SMF may determine the target DNAI according to the location of the terminal device, the DNAI in step S1001, and the like.
可选的,当步骤S1001中的PCC规则不包含DNAI时,在S1002中,SMF向AMF发送的目标DNAI信息不包含target DNAI。Optionally, when the PCC rule in step S1001 does not include DNAI, in S1002, the target DNAI information sent by the SMF to the AMF does not include target DNAI.
例如,在一些实施例中,SMF可以向AMF发送PDU会话上下文状态通知(Nsmf_PDU Session_SMContextStatusNotify),该通知中携带target DNAI info。For example, in some embodiments, the SMF may send a PDU session context status notification (Nsmf_PDU Session_SMContextStatusNotify) to the AMF, and the notification carries target DNAI info.
S1003:AMF根据target DNAI选择并插入新I-SMF(new I-SMF)。S1003: AMF selects and inserts a new I-SMF (new I-SMF) according to the target DNAI.
在一些实施例中,S1003还可以替换为:当AMF根据target DNAI判断SMF可以服务target DNAI,或者当AMF没有收到target DNAI并且不需要I-SMF时,AMF删除I-SMF。In some embodiments, S1003 may also be replaced by: when the AMF judges according to the target DNAI that the SMF can serve the target DNAI, or when the AMF does not receive the target DNAI and does not need the I-SMF, the AMF deletes the I-SMF.
对于I-SMF/I-UPF插入(insertion)和I-SMF/I-UPF变化(change)的场景,在S1003之后,执行S1004a至S1008a,如图11所示的。For the scenario of I-SMF/I-UPF insertion (insertion) and I-SMF/I-UPF change (change), after S1003, execute S1004a to S1008a, as shown in FIG. 11 .
S1004a:AMF向new I-SMF发送创建上下文请求,该请求中携带:会话标识、会话管理上下文标识(SM context ID)、终端设备位置信息(UE location info)、target DNAI、NG-RAN(next generation RAN)不变的指示信息(indication of no NG-RAN change)等。S1004a: AMF sends a context creation request to new I-SMF, which carries: session ID, session management context ID (SM context ID), terminal device location information (UE location info), target DNAI, NG-RAN (next generation RAN) unchanged indication information (indication of no NG-RAN change), etc.
可选的,该创建上下文请求中还可以包括指示信息,该指示信息用于指示需要对上行数据包进行排序。Optionally, the context creation request may also include indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that the uplink data packets need to be sorted.
在一些实施例中,该指示信息可以为indication of no NG-RAN change,也就是说,indication of no NG-RAN change既可以用于指示接入网设备为未变化,也可以用于指示需要对上行数据包进行排序。在本申请实例中,“需要对上行数据包进行排序”还可 以描述为“上行数据包需要排序”。In some embodiments, the indication information may be indication of no NG-RAN change, that is to say, the indication of no NG-RAN change may be used to indicate that the access network equipment has not changed, and may also be used to indicate that it needs to be changed. Uplink packets are sorted. In the example of this application, "uplink data packets need to be sorted" can also be described as "uplink data packets need to be sorted".
在另一些实施例中,该指示信息和indication of no NG-RAN change可以分别为不同的信息。In some other embodiments, the indication information and the indication of no NG-RAN change may be different information respectively.
在一些实施例中,当创建上下文请求中不携带该指示信息,并且,indication of no NG-RAN change不用于指示需要对上行数据包进行排序的情况下,new I-SMF可以根据indication of no NG-RAN change,确定需要对上行数据包进行排序。In some embodiments, when the context creation request does not carry the indication information, and the indication of no NG-RAN change is not used to indicate that the uplink data packets need to be sorted, the new I-SMF may according to the indication of no NG -RAN change, it is determined that the uplink data packets need to be sorted.
其中,会话标识用于指示当前PDU会话。Wherein, the session identifier is used to indicate the current PDU session.
SM context ID用于指示源I-SMF的标识。其中,在I-SMF插入场景下(即该会话对应的控制面原来是:AMF、SMF;插入I-SMF之后变为:AMF、new I-SMF、SMF),SM context ID用于指向SMF;在I-SMF更换(change)场景下(即该会话对应的控制面原来是:AMF、old I-SMF、SMF;插入I-SMF之后变为:AMF、new I-SMF、SMF),SM context ID用于指向old I-SMF。SM context ID is used to indicate the identity of the source I-SMF. Among them, in the I-SMF insertion scenario (that is, the control plane corresponding to the session was originally: AMF, SMF; after inserting I-SMF, it becomes: AMF, new I-SMF, SMF), the SM context ID is used to point to the SMF; In the scenario of I-SMF change (change) (that is, the control plane corresponding to the session was originally: AMF, old I-SMF, SMF; after inserting I-SMF, it becomes: AMF, new I-SMF, SMF), SM context ID is used to point to old I-SMF.
Target DNAI用于表示MEC平台位置。Target DNAI is used to indicate the position of the MEC platform.
indication of no NG-RAN change,用于表示NG-RAN隧道信息(NG-RAN tunnel info)不变。indication of no NG-RAN change, used to indicate that the NG-RAN tunnel information (NG-RAN tunnel info) remains unchanged.
S1005a:new I-SMF从old I-SMF或者SMF获取会话管理上下文(SM context)。S1005a: The new I-SMF obtains the session management context (SM context) from the old I-SMF or SMF.
在一些实施例中,对于I-SMF change场景:new I-SMF可以向old I-SMF发送上下文请求,携带indication of no NG-RAN change。In some embodiments, for the I-SMF change scenario: the new I-SMF may send a context request to the old I-SMF, carrying an indication of no NG-RAN change.
可选的,作为一种可能的实现方式:该上下文请求中还可以包括指示信息,该指示信息用于指示old I-SMF确定建立转发隧道,该转发隧道用于转发上行数据包,存在如下两种可能的实现方式:Optionally, as a possible implementation: the context request may also include indication information, the indication information is used to instruct the old I-SMF to determine to establish a forwarding tunnel, and the forwarding tunnel is used to forward uplink data packets, there are the following two Two possible implementations:
方式一:该指示信息可以为indication of no NG-RAN change,也就是说,indication of no NG-RAN change可以用于指示old I-SMF确定建立转发隧道。Method 1: The indication information can be indication of no NG-RAN change, that is, the indication of no NG-RAN change can be used to instruct the old I-SMF to determine to establish a forwarding tunnel.
方式二:该指示信息和indication of no NG-RAN change可以分别为不同的信息。Method 2: The indication information and the indication of no NG-RAN change may be different information respectively.
可选的,作为另一种可能的实现方式:该上下文请求中可以包括指示信息,该指示信息用于指示需要对上行数据包进行排序。存在如下三种可能的方式:Optionally, as another possible implementation manner: the context request may include indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that uplink data packets need to be sorted. There are three possible ways:
方式一:该指示信息可以为indication of no NG-RAN change,也就是说,indication of no NG-RAN change即可以用于指示接入网设备为未变化,也可以用于指示需要对上行数据包进行排序。Method 1: The indication information can be indication of no NG-RAN change, that is to say, the indication of no NG-RAN change can be used to indicate that the access network equipment has not changed, and can also be used to indicate the need to update the uplink data packet Sort.
方式二:该指示信息和indication of no NG-RAN change可以分别为不同的信息。Method 2: The indication information and the indication of no NG-RAN change may be different information respectively.
方式三:当上下文请求中不携带该指示信息,并且,indication of no NG-RAN change不用于指示需要对上行数据包进行排序的情况下,old I-SMF可以根据indication of no NG-RAN change,确定需要对上行数据包进行排序。Method 3: When the context request does not carry the indication information, and the indication of no NG-RAN change is not used to indicate that the uplink data packets need to be sorted, the old I-SMF can according to the indication of no NG-RAN change, Determine that upstream packets need to be sorted.
old I-SMF接收到该上下文请求后,向new I-SMF返回上下文响应,该上下文响应中携带NG-RAN隧道信息(NG-RAN tunnel info)、转发指示(forwarding indication)。其中,转发指示用于指示建立new I-UPF和old I-UPF之间的转发隧道。可选的,该上下文响应中还可以携带第六指示信息,第六指示信息用于指示该转发隧道是用于转发上行数据包的。After receiving the context request, the old I-SMF returns a context response to the new I-SMF, and the context response carries NG-RAN tunnel info and forwarding indication. Wherein, the forwarding instruction is used to indicate to establish a forwarding tunnel between the new I-UPF and the old I-UPF. Optionally, the context response may also carry sixth indication information, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate that the forwarding tunnel is used to forward uplink data packets.
在一些实施例中,当old I-SMF接收到的上下文请求包括indication of no NG-RAN  change时,old I-SMF返回的上下文响应中包括该转发指示(forwarding indication)。In some embodiments, when the context request received by the old I-SMF includes an indication of no NG-RAN change, the context response returned by the old I-SMF includes the forwarding indication.
在一些实施例中,对于I-SMF insertion场景:new I-SMF可以向SMF发送上下文请求,该请求中携带indication of no NG-RAN change。In some embodiments, for the I-SMF insertion scenario: the new I-SMF may send a context request to the SMF, and the request carries an indication of no NG-RAN change.
可选的,作为一种可能的实现方式:该上下文请求中还可以包括指示信息,该指示信息用于指示SMF确定建立转发隧道,该转发隧道用于转发上行数据包,存在如下两种可能的实现方式:Optionally, as a possible implementation: the context request may also include indication information, the indication information is used to instruct the SMF to determine to establish a forwarding tunnel, and the forwarding tunnel is used to forward uplink data packets, there are the following two possibilities Method to realize:
方式一:该指示信息可以为indication of no NG-RAN change,也就是说,indication of no NG-RAN change可以用于指示SMF确定建立转发隧道。Method 1: The indication information can be indication of no NG-RAN change, that is, the indication of no NG-RAN change can be used to instruct the SMF to determine to establish a forwarding tunnel.
方式二:该指示信息和indication of no NG-RAN change可以分别为不同的信息。Method 2: The indication information and the indication of no NG-RAN change may be different information respectively.
可选的,作为另一种可能的实现方式:该上下文请求中可以包括指示信息,该指示信息用于指示需要对上行数据包进行排序。存在如下三种可能的方式:Optionally, as another possible implementation manner: the context request may include indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that uplink data packets need to be sorted. There are three possible ways:
方式一:该指示信息可以为indication of no NG-RAN change,也就是说,indication of no NG-RAN change即可以用于指示接入网设备为未变化,也可以用于指示需要对上行数据包进行排序。Method 1: The indication information can be indication of no NG-RAN change, that is to say, the indication of no NG-RAN change can be used to indicate that the access network equipment has not changed, and can also be used to indicate the need to update the uplink data packet Sort.
方式二:该指示信息和indication of no NG-RAN change可以分别为不同的信息。Method 2: The indication information and the indication of no NG-RAN change may be different information respectively.
方式三:当创建上下文请求中不携带该指示信息,并且,indication of no NG-RAN change不用于指示需要对上行数据包进行排序的情况下,SMF可以根据indication of no NG-RAN change,确定需要对上行数据包进行排序。Method 3: When the context creation request does not carry the indication information, and the indication of no NG-RAN change is not used to indicate that the uplink data packets need to be sorted, the SMF can determine the need according to the indication of no NG-RAN change Sort upstream packets.
SMF接收到该请求后,向new I-SMF返回上下文响应,在该上下文响应中携带NG-RAN tunnel info、转发指示(forwarding indication)。其中,转发指示用于指示建立new I-UPF和PAS之间的转发隧道。可选的,该上下文响应中还可以携带第七指示信息,第七指示信息用于指示该转发隧道是用于转发上行数据包的。After receiving the request, the SMF returns a context response to the new I-SMF, and the context response carries NG-RAN tunnel info and forwarding indication. Wherein, the forwarding instruction is used to indicate to establish a forwarding tunnel between the new I-UPF and the PAS. Optionally, the context response may also carry seventh indication information, where the seventh indication information is used to indicate that the forwarding tunnel is used to forward uplink data packets.
在一些实施例中,当SMF接收到的上下文请求包括indication of no NG-RAN change时,SMF返回的上下文响应中包括转发指示(forwarding indication)。In some embodiments, when the context request received by the SMF includes an indication of no NG-RAN change, the context response returned by the SMF includes a forwarding indication.
S1006a:new I-SMF选择new I-UPF,获取new I-UPF的隧道信息(new I-UPF tunnel info)。S1006a: The new I-SMF selects the new I-UPF, and acquires the tunnel information (new I-UPF tunnel info) of the new I-UPF.
S1007a:new I-SMF向new I-UPF发送N4会话建立请求,该请求中携带:NG-RAN tunnel info和指示信息,该指示信息用于指示:new I-UPF缓存来自NG-RAN(新路径)的上行数据包(或者也可以称为上行报文),并在收到来自PSA或者old I-UPF(老路径)的上行数据包的结束标志(end marker)时,new I-UPF向SMF上报消息,该消息用于指示new I-UPF接收到了老路径的结束标志。其中,结束标志(end marker)用于指示在老路径发送的上行数据包已经发送完毕。S1007a: new I-SMF sends N4 session establishment request to new I-UPF, the request carries: NG-RAN tunnel info and indication information, the indication information is used to indicate: new I-UPF buffers from NG-RAN (new path ), and when receiving the end marker (end marker) of the uplink data packet from the PSA or old I-UPF (old path), the new I-UPF sends a message to the SMF Report a message, which is used to indicate that the new I-UPF has received the end sign of the old path. Wherein, the end marker (end marker) is used to indicate that the uplink data packet sent on the old path has been sent completely.
在一些实施例中,new I-SMF可以根据S1004a中的指示信息,确定向new I-UPF发送S1007a中的指示信息。In some embodiments, the new I-SMF may determine to send the indication information in S1007a to the new I-UPF according to the indication information in S1004a.
在一些实施例中,new I-UPF向SMF上报的消息可以为老路径的上行数据包的结束标志(end marker)。In some embodiments, the message reported by the new I-UPF to the SMF may be an end marker (end marker) of an uplink data packet of the old path.
对于I-SMF change场景,new I-UPF在老路径上接收到的上行数据包为接收来自于old I-UPF的上行数据包。在I-SMF insertion场景,new I-UPF在老路径上接收到的上行数据包为接收来自于PSA的上行数据包。For the I-SMF change scenario, the uplink data packet received by the new I-UPF on the old path is the uplink data packet received from the old I-UPF. In the I-SMF insertion scenario, the uplink data packet received by the new I-UPF on the old path is the uplink data packet received from the PSA.
在一些实施例中,该N4会话建立请求可以包括N4rule,N4rule中携带NG-RAN tunnel info以及S1007a中的指示信息。In some embodiments, the N4 session establishment request may include N4rule, and N4rule carries NG-RAN tunnel info and indication information in S1007a.
S1008a:new I-SMF向AMF发送创建上下文响应(Nsmf_PDU Session_CreateSM Response),携带N2 SM info。N2 SM info包含new I-UPF tunnel info。S1008a: The new I-SMF sends a create context response (Nsmf_PDU Session_CreateSM Response) to the AMF, carrying N2 SM info. N2 SM info contains new I-UPF tunnel info.
可选的,N2 SM info中还包括第八指示信息。其中,第八指示信息用于指示NG-RAN在老路径上发送结束标志(end marker),结束标志用于指示老路径上的上行数据包已经发送完毕。Optionally, the eighth indication information is also included in the N2 SM info. Wherein, the eighth indication information is used to instruct NG-RAN to send an end marker on the old path, and the end marker is used to indicate that the uplink data packets on the old path have been sent completely.
在一些实施例中,第八指示信息可以是indication of no NG-RAN change,也就是说,indication of no NG-RAN change可以用于指示第八指示信息指示的内容。In some embodiments, the eighth indication information may be indication of no NG-RAN change, that is, the indication of no NG-RAN change may be used to indicate the content indicated by the eighth indication information.
在另一些实施例中,第八指示信息和indication of no NG-RAN change可以分别为不同的信息。In some other embodiments, the eighth indication information and the indication of no NG-RAN change may be different information respectively.
在S1008a之后,执行S1009至S1013,如图10所示的。After S1008a, execute S1009 to S1013, as shown in FIG. 10 .
对于I-SMF/I-UPF移除(removal)的场景,在S1003之后,执行S1004b至S1008b。For the scenario of I-SMF/I-UPF removal (removal), after S1003, execute S1004b to S1008b.
S1004b:AMF向SMF发送更新上下文请求。该请求中携带:会话标识、会话管理上下文标识(SM context ID)、终端设备位置信息(UE location info)、target DNAI、NG-RAN(next generation RAN)不变的指示信息(indication of no NG-RAN change)等。S1004b: The AMF sends a context update request to the SMF. The request carries: session ID, session management context ID (SM context ID), terminal equipment location information (UE location info), target DNAI, NG-RAN (next generation RAN) unchanged indication information (indication of no NG- RAN change) and so on.
可选的,该更新上下文请求中还可以包括指示信息,该指示信息用于指示需要对上行数据包进行排序。Optionally, the update context request may also include indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that the uplink data packets need to be sorted.
在一些实施例中,该指示信息可以为indication of no NG-RAN change,也就是说,indication of no NG-RAN change即可以用于指示接入网设备为未变化,也可以用于指示需要对上行数据包进行排序。In some embodiments, the indication information can be indication of no NG-RAN change, that is to say, the indication of no NG-RAN change can be used to indicate that the access network equipment has not changed, and can also be used to indicate the need to change Uplink packets are sorted.
在另一些实施例中,该指示信息和indication of no NG-RAN change可以分别为不同的信息。In some other embodiments, the indication information and the indication of no NG-RAN change may be different information respectively.
在一些实施例中,当创建上下文请求中不携带该指示信息,并且,indication of no NG-RAN change不用于指示需要对上行数据包进行排序的情况下,SMF可以根据indication of no NG-RAN change,确定需要对上行数据包进行排序。In some embodiments, when the context creation request does not carry the indication information, and the indication of no NG-RAN change is not used to indicate that the uplink data packets need to be sorted, the SMF may according to the indication of no NG-RAN change , it is determined that the uplink data packets need to be sorted.
S1005b:SMF从old I-SMF中获取SM context。S1005b: The SMF obtains the SM context from the old I-SMF.
在一些实施例中,SMF可以向old I-SMF发送上下文请求,该请求中携带indication of no NG-RAN change。old I-SMF接收到该请求后,向SMF发送上下文响应(信息),该响应(信息)包括:NG-RAN tunnel info、转发指示(forwarding indication)。In some embodiments, the SMF may send a context request to the old I-SMF, and the request carries an indication of no NG-RAN change. After receiving the request, the old I-SMF sends a context response (information) to the SMF, and the response (information) includes: NG-RAN tunnel info and forwarding indication.
可选的,作为一种可能的实现方式:该上下文请求中还可以包括指示信息,该指示信息用于指示old I-SMF确定建立转发隧道,该转发隧道用于转发上行数据包,存在如下两种可能的实现方式:Optionally, as a possible implementation: the context request may also include indication information, the indication information is used to instruct the old I-SMF to determine to establish a forwarding tunnel, and the forwarding tunnel is used to forward uplink data packets, there are the following two Two possible implementations:
方式一:该指示信息可以为indication of no NG-RAN change,也就是说,indication of no NG-RAN change可以用于指示old I-SMF确定建立转发隧道。Method 1: The indication information can be indication of no NG-RAN change, that is, the indication of no NG-RAN change can be used to instruct the old I-SMF to determine to establish a forwarding tunnel.
方式二:该指示信息和indication of no NG-RAN change可以分别为不同的信息。Method 2: The indication information and the indication of no NG-RAN change may be different information respectively.
可选的,作为另一种可能的实现方式:该上下文请求中可以包括指示信息,该指示信息用于指示需要对上行数据包进行排序。存在如下三种可能的方式:Optionally, as another possible implementation manner: the context request may include indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that uplink data packets need to be sorted. There are three possible ways:
方式一:该指示信息可以为indication of no NG-RAN change,也就是说,indication of no NG-RAN change即可以用于指示接入网设备为未变化,也可以用于指示需要对上行数据包进行排序。Method 1: The indication information can be indication of no NG-RAN change, that is to say, the indication of no NG-RAN change can be used to indicate that the access network equipment has not changed, and can also be used to indicate the need to update the uplink data packet Sort.
方式二:该指示信息和indication of no NG-RAN change可以分别为不同的信息。Method 2: The indication information and the indication of no NG-RAN change may be different information respectively.
方式三:当创建上下文请求中不携带该指示信息,并且,indication of no NG-RAN change不用于指示需要对上行数据包进行排序的情况下,old I-SMF可以根据indication of no NG-RAN change,确定需要对上行数据包进行排序。Method 3: When the context creation request does not carry the indication information, and the indication of no NG-RAN change is not used to indicate that the uplink data packets need to be sorted, the old I-SMF can according to the indication of no NG-RAN change , it is determined that the uplink data packets need to be sorted.
在一些实施例中,当old I-SMF接收到的上下文请求包括indication of no NG-RAN change时,old I-SMF返回的上下文响应中包括转发指示(forwarding indication)。其中,转发指示用于指示建立old I-UPF和PAS之间的转发隧道。可选的,该上下文响应中还可以携带第九指示信息,第九指示信息用于指示该转发隧道是用于转发上行数据包的。In some embodiments, when the context request received by the old I-SMF includes an indication of no NG-RAN change, the context response returned by the old I-SMF includes a forwarding indication. Wherein, the forwarding instruction is used to indicate to establish a forwarding tunnel between the old I-UPF and the PAS. Optionally, the context response may also carry ninth indication information, where the ninth indication information is used to indicate that the forwarding tunnel is used to forward uplink data packets.
S1006b:SMF选择并插入new I-UPF。S1006b: The SMF selects and inserts a new I-UPF.
应理解,S1006b为可选的步骤。图10和图11所示的流程为包括S1006b的情况。当SMF没有插入new I-UPF时,由PSA代替new I-UPF。It should be understood that S1006b is an optional step. The processes shown in Fig. 10 and Fig. 11 include the case of S1006b. When the SMF does not insert the new I-UPF, the new I-UPF is replaced by the PSA.
在上述步骤包括S1006b的情况下:S1007b为:SMF向new I-UPF发送N4会话建立请求,该会话请求中携带指示信息,该指示信息用于指示new I-UPF缓存来自新路径(来自于NG-RAN)的上行数据包,并且,在收到来自old I-UPF的结束标志(end marker)时,new I-UPF向SMF发送上报消息,该消息用于指示new I-UPF接收到了老路径上的上行数据包的结束标志。其中,结束标志(end marker)用于指示在老路径发送的上行数据包已经发送完毕。在一些实施例中,SMF可以根据S1004b中的指示信息,确定向new I-UPF发送S1007b中的指示信息。In the case where the above-mentioned steps include S1006b: S1007b is: SMF sends an N4 session establishment request to new I-UPF, and the session request carries indication information, and the indication information is used to indicate that the new I-UPF cache is from the new path (from NG -RAN) uplink data packet, and, when receiving the end marker (end marker) from the old I-UPF, the new I-UPF sends a report message to the SMF, which is used to indicate that the new I-UPF has received the old path The end flag of the upstream data packet on the above. Wherein, the end marker (end marker) is used to indicate that the uplink data packet sent on the old path has been sent completely. In some embodiments, the SMF may determine to send the indication information in S1007b to the new I-UPF according to the indication information in S1004b.
在上述步骤包括S1006b的情况下,老路径为:终端设备→NG-RAN→old I-UPF→new I-UPF→PSA;新路径为:终端设备→NG-RAN→new I-UPF→PSA。In the case where the above steps include S1006b, the old path is: terminal device→NG-RAN→old I-UPF→new I-UPF→PSA; the new path is: terminal device→NG-RAN→new I-UPF→PSA.
如果上述流程不包括S1006b,则S1007b替换为:SMF向PSA发送N4会话修改请求,携带指示信息,该指示信息用于指示:指示PSA缓存来自新路径上的上行数据包,并在收到来自老路径上的结束标志(end marker)时,向SMF发送上报消息,该消息用于指示PSA接收到了老路径上的上行数据包的结束标志。在一些实施例中,SMF可以根据S1004b中的指示信息,确定向PSA发送S1007b中的指示信息。If the above process does not include S1006b, then S1007b is replaced by: SMF sends N4 session modification request to PSA, carrying indication information, and the indication information is used to indicate: instruct PSA to cache uplink data packets from the new path, and when receiving When there is an end marker on the path, a report message is sent to the SMF, which is used to indicate that the PSA has received the end marker of the uplink data packet on the old path. In some embodiments, the SMF may determine to send the indication information in S1007b to the PSA according to the indication information in S1004b.
在上述流程不包括S1006b的情况下,老路径为:终端设备→NG-RAN→old I-UPF→PSA;新路径为:终端设备→NG-RAN→PSA。In the case that the above process does not include S1006b, the old path is: terminal device→NG-RAN→old I-UPF→PSA; the new path is: terminal device→NG-RAN→PSA.
在一些实施例中,老路径上的上行数据包已经发送完毕的信息可以为end marker。In some embodiments, the information that the uplink data packets on the old path have been sent may be an end marker.
S1008b:SMF向AMF发送更新上下文响应,携带N2 SM info。该N2 SM Info包含new I-UPF tunnel info。S1008b: The SMF sends an update context response to the AMF, carrying N2 SM info. The N2 SM Info includes new I-UPF tunnel info.
可选的,该更新上下文响应还包括第十指示信息。第十指示信息用于指示NG-RAN在老路径发送上结束标志(end marker)。其中,结束标志用于指示老路径上的上行数据包已经发送完毕。Optionally, the update context response further includes tenth indication information. The tenth indication information is used to instruct the NG-RAN to send an end marker on the old path. Wherein, the end flag is used to indicate that the uplink data packets on the old path have been sent completely.
在一些实施例中,第十指示信息可以是indication of no NG-RAN change,也就是说,indication of no NG-RAN change可以用于指示第十指示信息指示的内容。In some embodiments, the tenth indication information may be indication of no NG-RAN change, that is, the indication of no NG-RAN change may be used to indicate the content indicated by the tenth indication information.
在另一些实施例中,第十指示信息和indication of no NG-RAN change可以分别为不同的信息。In some other embodiments, the tenth indication information and the indication of no NG-RAN change may be different information respectively.
在S1008b之后,执行S1009至S1013,如图11所示的。After S1008b, execute S1009 to S1013, as shown in FIG. 11 .
S1009,AMF向NG-RAN发送N2消息,携带:上述步骤S1008b中的第十指示信息和new I-UPF tunnel info中的至少一个,或者,步骤S1008a中的第八指示信息和new I-UPF tunnel info中的至少一个。S1009, AMF sends N2 message to NG-RAN, carrying: at least one of the tenth indication information and new I-UPF tunnel info in step S1008b above, or, the eighth indication information and new I-UPF tunnel info in step S1008a at least one of info.
S1010,NG-RAN在老路径上发送结束标志(end marker)。S1010, the NG-RAN sends an end marker (end marker) on the old path.
new I-UPF或者PSA接收在老路径上的上行数据包的结束标志(end marker)。The new I-UPF or PSA receives the end marker (end marker) of the uplink data packet on the old path.
应该理解的是,当NG-RAN收到第十指示信息或第八指示信息时,NG-RAN根据第十指示信息或第八指示信息在老路径上发送结束标志。当NG-RAN仅收到new I-UPF tunnel info,即没有收到第十或第八指示信息时,NG-RAN根据new I-UPF tunnel info进行上行路径的切换,NG-RAN的上行路径由老路径切换为new I-UPF,并且,NG-RAN在老路径上发送结束标志。其中,老路径指的是NG-RAN与old I-UPF或PSA的之间的路径。It should be understood that when the NG-RAN receives the tenth indication information or the eighth indication information, the NG-RAN sends the end flag on the old path according to the tenth indication information or the eighth indication information. When NG-RAN only receives new I-UPF tunnel info, that is, when it does not receive the tenth or eighth indication information, NG-RAN performs uplink path switching according to new I-UPF tunnel info, and the uplink path of NG-RAN is determined by The old path is switched to the new I-UPF, and the NG-RAN sends an end flag on the old path. Among them, the old path refers to the path between NG-RAN and old I-UPF or PSA.
对于I-SMF insertion(即I-UPF插入)的场景:NG-RAN向PSA发送end marker,PSA将end marker通过PSA与new I-UPF的转发隧道发送至到new I-UPF。For the scenario of I-SMF insertion (that is, I-UPF insertion): NG-RAN sends the end marker to the PSA, and the PSA sends the end marker to the new I-UPF through the forwarding tunnel between the PSA and the new I-UPF.
对于I-SMF change场景:NG-RAN向old I-UPF发送end marker,old I-UPF将end marker通过old I-UPF与new I-UPF的转发隧道发送至new I-UPF。For the I-SMF change scenario: NG-RAN sends the end marker to the old I-UPF, and the old I-UPF sends the end marker to the new I-UPF through the forwarding tunnel between the old I-UPF and the new I-UPF.
对于I-SMF remove场景,包括插入new I-UPF的情况和无需插入new I-UPF这两种情况:For the I-SMF remove scenario, including the case of inserting a new I-UPF and the case of not needing to insert a new I-UPF:
在SMF插入new I-UPF的情况下:NG-RAN向old I-UPF发送end marker,old I-UPF将end marker通过old I-UPF与new I-UPF的转发隧道发送至new I-UPF。When the SMF is inserted into the new I-UPF: NG-RAN sends the end marker to the old I-UPF, and the old I-UPF sends the end marker to the new I-UPF through the forwarding tunnel between the old I-UPF and the new I-UPF.
在无需插入new I-UPF的情况下:NG-RAN向old I-UPF发送end marker到old I-UPF,old I-UPF将end marker通过old I-UPF与PSA的转发隧道发送至PSA。In the case of no need to insert new I-UPF: NG-RAN sends the end marker to the old I-UPF to the old I-UPF, and the old I-UPF sends the end marker to the PSA through the forwarding tunnel between the old I-UPF and the PSA.
S1011,New I-UPF根据S1107a或者1007b中的N4会话建立请求,收到老路径上的表示上行数据包已经发送完毕的指示信息(例如为end marker)后向SMF发送上报消息,该消息用于指示New I-UPF接收到了老路径的结束标志。S1011, according to the N4 session establishment request in S1107a or 1007b, the New I-UPF sends a report message to the SMF after receiving the indication information (such as an end marker) indicating that the uplink data packet has been sent on the old path, and the message is used for Indicates that the New I-UPF has received the end flag of the old path.
在上述流程不包括S1006b的情况下,S1011替换为:PSA根据S1107b中的N4会话建立请求,收到老路径上的表示上行数据包已经发送完毕的指示信息(例如为end marker)后向SMF发送上报消息,该消息用于指示PSA接收到了老路径的结束标志。In the case that the above process does not include S1006b, S1011 is replaced by: PSA receives the indication information (for example, end marker) on the old path indicating that the uplink data packet has been sent to the SMF according to the N4 session establishment request in S1107b A report message, which is used to indicate that the PSA has received the end sign of the old path.
S1012,SMF向New I-UPF发送更新的N4rule,用以指示New I-UPF将缓存的来自新路径上(new path)的上行报文发送出去,即发送到PSA。S1012. The SMF sends an updated N4rule to the New I-UPF to instruct the New I-UPF to send the buffered uplink message from the new path (new path), that is, to the PSA.
在上述流程不包括S1006b的情况下,S1012替换为:SMF向PSA发送更新的N4rule,用以指示PSA将缓存的来自新路径上(new path)的上行报文发送出去,即发送到N6接口上。In the case that the above process does not include S1006b, S1012 is replaced by: SMF sends an updated N4rule to the PSA to instruct the PSA to send the buffered uplink message from the new path (new path), that is, to the N6 interface .
S1013,New I-UPF根据该更新的N4rule,发送缓存的来自新路径上(new path)的上行数据包。可以理解的是,对于老路径上的上行数据包,New I-UPF按照正常的流程发送,即接收到来自老路径上的上行数据包后就将该数据包发送给PSA。最终,由PSA将自于新路径和老路径上的数据包排序之后发送给服务器。S1013. The New I-UPF sends the buffered uplink data packets from the new path (new path) according to the updated N4rule. It can be understood that, for the uplink data packets on the old path, the New I-UPF sends them according to the normal process, that is, after receiving the uplink data packets from the old path, it sends the data packets to the PSA. Finally, the PSA sorts the data packets from the new path and the old path and sends them to the server.
在上述流程不包括S1006b的情况下,S1013替换为:PSA根据该更新的N4rule,发送缓存的来自新路径上(new path)的上行数据包。可以理解的是,对于老路径上的上行数据包,PSA按照正常的流程发送,即接收到来自老路径上的上行数据包后就将该数据包发送出去。In the case that the above process does not include S1006b, S1013 is replaced by: the PSA sends the buffered uplink data packet from the new path (new path) according to the updated N4rule. It can be understood that, for the uplink data packet on the old path, the PSA sends the data packet according to a normal process, that is, after receiving the uplink data packet from the old path, the PSA sends the data packet.
本申请实施例提供的PDU会话中数据包传输的方法,通过I-UPF或者PSA对接收到的来自于新路径和老路径上同一个PDU会话的上行数据包进行排序,在I-UPF或者PSA接收到在老路径上发送的指示上行数据包已经发送完毕的指示信息之前,I-UPF或者PSA缓存在新路径上接收的上行数据包,在I-UPF或者PSA接收到在老路径上发送的表示上行数据包已经发送完毕的指示信息之后,I-UPF或者PSA发送之前缓存的在新路径上接收的上行数据包,从而可以保证一个PDU会话中的上行数据包按照正常的顺序发送,从而节省了服务器对上行数据包的排序时间,保证了通信效率。In the method for transmitting data packets in a PDU session provided by the embodiment of the present application, the uplink data packets received from the same PDU session on the new path and the old path are sorted through I-UPF or PSA, and the I-UPF or PSA Before receiving the indication information indicating that the uplink data packet sent on the old path has been sent, the I-UPF or PSA buffers the uplink data packet received on the new path, and the I-UPF or PSA receives the uplink data packet sent on the old path. After the indication information indicating that the uplink data packets have been sent, the I-UPF or PSA sends the previously buffered uplink data packets received on the new path, so as to ensure that the uplink data packets in a PDU session are sent in the normal order, thereby saving It improves the server's sorting time for uplink data packets and ensures communication efficiency.
图12所示的为一例本申请提供的通信系统场景的示意性,图13所示的为本申请提供的一例可以应用于图12所示的场景中的PDU会话中数据包传输的方法的示意性流程图。在一些实施例中。在图13所示的方法中,由NG-RAN对于来自于不同路径上的同一个PDU会话下行数据包进行排序。FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a communication system scenario provided by this application, and FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a method for transmitting data packets in a PDU session in the scenario shown in FIG. 12 that can be applied to this application. sex flow chart. In some embodiments. In the method shown in FIG. 13 , the NG-RAN sorts the downlink data packets of the same PDU session from different paths.
在图12所示的场景中,实线表示新路径上的下行数据包传输,虚线表示老路径上的下行数据包的传输,新路径上的下行数据包和老路径上的下行数据包为同一个PDU会话包括的下行数据包。In the scenario shown in Figure 12, the solid line represents the transmission of downlink data packets on the new path, the dotted line represents the transmission of downlink data packets on the old path, and the downlink data packets on the new path are the same as those on the old path. Downlink data packets included in a PDU session.
其中,老路径上的下行数据包的传输路径为:PSA→源(source)I-UPF→NG-RAN→终端设备,新路径上的下行数据包的传输路径为:PSA→目标(target)I-UPF→NG-RAN→终端设备。Wherein, the transmission path of the downlink data packet on the old path is: PSA → source (source) I-UPF → NG-RAN → terminal equipment, the transmission path of the downlink data packet on the new path is: PSA → target (target) I - UPF → NG-RAN → terminal equipment.
对于I-SMF或I-UPF变化(change)前,源(source)I-UPF为old I-UPF,在I-SMF变化(change)后,目标(target)I-UPF为new I-UPF。Before the I-SMF or I-UPF changes (change), the source (source) I-UPF is the old I-UPF, and after the I-SMF changes (change), the target (target) I-UPF is the new I-UPF.
对于I-SMF或I-UPF插入(insertion)前,源(source)I-UPF为即为PSA,即老路径变为:PSA→NG-RAN→终端设备。在I-SMF或I-UPF插入后,目标(target)I-UPF为new I-UPF。Before the I-SMF or I-UPF is inserted (insertion), the source (source) I-UPF is the PSA, that is, the old path becomes: PSA→NG-RAN→terminal device. After the I-SMF or I-UPF is inserted, the target I-UPF is the new I-UPF.
对于I-SMF或I-UPF移除(remove)前,源(source)I-UPF为old I-UPF,在I-SMF移除后,目标(target)I-UPF即为PSA,即新路径变为:PSA→NG-RAN→终端设备。Before the I-SMF or I-UPF is removed (remove), the source (source) I-UPF is the old I-UPF, after the I-SMF is removed, the target (target) I-UPF is the PSA, which is the new path Change to: PSA→NG-RAN→terminal equipment.
如图13所示的,该方法包括:As shown in Figure 13, the method includes:
S1301:PCF向SMF发送PCC规则。S1301: The PCF sends the PCC rule to the SMF.
可选的,该PCC规则携带(或者包含)包含DNAI。Optionally, the PCC rule carries (or includes) DNAI.
例如,在一些实施例中,PCF可以通过Npcf接口向SMF发送策略控制更新通知(Npcf_SM PolicyControl_UpdateNotify),该通知中携带PCC规则。For example, in some embodiments, the PCF may send a policy control update notification (Npcf_SM PolicyControl_UpdateNotify) to the SMF through the Npcf interface, and the notification carries PCC rules.
S1302:SMF向AMF发送目标DNAI信息(target DNAI info)。其中,target DNAI info包含target DNAI,Target DNAI info用于指示AMF插入I-SMF。S1302: The SMF sends target DNAI information (target DNAI info) to the AMF. Wherein, target DNAI info includes target DNAI, and Target DNAI info is used for indicating that AMF inserts I-SMF.
在一些实施例中,SMF首先会确定目标DNAI(target DNAI),在确定target DNAI后,SMF判断无法服务target DNAI时,SMF向AMF发送target DNAI。例如,SMF可以根据终端设备的位置、步骤S1301中的DNAI等确定target DNAI。In some embodiments, the SMF first determines the target DNAI (target DNAI), and after the target DNAI is determined, when the SMF judges that the target DNAI cannot be served, the SMF sends the target DNAI to the AMF. For example, the SMF may determine the target DNAI according to the location of the terminal device, the DNAI in step S1301, and the like.
在一些实施例中,如果S1301中的PCC规则不包含DNAI时,则在S1302中,SMF 向AMF发送的target DNAI info不包含target DNAI。In some embodiments, if the PCC rule in S1301 does not include DNAI, then in S1302, the target DNAI info sent by the SMF to the AMF does not include the target DNAI.
例如,在一些实施例中,SMF可以向AMF发送PDU会话上下文状态通知(Nsmf_PDU Session_SMContextStatusNotify),该通知中携带target DNAI info。For example, in some embodiments, the SMF may send a PDU session context status notification (Nsmf_PDU Session_SMContextStatusNotify) to the AMF, and the notification carries target DNAI info.
S1303:AMF根据target DNAI选择并插入新I-SMF(new I-SMF)。S1303: AMF selects and inserts a new I-SMF (new I-SMF) according to the target DNAI.
在一些实施例中,S1303还可以替换为:当AMF根据target DNAI判断SMF可以服务target DNAI,或者当AMF没有收到target DNAI并且不需要old I-SMF时,AMF删除old I-SMF。In some embodiments, S1303 can also be replaced by: when the AMF judges according to the target DNAI that the SMF can serve the target DNAI, or when the AMF does not receive the target DNAI and does not need the old I-SMF, the AMF deletes the old I-SMF.
S1304:AMF向NG-RAN发送N2消息,该消息中携带第十一指示信息。其中,第十一指示信息用于指示NG-RAN在老路径上收到结束标志(end marker)之前,NG-RAN缓存来自于非老路径上(即新路径上)的下行数据包(下行报文)。其中,结束标志(end marker)用于指示:在老路径接收的下行数据包已经接收完毕(或者在老路径上的下行数据包已经发送完毕)。S1304: The AMF sends an N2 message to the NG-RAN, and the message carries eleventh indication information. Among them, the eleventh indication information is used to instruct NG-RAN to receive the end marker (end marker) on the old path, before the NG-RAN buffers the downlink data packet (downlink packet) from the non-old path (that is, on the new path). arts). Wherein, the end marker (end marker) is used to indicate: the downlink data packets received on the old path have been received (or the downlink data packets on the old path have been sent).
NG-RAN在老路径上收到结束标志(end marker)时,NG-RAN将缓存的来自于非老路径上(即新路径上)的下行数据包发送给终端设备。When the NG-RAN receives an end marker on the old path, the NG-RAN sends the cached downlink data packets from the non-old path (that is, the new path) to the terminal device.
在一些实施例中,第十一指示信息可以是indication of no NG-RAN change,也就是说,indication of no NG-RAN change可以用于指示第十一指示信息指示的内容。In some embodiments, the eleventh indication information may be indication of no NG-RAN change, that is, the indication of no NG-RAN change may be used to indicate content indicated by the eleventh indication information.
在另一些实施例中,第十一指示信息和indication of no NG-RAN change可以分别为不同的信息。In some other embodiments, the eleventh indication information and the indication of no NG-RAN change may be different information respectively.
在一些实施例中,在S1302中,SMF向AMF发送的信息中也可以包括上述的第十一指示信息,在这种情况下,S1302可以替换为:SMF向AMF发送上下文状态通知,该通知中携带:target DNAI info、第十一指示信息,可选的,该通知中还可以携带跳过指示(skip indicator)。其中,skip indicator用于指示:当终端设备处于空闲态时,AMF不向NG-RAN发送第十一指示信息。如果SMF向AMF发送的上下文状态通知中包括跳过指示(skip indicator),则AMF向NG-RAN发送的N2信息中不包括上述的第十一指示信息。换句话说,S1304为可选的步骤。In some embodiments, in S1302, the information sent by the SMF to the AMF may also include the above-mentioned eleventh indication information. In this case, S1302 may be replaced by: the SMF sends a context status notification to the AMF, and in the notification Carry: target DNAI info, eleventh indication information, and optionally, the notification may also carry a skip indicator. Wherein, the skip indicator is used to indicate: when the terminal equipment is in an idle state, the AMF does not send the eleventh indication information to the NG-RAN. If the context state notification sent by the SMF to the AMF includes a skip indicator (skip indicator), the N2 information sent by the AMF to the NG-RAN does not include the above eleventh indication information. In other words, S1304 is an optional step.
对于I-SMF/I-UPF插入(insertion)和I-SM/I-UPF变化(change)的场景,在S1304之后,执行S1305a至S1311a,如图14所示的。For the scenario of I-SMF/I-UPF insertion (insertion) and I-SM/I-UPF change (change), after S1304, execute S1305a to S1311a, as shown in FIG. 14 .
S1305a:AMF向new I-SMF发送创建上下文请求,该请求中携带:会话标识、会话管理上下文标识(SM context ID)、终端设备位置信息(UE location info)、target DNAI、NG-RAN(next generation RAN)不变的指示信息(indication of no NG-RAN change)等。S1305a: AMF sends a context creation request to new I-SMF, which carries: session ID, session management context ID (SM context ID), terminal device location information (UE location info), target DNAI, NG-RAN (next generation RAN) unchanged indication information (indication of no NG-RAN change), etc.
其中,会话标识用于指示当前PDU会话。Wherein, the session identifier is used to indicate the current PDU session.
SM context ID用于指示源I-SMF的标识。其中,在I-SMF插入场景下(即该会话对应的控制面原来是:AMF、SMF;插入I-SMF之后变为:AMF、new I-SMF、SMF),SM context ID用于指向SMF;在I-SMF更换(change)场景下(即该会话对应的控制面原来是:AMF、old I-SMF、SMF;插入I-SMF之后变为:AMF、new I-SMF、SMF),SM context ID用于指向old I-SMF。SM context ID is used to indicate the identity of the source I-SMF. Among them, in the I-SMF insertion scenario (that is, the control plane corresponding to the session was originally: AMF, SMF; after inserting I-SMF, it becomes: AMF, new I-SMF, SMF), the SM context ID is used to point to the SMF; In the scenario of I-SMF change (change) (that is, the control plane corresponding to the session was originally: AMF, old I-SMF, SMF; after inserting I-SMF, it becomes: AMF, new I-SMF, SMF), SM context ID is used to point to old I-SMF.
Target DNAI用于表示MEC平台位置。Target DNAI is used to indicate the position of the MEC platform.
indication of no NG-RAN change,用于表示NG-RAN隧道信息不变。当终端设备 处于连接态时,AMF向new I-SMF发送该参数。indication of no NG-RAN change, used to indicate that the NG-RAN tunnel information remains unchanged. When the terminal equipment is in the connected state, the AMF sends this parameter to the new I-SMF.
S1306a:new I-SMF从old I-SMF(对应I-SMF change场景)或SMF(对应I-SMF insertion场景)获取SM context。S1306a: The new I-SMF acquires the SM context from the old I-SMF (corresponding to the I-SMF change scenario) or SMF (corresponding to the I-SMF insertion scenario).
在一些实施例中,对于I-SMF change场景:new I-SMF可以向old I-SMF发送上下文请求,携带indication of no NG-RAN change。old I-SMF接收到该上下文请求后,向new I-SMF返回上下文响应,该响应中携带:NG-RAN隧道信息(NG-RAN tunnel info)。其中,SM context中包括NG-RAN tunnel info。In some embodiments, for the I-SMF change scenario: the new I-SMF may send a context request to the old I-SMF, carrying an indication of no NG-RAN change. After receiving the context request, the old I-SMF returns a context response to the new I-SMF, which carries: NG-RAN tunnel information (NG-RAN tunnel info). Among them, SM context includes NG-RAN tunnel info.
在一些实施例中,对于I-SMF insertion场景:new I-SMF可以向SMF发送上下文请求,该请求中携带indication of no NG-RAN change。SMF接收到该请求后,向new I-SMF返回上下文响应,在该响应中携带:NG-RAN隧道信息(NG-RAN tunnel info)。其中,SM context中包括NG-RAN tunnel info。In some embodiments, for the I-SMF insertion scenario: the new I-SMF may send a context request to the SMF, and the request carries an indication of no NG-RAN change. After receiving the request, the SMF returns a context response to the new I-SMF, which carries: NG-RAN tunnel info (NG-RAN tunnel info). Among them, SM context includes NG-RAN tunnel info.
S1307a:new I-SMF选择新的I-UPF(new I-UPF),获取新I-UPF的隧道信息(new I-UPF tunnel info)。S1307a: The new I-SMF selects a new I-UPF (new I-UPF), and obtains tunnel information (new I-UPF tunnel info) of the new I-UPF.
S1308a:new I-SMF向SMF发送PDU会话更新请求或PDU会话创建请求,携带:更新PSA的下行隧道信息(new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA)。S1308a: The new I-SMF sends a PDU session update request or a PDU session creation request to the SMF, carrying: updating the downlink tunnel information of the PSA (new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA).
可选的,作为一种可能的实现方式:该PDU会话更新请求或PDU会话创建请求中还可以包括指示信息,该指示信息用于指示需要对下行数据包进行排序。存在如下三种可能的方式:Optionally, as a possible implementation manner: the PDU session update request or the PDU session creation request may further include indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that downlink data packets need to be sorted. There are three possible ways:
方式一:该指示信息可以为new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA,也就是说,new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA既可以用于更新PSA的下行隧道信息,也可以用于指示需要对下行数据包进行排序。Method 1: The indication information can be new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA, that is to say, new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA can be used not only to update the downlink tunnel information of PSA, but also to indicate that downlink data packets need to be Sort.
方式二:该指示信息和用于更新PSA的下行隧道信息可以分别为不同的信息。Mode 2: the indication information and the downlink tunnel information used to update the PSA may be different information respectively.
方式三:当PDU会话更新请求或PDU会话创建请求中不携带该指示信息,并且,new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA不用于指示需要对下行数据包进行排序的情况下,SMF可以根据new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA,确定需要对下行数据包进行排序。Method 3: When the PDU session update request or the PDU session creation request does not carry the indication information, and the new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA is not used to indicate that the downlink data packets need to be sorted, the SMF can according to the new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA UPF tunnel info for PSA, it is determined that the downlink data packets need to be sorted.
在一些实施例中,老路径上的下行数据包发送完毕还可以描述为:PSA由老路径更新为新路径。例如,PSA收到new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA时,PSA与old I-UPF的路径更换为PSA与new I-UPF的路径。In some embodiments, the completion of sending the downlink data packets on the old path may also be described as: the PSA is updated from the old path to the new path. For example, when PSA receives new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA, the path between PSA and old I-UPF is changed to the path between PSA and new I-UPF.
SMF根据S1308a中的指示信息,确定指示PSA在老路径发送结束标志(end marker)。The SMF determines to instruct the PSA to send an end marker on the old path according to the indication information in S1308a.
S1309a:SMF将new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA发送给PSA。S1309a: The SMF sends the new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA to the PSA.
PSA根据该new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA,确定在老路径发送结束标志(end marker)。The PSA determines to send an end marker on the old path according to the new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA.
可选的,SMF还可以向PSA发送指示信息,该指示信息用于指示:PSA在老路径发送结束标志(end marker)。Optionally, the SMF may also send indication information to the PSA, where the indication information is used to indicate that the PSA sends an end marker on the old path.
在一些实施例中,该指示信息可以为new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA,也就是说,new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA既可以用于更新PSA的下行隧道信息,也可以用于指示PSA在老路径发送结束标志(end marker)。或者说,PSA根据new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA,确定在老路径发送结束标志。In some embodiments, the indication information can be new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA, that is to say, new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA can be used to update the downlink tunnel information of PSA, and can also be used to indicate that PSA is in The old path sends an end marker. In other words, the PSA determines to send the end flag on the old path according to the new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA.
在另一些实施例中,该指示信息和new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA可以分别为不同的信息。In some other embodiments, the indication information and the new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA may be different information respectively.
PSA收到new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA后,在老路径上的下行数据包发送完毕时,在老路径上(即向NG-RAN或者old I-UPF)发送下行数据包的结束标志(end marker),old I-UPF接收到该结束标志(end marker)之后,将该结束标志(end marker)转发给NG-RAN。After the PSA receives the new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA, when the downlink data packet on the old path is sent, it sends the end flag (end marker), after the old I-UPF receives the end marker, it forwards the end marker to the NG-RAN.
S1310a:SMF向new I-SMF发送PDU会话更新响应或PDU会话创建响应。S1310a: The SMF sends a PDU session update response or a PDU session creation response to the new I-SMF.
S1311a:new I-SMF向AMF发送创建上下文响应信息,该响应信息携带:更新NG-RAN的上行隧道信息(new I-UPF tunnel info for NG-RAN)。S1311a: The new I-SMF sends context creation response information to the AMF, and the response information carries: update uplink tunnel information of NG-RAN (new I-UPF tunnel info for NG-RAN).
其中,new I-UPF tunnel info for NG-RAN用于更新NG-RAN的上行隧道信息。Among them, new I-UPF tunnel info for NG-RAN is used to update the uplink tunnel information of NG-RAN.
在一些实施例中,该创建上下文响应(信息)中携带N2 SM info,N2 SM info包括上述的信息。In some embodiments, the context creation response (information) carries N2 SM info, and the N2 SM info includes the above information.
在S1311a之后,执行S1312,如图13所示的。After S1311a, execute S1312, as shown in FIG. 13 .
对于I-SMF/I-UPF移除(remove)的场景,在S1304之后,执行S1305b至S1309b,如图14所示的。For the I-SMF/I-UPF removal (remove) scenario, after S1304, execute S1305b to S1309b, as shown in FIG. 14 .
S1305b:AMF向SMF发送更新上下文请求,该请求中携带:会话标识、SM context ID、UE location info、target DNAI、indication of no NG-RAN change等。S1305b: The AMF sends an update context request to the SMF, and the request carries: session identifier, SM context ID, UE location info, target DNAI, indication of no NG-RAN change, etc.
S1306b:SMF从Old I-SMF获取SM context。S1306b: The SMF obtains the SM context from the Old I-SMF.
在一些实施例中,SMF可以向old I-SMF发送上下文请求,携带indication of no NG-RAN change。Old I-SMF接收到该上下文请求后,可以向SMF返回会话管理上下文(SM context),SM context中包括NG-RAN tunnel info。In some embodiments, the SMF may send a context request to the old I-SMF, carrying an indication of no NG-RAN change. After the Old I-SMF receives the context request, it can return the session management context (SM context) to the SMF, and the SM context includes the NG-RAN tunnel info.
S1307b:SMF选择new I-UPF,获取new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA、new I-UPF tunnel info for NG-RAN。S1307b: The SMF selects new I-UPF, and obtains new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA and new I-UPF tunnel info for NG-RAN.
其中,new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA用于更新PSA的下行隧道信息;new I-UPF tunnel info for NG-RAN用于更新NG-RAN的上行隧道信息。Among them, new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA is used to update the downlink tunnel information of PSA; new I-UPF tunnel info for NG-RAN is used to update the uplink tunnel information of NG-RAN.
可选的,作为一种可能的实现方式:AMF向SMF发送的更新上下文请求中还可以包括指示信息,该指示信息用于指示需要对下行数据包进行排序。存在如下三种可能的方式:Optionally, as a possible implementation manner: the context update request sent by the AMF to the SMF may also include indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that downlink data packets need to be sorted. There are three possible ways:
方式一:该指示信息可以为indication of no NG-RAN change,也就是说,indication of no NG-RAN change既可以用于指示接入网设备为未变化,也可以用于指示需要对下行数据包进行排序。其中,需要对下行数据包进行排序还可以描述为下行数据包需要排序。Method 1: The indication information can be indication of no NG-RAN change, that is to say, the indication of no NG-RAN change can be used to indicate that the access network device has not changed, and can also be used to indicate that the downlink data packet needs to be checked. Sort. Wherein, the downlink data packets need to be sorted can also be described as the downlink data packets need to be sorted.
方式二:该指示信息和indication of no NG-RAN change可以分别为不同的信息。Method 2: The indication information and the indication of no NG-RAN change may be different information respectively.
方式三:当AMF向SMF发送更新上下文请求中不携带该指示信息而携带indication of no NG-RAN change,并且,indication of no NG-RAN change不用于指示需要对下行数据包进行排序的情况下,SMF可以根据indication of no NG-RAN change,确定需要对下行数据包进行排序。Method 3: When the AMF sends the update context request to the SMF without carrying the indication information but carrying the indication of no NG-RAN change, and the indication of no NG-RAN change is not used to indicate that the downlink data packets need to be sorted, SMF can determine that the downlink data packets need to be sorted according to the indication of no NG-RAN change.
应理解,S1307b为可选的步骤。It should be understood that S1307b is an optional step.
SMF根据来自于AMF的指示信息,确定指示PSA在老路径发送结束标志(end  marker)。The SMF determines to instruct the PSA to send an end marker on the old path according to the indication information from the AMF.
S1308b:SMF向PSA发送:new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA。S1308b: The SMF sends to the PSA: new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA.
PSA根据该new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA,确定在老路径发送结束标志(end marker)。The PSA determines to send an end marker on the old path according to the new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA.
可选的,SMF还可以向PSA发送指示信息,该指示信息用于指示:PSA在老路径发送结束标志(end marker)。Optionally, the SMF may also send indication information to the PSA, where the indication information is used to indicate that the PSA sends an end marker on the old path.
在一些实施例中,该指示信息可以为new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA,也就是说,new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA即可以用于更新PSA的下行隧道信息,也可以用于指示PSA在老路径发送结束标志(end marker)。In some embodiments, the indication information can be new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA, that is to say, new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA can be used to update the downlink tunnel information of PSA, and can also be used to indicate that PSA is in The old path sends an end marker.
在另一些实施例中,该指示信息和new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA可以分别为不同的信息。In some other embodiments, the indication information and the new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA may be different information respectively.
PSA收到new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA后,在老路径上的下行数据包发送完毕时,在老路径上(即向old I-UPF)发送结束标志(end marker)。After the PSA receives the new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA, when the downlink data packets on the old path are sent, it sends an end marker on the old path (that is, to the old I-UPF).
old I-UPF接收到该结束标志(end marker)之后,将该结束标志(end marker)转发给NG-RAN。After receiving the end marker, the old I-UPF forwards the end marker to the NG-RAN.
S1309b:SMF向AMF发送更新上下文响应信息,该响应信息携带:更新NG-RAN的上行隧道信息(new I-UPF tunnel info for NG-RAN)。S1309b: The SMF sends update context response information to the AMF, and the response information carries: update uplink tunnel information of NG-RAN (new I-UPF tunnel info for NG-RAN).
在S1309b之后,执行S1312,如图13所示的。After S1309b, execute S1312, as shown in FIG. 13 .
S1312,NG-RAN在接收到在老路径发送的(来自于old I-UPF或者PSA的下行数据包)结束标志(end marker)之前,当收到新路径的下行数据包时,NG-RAN根据步骤S1304中的第十一指示信息缓存在新路径上接收到的下行数据包(来自于new I-UPF或者PSA的下行数据包)。在接收到在老路径发送的下行数据包的结束标志(end marker)时,NG-RAN向终端设备发送缓存的来自新路径上(new path)的下行数据包。S1312, before the NG-RAN receives the end marker (end marker) sent on the old path (from the downlink data packet from the old I-UPF or PSA), when receiving the downlink data packet of the new path, the NG-RAN will The eleventh instruction in step S1304 caches the downlink data packets received on the new path (downlink data packets from new I-UPF or PSA). When receiving the end marker of the downlink data packet sent on the old path, the NG-RAN sends the buffered downlink data packet from the new path (new path) to the terminal device.
可以理解的是,对于老路径上的下行数据包,NG-RAN按照正常的流程发送,即接收到来自老路径上的上行数据包后就将该数据包发送给终端设备。It can be understood that, for the downlink data packets on the old path, the NG-RAN sends them according to a normal process, that is, after receiving the uplink data packets on the old path, the NG-RAN sends the data packets to the terminal device.
本申请实施例提供的PDU会话中数据包传输的方法,通过NG-RAN对接收到的来自于新路径和老路径上同一个PDU会话的下行数据包进行排序,在NG-RAN接收到在老路径上发送的数据包已经发送完毕的指示信息(例如为(end marker)之前,NG-RAN缓存在新路径上接收的下行数据包,在NG-RAN接收到老路径上发送的下行数据包已经发送完毕的指示信息之后,NG-RAN发送之前缓存的在新路径上接收的下行数据包,对于老路径上的下行数据包,NG-RAN按照正常的流程发送。从而可以保证一个PDU会话中的下行数据包按照正常的顺序发送,从而保证PDU会话的报文顺序,保证了通信效率。In the method for transmitting data packets in a PDU session provided by the embodiment of the present application, the NG-RAN sorts the received downlink data packets from the same PDU session on the new path and the old path. The indication information that the data packets sent on the path have been sent (such as (end marker) before, NG-RAN caches the downlink data packets received on the new path, and the downlink data packets sent on the old path have been received by NG-RAN After sending the indication information, NG-RAN sends the previously cached downlink data packets received on the new path, and for the downlink data packets on the old path, NG-RAN sends them according to the normal process. Thus, it can ensure that the data packets in a PDU session The downlink data packets are sent in the normal order, so as to ensure the message order of the PDU session and communication efficiency.
图15所示的为一例本申请提供的通信系统场景的示意性,图16所示的为本申请提供的一例可以应用于图15所示的场景中的PDU会话中数据包传输的方法的示意性流程图。在一些实施例中。在图16所示的方法中,由目标(target)I-UPF或者PSA对于来自于不同路径上的同一个PDU会话下行数据包进行排序。FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of a communication system scenario provided by this application, and FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of a method for data packet transmission in a PDU session that can be applied to the scenario shown in FIG. 15 provided by this application. sex flow chart. In some embodiments. In the method shown in FIG. 16 , the target (target) I-UPF or PSA sorts the downlink data packets of the same PDU session from different paths.
在图15所示的场景中,图15中的a图中,实线表示新路径上的下行数据包传输路径,虚线表示老路径上的下行数据包的传输路径,图15中的a图所示的为老路径上 存在I-UPF的场景。图15中的b图中,实线表示新路径上的下行数据包传输路径,虚线表示老路径上的下行数据包的传输路径,图15中的b图所示的为老路径上不存在I-UPF的场景。In the scenario shown in Figure 15, in Figure a in Figure 15, the solid line represents the transmission path of the downlink data packet on the new path, and the dotted line represents the transmission path of the downlink data packet on the old path. The figure shows the scenario where I-UPF exists on the old path. In figure b among Figure 15, the solid line represents the transmission path of the downlink data packet on the new path, and the dotted line represents the transmission path of the downlink data packet on the old path, and what is shown in figure b in Figure 15 is that there is no I on the old path. -UPF scene.
对于图15中的a图所示的场景,老路径上的下行数据包的传输路径为:PSA→源(source)I-UPF→目标(target)I-UPF→NG-RAN→终端设备。新路径上的下行数据包的传输路径为:PSA→目标(target)I-UPF→NG-RAN→终端设备。由目标(target)I-UPF对于来自于新路径和老路径上的同一个PDU会话下行数据包进行排序。For the scenario shown in a in Figure 15, the transmission path of the downlink data packet on the old path is: PSA→source (source) I-UPF→target (target) I-UPF→NG-RAN→terminal device. The transmission path of the downlink data packet on the new path is: PSA→target (target) I-UPF→NG-RAN→terminal device. The downlink data packets of the same PDU session from the new path and the old path are sorted by the target I-UPF.
对于图15中的b图所示的场景,老路径上的下行数据包的传输路径为:PSA→NG-RAN→目标(target)I-UPF→NG-RAN→PSA→终端设备。新路径上的下行数据包的传输路径为:PSA→目标(target)I-UPF→NG-RAN→终端设备。由目标(target)I-UPF对于来自于新路径和老路径上的同一个PDU会话下行数据包进行排序。For the scenario shown in Figure b in Figure 15, the transmission path of the downlink data packet on the old path is: PSA→NG-RAN→target (target) I-UPF→NG-RAN→PSA→terminal device. The transmission path of the downlink data packet on the new path is: PSA→target (target) I-UPF→NG-RAN→terminal device. The downlink data packets of the same PDU session from the new path and the old path are sorted by the target I-UPF.
其中,目标(target)I-UPF为new I-UPF,源(source)I-UPF为old I-UPF。Among them, the target (target) I-UPF is new I-UPF, and the source (source) I-UPF is old I-UPF.
如图16所示的,该方法包括:As shown in Figure 16, the method includes:
S1601:PCF向SMF发送PCC规则。S1601: The PCF sends the PCC rule to the SMF.
可选的,该PCC规则携带(或者包含)包含DNAI。Optionally, the PCC rule carries (or includes) DNAI.
例如,在一些实施例中,PCF可以通过Npcf接口向SMF发送策略控制更新通知(Npcf_SM PolicyControl_UpdateNotify),该通知中携带PCC规则。For example, in some embodiments, the PCF may send a policy control update notification (Npcf_SM PolicyControl_UpdateNotify) to the SMF through the Npcf interface, and the notification carries PCC rules.
S1602:SMF向AMF发送目标DNAI信息(target DNAI info)。其中,target DNAI info包含target DNAI,Target DNAI info用于指示AMF插入I-SMF。S1602: The SMF sends target DNAI information (target DNAI info) to the AMF. Wherein, target DNAI info includes target DNAI, and Target DNAI info is used for indicating that AMF inserts I-SMF.
在一些实施例中,SMF首先会确定目标DNAI(target DNAI),在确定target DNAI后,SMF判断无法服务target DNAI时,SMF向AMF发送target DNAI。例如,SMF可以根据终端设备的位置、步骤S1601中的DNAI等确定target DNAI。In some embodiments, the SMF first determines the target DNAI (target DNAI), and after the target DNAI is determined, when the SMF judges that the target DNAI cannot be served, the SMF sends the target DNAI to the AMF. For example, the SMF may determine the target DNAI according to the location of the terminal device, the DNAI in step S1601, and the like.
在一些实施例中,如果S1601中的PCC规则不包含DNAI时,则在S1602中,SMF向AMF发送的target DNAI info不包含target DNAI。In some embodiments, if the PCC rule in S1601 does not include DNAI, then in S1602, the target DNAI info sent by the SMF to the AMF does not include the target DNAI.
例如,在一些实施例中,SMF可以向AMF发送PDU会话上下文状态通知(Nsmf_PDU Session_SMContextStatusNotify),该通知中携带target DNAI info。For example, in some embodiments, the SMF may send a PDU session context status notification (Nsmf_PDU Session_SMContextStatusNotify) to the AMF, and the notification carries target DNAI info.
S1603:AMF根据target DNAI选择并插入新I-SMF(new I-SMF)。S1603: AMF selects and inserts a new I-SMF (new I-SMF) according to the target DNAI.
在一些实施例中,S1603还可以替换为:当AMF根据target DNAI判断SMF可以服务target DNAI,或者当AMF没有收到target DNAI并且不需要old I-SMF时,AMF删除old I-SMF。In some embodiments, S1603 can also be replaced by: when the AMF judges according to the target DNAI that the SMF can serve the target DNAI, or when the AMF does not receive the target DNAI and does not need the old I-SMF, the AMF deletes the old I-SMF.
对于I-SMF/I-UPF插入(insertion)和I-SMF/I-UPF变化(change)的场景,执行S1604a至S1611a,如图17所示的。For scenarios of I-SMF/I-UPF insertion (insertion) and I-SMF/I-UPF change (change), execute S1604a to S1611a, as shown in FIG. 17 .
S1604a:AMF向new I-SMF发送创建上下文请求,该请求中携带:会话标识、会话管理上下文标识(SM context ID)、终端设备位置信息(UE location info)、target DNAI、NG-RAN(next generation RAN)不变的指示信息(indication of no NG-RAN change)等。S1604a: AMF sends a context creation request to new I-SMF, which carries: session ID, session management context ID (SM context ID), terminal device location information (UE location info), target DNAI, NG-RAN (next generation RAN) unchanged indication information (indication of no NG-RAN change), etc.
可选的,该创建上下文请求中还可以包括指示信息,该指示信息用于指示需要对下行数据包进行排序。Optionally, the context creation request may also include indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that downlink data packets need to be sorted.
在一些实施例中,该指示信息可以为indication of no NG-RAN change,也就是说, indication of no NG-RAN change即可以用于指示接入网设备为未变化,也可以用于指示需要对下行数据包进行排序。In some embodiments, the indication information may be indication of no NG-RAN change, that is to say, the indication of no NG-RAN change may be used to indicate that the access network equipment has not changed, and may also be used to indicate that the device needs to be changed. Downstream packets are sorted.
在另一些实施例中,该指示信息和indication of no NG-RAN change可以分别为不同的信息。In some other embodiments, the indication information and the indication of no NG-RAN change may be different information respectively.
在一些实施例中,当创建上下文请求中不携带该指示信息,并且,indication of no NG-RAN change不用于指示需要对下行数据包进行排序的情况下,SMF可以根据indication of no NG-RAN change,确定需要对下行数据包进行排序。In some embodiments, when the context creation request does not carry the indication information, and the indication of no NG-RAN change is not used to indicate that the downlink data packets need to be sorted, the SMF may according to the indication of no NG-RAN change , it is determined that the downlink data packets need to be sorted.
S1605a:new I-SMF从old I-SMF或者SMF获取会话管理上下文(SM context)。S1605a: The new I-SMF obtains the session management context (SM context) from the old I-SMF or SMF.
在一些实施例中,对于I-SMF change场景:new I-SMF可以向old I-SMF发送上下文请求,携带indication of no NG-RAN change。In some embodiments, for the I-SMF change scenario: the new I-SMF may send a context request to the old I-SMF, carrying an indication of no NG-RAN change.
可选的,作为一种可能的实现方式:该上下文请求中还可以包括指示信息,该指示信息用于指示old I-SMF确定建立转发隧道,该转发隧道用于转发下行数据包,存在如下两种可能的实现方式:Optionally, as a possible implementation: the context request may also include indication information, the indication information is used to instruct the old I-SMF to determine to establish a forwarding tunnel, the forwarding tunnel is used to forward downlink data packets, there are the following two Two possible implementations:
方式一:该指示信息可以为indication of no NG-RAN change,也就是说,indication of no NG-RAN change可以用于指示old I-SMF确定建立转发隧道。Method 1: The indication information can be indication of no NG-RAN change, that is, the indication of no NG-RAN change can be used to instruct the old I-SMF to determine to establish a forwarding tunnel.
方式二:该指示信息和indication of no NG-RAN change可以分别为不同的信息。Method 2: The indication information and the indication of no NG-RAN change may be different information respectively.
可选的,作为另一种可能的实现方式:该上下文请求中可以包括指示信息,该指示信息用于指示需要对下行数据包进行排序。存在如下三种可能的方式:Optionally, as another possible implementation manner: the context request may include indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that downlink data packets need to be sorted. There are three possible ways:
方式一:该指示信息可以为indication of no NG-RAN change,也就是说,indication of no NG-RAN change即可以用于指示接入网设备为未变化,也可以用于指示需要对下行数据包进行排序。Method 1: The indication information can be indication of no NG-RAN change, that is to say, the indication of no NG-RAN change can be used to indicate that the access network device has not changed, and can also be used to indicate that the downlink data packet needs to be changed. Sort.
方式二:该指示信息和indication of no NG-RAN change可以分别为不同的信息。Method 2: The indication information and the indication of no NG-RAN change may be different information respectively.
方式三:当上下文请求中不携带该指示信息,并且,indication of no NG-RAN change不用于指示需要对下行数据包进行排序的情况下,old I-SMF可以根据indication of no NG-RAN change,确定需要对下行数据包进行排序。Method 3: When the context request does not carry the indication information, and the indication of no NG-RAN change is not used to indicate that downlink data packets need to be sorted, the old I-SMF can, according to the indication of no NG-RAN change, Determine the need to sequence downstream packets.
old I-SMF接收到该上下文请求后,向new I-SMF返回上下文响应,该响应中携带NG-RAN隧道信息(NG-RAN tunnel info)、转发指示(forwarding indication)。其中,转发指示用于指示建立new I-UPF和old I-UPF之间的转发隧道。可选的,该上下文响应中还可以携带第十二指示信息,第十二指示信息用于指示该转发隧道是用于转发下行数据包的。After receiving the context request, the old I-SMF returns a context response to the new I-SMF, which carries NG-RAN tunnel info and forwarding indication. Wherein, the forwarding instruction is used to indicate to establish a forwarding tunnel between the new I-UPF and the old I-UPF. Optionally, the context response may also carry twelfth indication information, where the twelfth indication information is used to indicate that the forwarding tunnel is used to forward downlink data packets.
在一些实施例中,当old I-SMF接收到的上下文请求包括indication of no NG-RAN change时,old I-SMF返回的上下文响应中包括该转发指示(forwarding indication)。In some embodiments, when the context request received by the old I-SMF includes an indication of no NG-RAN change, the context response returned by the old I-SMF includes the forwarding indication.
在一些实施例中,对于I-SMF insertion场景:new I-SMF可以向SMF发送上下文请求,该请求中携带indication of no NG-RAN change。In some embodiments, for the I-SMF insertion scenario: the new I-SMF may send a context request to the SMF, and the request carries an indication of no NG-RAN change.
可选的,作为一种可能的实现方式:该上下文请求中还可以包括指示信息,该指示信息用于指示SMF确定建立转发隧道,该转发隧道用于转发下行数据包,存在如下两种可能的实现方式:Optionally, as a possible implementation manner: the context request may also include indication information, the indication information is used to instruct the SMF to determine to establish a forwarding tunnel, and the forwarding tunnel is used to forward downlink data packets, there are the following two possibilities Method to realize:
方式一:该指示信息可以为indication of no NG-RAN change,也就是说,indication of no NG-RAN change可以用于指示SMF确定建立转发隧道。Method 1: The indication information can be indication of no NG-RAN change, that is, the indication of no NG-RAN change can be used to instruct the SMF to determine to establish a forwarding tunnel.
方式二:该指示信息和indication of no NG-RAN change可以分别为不同的信息。Method 2: The indication information and the indication of no NG-RAN change may be different information respectively.
可选的,作为另一种可能的实现方式:该上下文请求中可以包括指示信息,该指示信息用于指示需要对下行数据包进行排序。存在如下三种可能的方式:Optionally, as another possible implementation manner: the context request may include indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that downlink data packets need to be sorted. There are three possible ways:
方式一:该指示信息可以为indication of no NG-RAN change,也就是说,indication of no NG-RAN change即可以用于指示接入网设备为未变化,也可以用于指示需要对下行数据包进行排序。Method 1: The indication information can be indication of no NG-RAN change, that is to say, the indication of no NG-RAN change can be used to indicate that the access network device has not changed, and can also be used to indicate that the downlink data packet needs to be changed. Sort.
方式二:该指示信息和indication of no NG-RAN change可以分别为不同的信息。Method 2: The indication information and the indication of no NG-RAN change may be different information respectively.
方式三:当上下文请求中不携带该指示信息,并且,indication of no NG-RAN change不用于指示需要对下行数据包进行排序的情况下,SMF可以根据indication of no NG-RAN change,确定需要对下行数据包进行排序。Method 3: When the context request does not carry the indication information, and the indication of no NG-RAN change is not used to indicate that the downlink data packets need to be sorted, the SMF can determine the need to sort the downlink data packets according to the indication of no NG-RAN change Downstream packets are sorted.
SMF接收到该请求后,向new I-SMF返回上下文响应,在该响应中携带NG-RAN tunnel info、转发指示(forwarding indication)。其中,转发指示用于指示建立NG-RAN和PSA之间的转发隧道。可选的,该上下文响应中还可以携带第十三指示信息,第十三指示信息用于指示该转发隧道是用于转发下行数据包的。After receiving the request, the SMF returns a context response to the new I-SMF, carrying NG-RAN tunnel info and forwarding indication in the response. Wherein, the forwarding indication is used to indicate to establish a forwarding tunnel between the NG-RAN and the PSA. Optionally, the context response may also carry thirteenth indication information, where the thirteenth indication information is used to indicate that the forwarding tunnel is used to forward downlink data packets.
在一些实施例中,当SMF接收到的上下文请求包括indication of no NG-RAN change时,SMF返回的上下文响应中包括转发指示(forwarding indication)。In some embodiments, when the context request received by the SMF includes an indication of no NG-RAN change, the context response returned by the SMF includes a forwarding indication.
new I-SMF根据S1604a中的指示信息,确定指示new I-UPF:缓存来自于新路径(即来自PSA)的下行数据包,在收到来自老路径的结束标志(end marker)时,上报消息给SMF。The new I-SMF determines to instruct the new I-UPF according to the indication information in S1604a: cache the downlink data packets from the new path (that is, from the PSA), and report the message when receiving the end marker (end marker) from the old path to SMF.
S1606a:new I-SMF选择新的I-UPF(new I-UPF),向new I-UPF发送指示信息,该指示信息用于指示:new I-UPF缓存来自于新路径(即来自PSA)的下行数据包,在收到来自老路径的结束标志(end marker)时,上报消息给SMF,该消息用于指示new I-UPF接收到了老路径上的下行数据包的结束标志。new I-UPF将该老路径上的下行数据包已经发送完毕的信息上报给SMF。即new I-UPF在收到来自PSA(针对I-SMF插入场景)或者old I-UPF((针对I-SMF变化场景))的下行数据包的结束标志(end marker)时,new I-UPF将该老路径上的下行数据包已经发送完毕的信息上报给SMF。S1606a: The new I-SMF selects a new I-UPF (new I-UPF), and sends indication information to the new I-UPF, and the indication information is used to indicate: the new I-UPF buffers the information from the new path (that is, from the PSA) The downlink data packet, when receiving the end marker (end marker) from the old path, reports a message to the SMF, and the message is used to indicate that the new I-UPF has received the end marker of the downlink data packet on the old path. The new I-UPF reports the information that the downlink data packets on the old path have been sent to the SMF. That is, when the new I-UPF receives the end marker (end marker) of the downlink data packet from the PSA (for the I-SMF insertion scenario) or the old I-UPF ((for the I-SMF change scenario)), the new I-UPF Report the information that the downlink data packets on the old path have been sent to the SMF.
S1607a:new I-UPF向new I-SMF发送响应信息,该响应信息携带:new I-UPF tunnel info for NG-RAN、new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA、new I-UPF tunnel info for forwarding。S1607a: The new I-UPF sends response information to the new I-SMF, and the response information carries: new I-UPF tunnel info for NG-RAN, new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA, new I-UPF tunnel info for forwarding.
其中,new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA用于更新PSA的下行隧道信息;new I-UPF tunnel info for NG-RAN用于更新NG-RAN的上行隧道信息;new I-UPF tunnel info for forwarding用于建立new I-UPF与old I-UPF之间的转发隧道。Among them, new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA is used to update the downlink tunnel information of PSA; new I-UPF tunnel info for NG-RAN is used to update the uplink tunnel information of NG-RAN; new I-UPF tunnel info for forwarding is used for Establish a forwarding tunnel between the new I-UPF and the old I-UPF.
S1608a:new I-SMF向old I-SMF发送更新上下文请求,携带new I-UPF tunnel info for forwarding。S1608a: The new I-SMF sends an update context request to the old I-SMF, carrying new I-UPF tunnel info for forwarding.
S1609a:old I-SMF将new I-UPF tunnel info for forwarding发送至old I-UPF。S1609a: The old I-SMF sends the new I-UPF tunnel info for forwarding to the old I-UPF.
S1610a:old I-UPF与new I-UPF根据new I-UPF tunnel info for forwarding,建立new I-UPF与old I-UPF之间转发隧道。S1610a: The old I-UPF and the new I-UPF establish a forwarding tunnel between the new I-UPF and the old I-UPF according to the new I-UPF tunnel info for forwarding.
S1611a:new I-SMF向SMF发送创建请求(I-SMF insertion场景)或者更新请求(I-SMF change场景),该创建请求中或者更新请求中携带:new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA。S1611a: The new I-SMF sends a creation request (I-SMF insertion scenario) or an update request (I-SMF change scenario) to the SMF, and the creation request or update request carries: new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA.
可选的,作为一种可能的实现方式:该会话更新请求或会话创建请求中还可以包括指示信息,该指示信息用于指示需要对下行数据包进行排序。存在如下三种可能的方式:Optionally, as a possible implementation manner: the session update request or the session creation request may further include indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that downlink data packets need to be sorted. There are three possible ways:
方式一:该指示信息可以为new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA,也就是说,new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA即可以用于更新PSA的下行隧道信息,也可以用于指示需要对下行数据包进行排序。Method 1: The indication information can be new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA, that is to say, new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA can be used to update the downlink tunnel information of PSA, and can also be used to indicate that downlink data packets need to be Sort.
方式二:该指示信息和用于更新PSA的下行隧道信息可以分别为不同的信息。Mode 2: the indication information and the downlink tunnel information used to update the PSA may be different information respectively.
方式三:当PDU会话更新请求或PDU会话创建请求中不携带该指示信息,并且,new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA不用于指示需要对下行数据包进行排序的情况下,SMF可以根据new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA,确定需要对下行数据包进行排序。Method 3: When the PDU session update request or the PDU session creation request does not carry the indication information, and the new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA is not used to indicate that the downlink data packets need to be sorted, the SMF can according to the new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA UPF tunnel info for PSA, it is determined that the downlink data packets need to be sorted.
SMF根据S1611a中的指示信息,确定指示PSA在老路径发送结束标志(end marker)。The SMF determines to instruct the PSA to send an end marker on the old path according to the indication information in S1611a.
S1612a:SMF将new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA发送至PSA。S1612a: The SMF sends the new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA to the PSA.
PSA根据该new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA,确定在老路径发送结束标志(end marker)。The PSA determines to send an end marker on the old path according to the new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA.
可选的,SMF还可以向PSA发送指示信息,该指示信息用于指示:PSA在老路径发送结束标志(end marker)。Optionally, the SMF may also send indication information to the PSA, where the indication information is used to indicate that the PSA sends an end marker on the old path.
在一些实施例中,该指示信息可以为new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA,也就是说,new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA即可以用于更新PSA的下行隧道信息,也可以用于指示PSA在老路径发送结束标志(end marker)。In some embodiments, the indication information can be new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA, that is to say, new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA can be used to update the downlink tunnel information of PSA, and can also be used to indicate that PSA is in The old path sends an end marker.
在另一些实施例中,该指示信息和new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA可以分别为不同的信息。In some other embodiments, the indication information and the new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA may be different information respectively.
S1613a:SMF向new I-SMF返回创建/更新响应。S1613a: The SMF returns a create/update response to the new I-SMF.
S1614a:new I-SMF向AMF返回创建上下文响应,携带N2 SM info。N2 SM info包含:new I-UPF tunnel info for NG-RAN。S1614a: The new I-SMF returns a context creation response to the AMF, carrying N2 SM info. N2 SM info includes: new I-UPF tunnel info for NG-RAN.
在S1614a之后,执行S1615至S1617,如图16所示的。After S1614a, execute S1615 to S1617, as shown in FIG. 16 .
对于I-SMF/I-UPF移除(removal)的场景,在S1603之后执行S1604b至S1612b,如图18所示的。For the scenario of I-SMF/I-UPF removal (removal), perform S1604b to S1612b after S1603, as shown in FIG. 18 .
S1604b:AMF向SMF发送更新上下文请求。该请求中携带:会话标识、会话管理上下文标识(SM context ID)、终端设备位置信息(UE location info)、target DNAI、NG-RAN(next generation RAN)不变的指示信息(indication of no NG-RAN change)等。S1604b: The AMF sends a context update request to the SMF. The request carries: session ID, session management context ID (SM context ID), terminal equipment location information (UE location info), target DNAI, NG-RAN (next generation RAN) unchanged indication information (indication of no NG- RAN change) and so on.
可选的,该更新上下文请求中还可以包括指示信息,该指示信息用于指示需要对下行数据包进行排序。Optionally, the update context request may also include indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that downlink data packets need to be sorted.
在一些实施例中,该指示信息可以为indication of no NG-RAN change,也就是说,indication of no NG-RAN change即可以用于指示接入网设备为未变化,也可以用于指示需要对下行数据包进行排序。In some embodiments, the indication information can be indication of no NG-RAN change, that is to say, the indication of no NG-RAN change can be used to indicate that the access network equipment has not changed, and can also be used to indicate the need to change Downstream packets are sorted.
在另一些实施例中,该指示信息和indication of no NG-RAN change可以分别为不同的信息。In some other embodiments, the indication information and the indication of no NG-RAN change may be different information respectively.
在一些实施例中,当创建上下文请求中不携带该指示信息,并且,indication of no NG-RAN change不用于指示需要对下行数据包进行排序的情况下,SMF可以根据indication of no NG-RAN change,确定需要对下行数据包进行排序。In some embodiments, when the context creation request does not carry the indication information, and the indication of no NG-RAN change is not used to indicate that the downlink data packets need to be sorted, the SMF may according to the indication of no NG-RAN change , it is determined that the downlink data packets need to be sorted.
S1605b:SMF从old I-SMF处获取SM context。S1605b: The SMF obtains the SM context from the old I-SMF.
在一些实施例中,SMF可以向old I-SMF发送上下文请求,该请求中携带indication of no NG-RAN change。In some embodiments, the SMF may send a context request to the old I-SMF, and the request carries an indication of no NG-RAN change.
可选的,作为一种可能的实现方式:该上下文请求中还可以包括指示信息,该指示信息用于指示old I-SMF确定建立转发隧道,该转发隧道用于转发下行数据包,存在如下两种可能的实现方式:Optionally, as a possible implementation: the context request may also include indication information, the indication information is used to instruct the old I-SMF to determine to establish a forwarding tunnel, the forwarding tunnel is used to forward downlink data packets, there are the following two Two possible implementations:
方式一:该指示信息可以为indication of no NG-RAN change,也就是说,indication of no NG-RAN change可以用于指示old I-SMF确定建立转发隧道。Method 1: The indication information can be indication of no NG-RAN change, that is, the indication of no NG-RAN change can be used to instruct the old I-SMF to determine to establish a forwarding tunnel.
方式二:该指示信息和indication of no NG-RAN change可以分别为不同的信息。Method 2: The indication information and the indication of no NG-RAN change may be different information respectively.
可选的,作为另一种可能的实现方式:该上下文请求中可以包括指示信息,该指示信息用于指示需要对下行数据包进行排序。存在如下三种可能的方式:Optionally, as another possible implementation manner: the context request may include indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that downlink data packets need to be sorted. There are three possible ways:
方式一:该指示信息可以为indication of no NG-RAN change,也就是说,indication of no NG-RAN change即可以用于指示接入网设备为未变化,也可以用于指示需要对下行数据包进行排序。Method 1: The indication information can be indication of no NG-RAN change, that is to say, the indication of no NG-RAN change can be used to indicate that the access network device has not changed, and can also be used to indicate that the downlink data packet needs to be changed. Sort.
方式二:该指示信息和indication of no NG-RAN change可以分别为不同的信息。Method 2: The indication information and the indication of no NG-RAN change may be different information respectively.
方式三:当上下文请求中不携带该指示信息,并且,indication of no NG-RAN change不用于指示需要对下行数据包进行排序的情况下,old I-SMF可以根据indication of no NG-RAN change,确定需要对下行数据包进行排序。Method 3: When the context request does not carry the indication information, and the indication of no NG-RAN change is not used to indicate that downlink data packets need to be sorted, the old I-SMF can, according to the indication of no NG-RAN change, Determine the need to sequence downstream packets.
old I-SMF接收到该请求后,向SMF发送上下文响应(信息),该响应(信息)包括:NG-RAN tunnel info、转发指示(forwarding indication)。其中,转发指示用于指示建立PAS和old I-UPF之间的转发隧道。After receiving the request, the old I-SMF sends a context response (information) to the SMF, and the response (information) includes: NG-RAN tunnel info and forwarding indication. Wherein, the forwarding instruction is used to indicate to establish a forwarding tunnel between the PAS and the old I-UPF.
在一些实施例中,当old I-SMF接收到的上下文请求包括indication of no NG-RAN change时,old I-SMF返回的上下文响应中包括转发指示(forwarding indication)。In some embodiments, when the context request received by the old I-SMF includes an indication of no NG-RAN change, the context response returned by the old I-SMF includes a forwarding indication.
可选的,该上下文响应中还可以携带第十四指示信息,第十四指示信息用于指示该转发隧道是用于转发下行数据包的。Optionally, the context response may also carry fourteenth indication information, where the fourteenth indication information is used to indicate that the forwarding tunnel is used to forward downlink data packets.
S1606b:SMF选择并插入new I-UPF,获取new I-UPF tunnel info。S1606b: The SMF selects and inserts the new I-UPF, and obtains the new I-UPF tunnel info.
其中,S1606b为可选的步骤。Wherein, S1606b is an optional step.
S1607b:SMF将PSA的隧道信息(PSA tunnel info)发送至new I-UPF;S1607b: The SMF sends the PSA tunnel information (PSA tunnel info) to the new I-UPF;
S1608b:new I-UPF向SMF返回:new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA、new I-UPF tunnel info for forwarding、new I-UPF tunnel info for NG-RAN。S1608b: The new I-UPF returns to the SMF: new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA, new I-UPF tunnel info for forwarding, new I-UPF tunnel info for NG-RAN.
其中,new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA用于更新PSA的下行隧道信息;new I-UPF tunnel info for NG-RAN用于更新NG-RAN的上行隧道信息;new I-UPF tunnel info for forwarding用于建立NG-RANF与new I-UPF之间的转发隧道。Among them, new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA is used to update the downlink tunnel information of PSA; new I-UPF tunnel info for NG-RAN is used to update the uplink tunnel information of NG-RAN; new I-UPF tunnel info for forwarding is used for Establish a forwarding tunnel between NG-RANF and new I-UPF.
可以理解的是,当SMF没有插入new I-UPF时,转发隧道位于old I-UPF与PSA之间。It is understandable that when the SMF does not insert the new I-UPF, the forwarding tunnel is located between the old I-UPF and the PSA.
SMF可以根据S1604b中的指示信息,确定指示new I-UPF:缓存来自于新路径(即 来自PSA)的下行数据包,在收到来自老路径的结束标志(end marker)时,上报消息给SMF。SMF can determine to indicate new I-UPF according to the indication information in S1604b: cache the downlink data packets from the new path (that is, from the PSA), and report the message to the SMF when receiving the end marker (end marker) from the old path .
S1609b:SMF向new I-UPF发送指示信息,该指示信息用于指示:new I-UPF缓存来自PSA的下行数据包,并且指示new I-UPF收到end marker时,上报消息给SMF,该消息用于指示new I-UPF接收到了老路径上的下行数据包的结束标志。即new I-UPF在收到来自old I-UPF的下行数据包的结束标志(end marker)时,new I-UPF将该老路径上的下行数据包已经发送完毕的信息上报给SMF。S1609b: SMF sends indication information to new I-UPF, the indication information is used to indicate: new I-UPF buffers the downlink data packet from PSA, and instructs new I-UPF to report a message to SMF when receiving the end marker, the message It is used to indicate that the new I-UPF has received the end flag of the downlink data packet on the old path. That is, when the new I-UPF receives the end marker of the downlink data packet from the old I-UPF, the new I-UPF reports the information that the downlink data packet on the old path has been sent to the SMF.
S1610b:SMF将new I-UPF tunnel info for forwarding发送至new I-UPF,以建立new I-UPF和NG-RAN之间的转发隧道。S1610b: The SMF sends the new I-UPF tunnel info for forwarding to the new I-UPF to establish a forwarding tunnel between the new I-UPF and the NG-RAN.
S1611b:SMF将new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA发送至PSA。S1611b: The SMF sends the new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA to the PSA.
PSA根据new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA,确定在老路径发送结束标志(end marker)。The PSA determines to send the end marker on the old path according to the new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA.
可选的,SMF还可以向PSA发送指示信息,该指示信息用于指示:PSA在老路径发送结束标志(end marker)。Optionally, the SMF may also send indication information to the PSA, where the indication information is used to indicate that the PSA sends an end marker on the old path.
在一些实施例中,该指示信息可以为new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA,也就是说,new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA即可以用于更新PSA的下行隧道信息,也可以用于指示PSA在老路径发送结束标志(end marker)。In some embodiments, the indication information can be new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA, that is to say, new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA can be used to update the downlink tunnel information of PSA, and can also be used to indicate that PSA is in The old path sends an end marker.
在另一些实施例中,该指示信息和new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA可以分别为不同的信息。In some other embodiments, the indication information and the new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA may be different information respectively.
在一些实施例中,PSA在接收到的new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA时,PSA将进行下行路径的更新,PSA与old I-UPF之间的老路径更新为PSA与new I-UPF之间的新路径。PSA在老路径上发送下行数据包的结束标志(end marker),即PSA将下行数据包的结束标志(end marker)发送至old I-UPF,old I-UPF接收到该结束标志(end marker)之后,将该结束标志(end marker)通过old I-UPF与new I-UPF之间的转发隧道转发给new I-UPF。In some embodiments, when PSA receives new I-UPF tunnel info for PSA, PSA will update the downlink path, and the old path between PSA and old I-UPF is updated as between PSA and new I-UPF new path. PSA sends the end marker (end marker) of the downlink data packet on the old path, that is, the PSA sends the end marker (end marker) of the downlink data packet to the old I-UPF, and the old I-UPF receives the end marker (end marker) Afterwards, the end marker (end marker) is forwarded to the new I-UPF through the forwarding tunnel between the old I-UPF and the new I-UPF.
S1612b:SMF向AMF返回更新上下文响应,携带N2 SM info。N2 SM info包含:new I-UPF tunnel info for NG-RAN。S1612b: The SMF returns an update context response to the AMF, carrying N2 SM info. N2 SM info includes: new I-UPF tunnel info for NG-RAN.
在S1612b之后,执行S1615至S1617,如图16所示的。After S1612b, execute S1615 to S1617, as shown in FIG. 16 .
S1615:当new I-UPF收到来old I-UPF或NG-RAN的下行数据包时,根据步骤S1606a或S1609b中的指示信息,缓存该下行数据包。S1615: When the new I-UPF receives the downlink data packet from the old I-UPF or NG-RAN, buffer the downlink data packet according to the instruction information in step S1606a or S1609b.
S1616:当new I-UPF收到老路径上的下行数据发送的结束标志(end marker)时,根据步骤S1606a或S1609b中的指示信息,向SMF发送上报信息,该消息用于指示new I-UPF接收到了老路径上的下行数据包的结束标志。S1616: When the new I-UPF receives the end marker (end marker) sent by the downlink data on the old path, according to the indication information in step S1606a or S1609b, send reporting information to the SMF, and the message is used to indicate the new I-UPF The end flag of the downlink data packet on the old path was received.
在一些实施例中,new I-UPF接收到来自old I-UPF(I-SMF change/remove场景)或NG-RAN(I-SMF insert场景)的下行数据发送的结束标志(end marker)时,可以向new I-SMF(I-SMF change/insertion场景)或SMF(I-SMF remove场景)上报该结束标志(end marker)。In some embodiments, when the new I-UPF receives the end marker (end marker) of downlink data transmission from the old I-UPF (I-SMF change/remove scenario) or NG-RAN (I-SMF insert scenario), The end marker can be reported to new I-SMF (I-SMF change/insertion scenario) or SMF (I-SMF remove scenario).
S1617:SMF向new I-UPF发送更新的N4rule,以指示new I-UPF发送缓存的下行数据包。S1617: The SMF sends an updated N4rule to the new I-UPF to instruct the new I-UPF to send the buffered downlink data packet.
可以理解的是,对于老路径上的下行数据包,new I-UPF按照正常的流程发送, 即接收到来自老路径上的上行数据包后就将该数据包发送给终端设备。It can be understood that, for the downlink data packets on the old path, the new I-UPF sends them according to the normal process, that is, after receiving the uplink data packets from the old path, the new I-UPF sends the data packets to the terminal device.
在一些实施例中,当New I-SMF接收到该new I-UPF发送的结束标志(end marker)时,New I-SMF向new I-UPF发送更新的N4rule,以指示new I-UPF发送缓存的下行数据包,将缓存的下行数据包发送至NG-RAN,NG-RAN在将该数据包发送给终端设备。对于老路径上的下行数据包,new I-UPF按照正常的流程发送,即接收到来自老路径上的上行数据包后就将该数据包发送给NG-RAN,NG-RAN在将该数据包发送给终端设备。In some embodiments, when the New I-SMF receives the end marker sent by the new I-UPF, the New I-SMF sends an updated N4rule to the new I-UPF to instruct the new I-UPF to send the cache The downlink data packet is sent to the buffered downlink data packet to the NG-RAN, and the NG-RAN is sending the data packet to the terminal device. For the downlink data packet on the old path, the new I-UPF sends the data packet according to the normal process, that is, after receiving the uplink data packet from the old path, it sends the data packet to NG-RAN, and NG-RAN sends the data packet sent to the terminal device.
在I-SMF remove场景中,且SMF没有插入new I-UPF时,PSA对下行数据包的排序过程为:In the I-SMF remove scenario, and the SMF is not inserted into the new I-UPF, the ordering process of the PSA for the downlink data packets is as follows:
当PSA收到来自新路径上(来自于N6接口)下行数据包,缓存该下行数据包。When the PSA receives a downlink data packet from the new path (from the N6 interface), it buffers the downlink data packet.
当PSA收到老路径上的下行数据发送的结束标志(end marker)时,即PSA接收到来自old I-UPF发送的下行数据发送的结束标志(end marker)时,向SMF上报该结束标志(end marker)。When the PSA receives the end marker (end marker) of the downlink data transmission on the old path, that is, when the PSA receives the end marker (end marker) of the downlink data transmission sent from the old I-UPF, it reports the end marker to the SMF ( end marker).
SMF向PSA发送更新的N4rule,以指示PSA发送缓存的下行数据包。对于老路径上的下行数据包,PSA按照正常的流程发送,即接收到来自老路径上的上行数据包后就将该数据包发送给终端设备。The SMF sends an updated N4rule to the PSA to instruct the PSA to send the buffered downlink data packets. For the downlink data packet on the old path, the PSA sends the data packet according to a normal process, that is, after receiving the uplink data packet from the old path, it sends the data packet to the terminal device.
本申请实施例提供的PDU会话中数据包传输的方法,通过I-UPF或者PSA对接收到的来自于新路径和老路径上同一个PDU会话下行数据包进行排序,在I-UPF或者PSA接收到在老路径上发送的下行数据包已经发送完毕的指示信息之前,I-UPF或者PSA缓存在新路径上接收的下行数据包,在I-UPF或者PSA接收到在老路径上发送的下行数据包已经发送完毕的指示信息之后,I-UPF或者PSA发送之前缓存的在新路径上接收的下行数据包,从而可以保证一个PDU会话中的上行数据包按照正常的顺序发送,从而保证了通信效率。In the method for transmitting data packets in a PDU session provided by the embodiment of the present application, the downlink data packets received from the same PDU session on the new path and the old path are sorted through I-UPF or PSA, and received at I-UPF or PSA Before the indication information indicating that the downlink data packets sent on the old path have been sent, the I-UPF or PSA buffers the downlink data packets received on the new path, and the I-UPF or PSA receives the downlink data packets sent on the old path After indicating that the packet has been sent, the I-UPF or PSA sends the previously buffered downlink data packet received on the new path, so as to ensure that the uplink data packets in a PDU session are sent in the normal order, thereby ensuring communication efficiency .
应理解,上述只是为了帮助本领域技术人员更好地理解本申请实施例,而非要限制本申请实施例的范围。本领域技术人员根据所给出的上述示例,显然可以进行各种等价的修改或变化,例如,上述方法各个方法中某些步骤可以是不必须的,或者可以新加入某些步骤等。或者上述任意两种或者任意多种实施例的组合。这样的修改、变化或者组合后的方案也落入本申请实施例的范围内。It should be understood that the foregoing is only to help those skilled in the art better understand the embodiments of the present application, rather than limiting the scope of the embodiments of the present application. Those skilled in the art can obviously make various equivalent modifications or changes based on the above examples given, for example, some steps in each of the above methods may be unnecessary, or some steps may be newly added. Or a combination of any two or more of the above-mentioned embodiments. Such modifications, changes or combined solutions also fall within the scope of the embodiments of the present application.
还应理解,本申请实施例中的方式、情况、类别以及实施例的划分仅是为了描述的方便,不应构成特别的限定,各种方式、类别、情况以及实施例中的特征在不矛盾的情况下可以相结合。It should also be understood that the division of methods, situations, categories and embodiments in the embodiments of the present application is only for the convenience of description, and should not constitute a special limitation, and the features in various methods, categories, situations and embodiments are not contradictory cases can be combined.
还应理解,在本申请的实施例中涉及的各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分,并不用来限制本申请的实施例的范围。上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should also be understood that the various numbers involved in the embodiments of the present application are only for convenience of description, and are not used to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present application. The sequence numbers of the above processes do not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not constitute any limitation on the implementation process of the embodiment of the present application.
还应理解,上文对本申请实施例的描述着重于强调各个实施例之间的不同之处,未提到的相同或相似之处可以互相参考,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。It should also be understood that the above description of the embodiments of the present application focuses on emphasizing the differences between the various embodiments, and the same or similar points that are not mentioned can be referred to each other, and for the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
本实施例可以根据上述方法,对各个网元(包括上述的PSA、I-UPF(例如为new I-UPF)、接入网设备、新I-SMF、SMF等)进行功能模块的划分。例如,可以对应各个 功能,划分为各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块可以采用硬件的形式实现。需要说明的是,本实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。In this embodiment, functional modules can be divided for each network element (including the above-mentioned PSA, I-UPF (for example, new I-UPF), access network equipment, new I-SMF, SMF, etc.) according to the above method. For example, each function may be divided into each function module, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module. The above integrated modules may be implemented in the form of hardware. It should be noted that the division of modules in this embodiment is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
需要说明的是,上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的相关内容,均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that the relevant content of each step involved in the above-mentioned method embodiment can be referred to the function description of the corresponding functional module, and will not be repeated here.
本申请实施例提供的PSA、I-UPF、接入网设备、新I-SMF、SMF等,用于执行上述方法实施例提供任一种PDU会话中数据包传输的方法,因此可以达到与上述实现方法相同的效果。在采用集成的单元的情况下,PSA、I-UPF、接入网设备、新I-SMF、或者SMF可以包括处理模块、存储模块和通信模块。其中,处理模块可以用于对网元的动作进行控制管理。例如,可以用于支持网元执行处理单元执行的步骤。存储模块可以用于支持存储程序代码和数据等。通信模块,可以用于支持网元与其他设备的通信。The PSA, I-UPF, access network equipment, new I-SMF, SMF, etc. provided by the embodiment of the present application are used to implement the above method. The embodiment provides any method of data packet transmission in the PDU session, so it can achieve the same as the above achieve the same effect. In the case of using an integrated unit, the PSA, I-UPF, access network equipment, new I-SMF, or SMF may include a processing module, a storage module and a communication module. Wherein, the processing module may be used to control and manage actions of network elements. For example, it may be used to support the network element to execute the steps executed by the processing unit. The storage module can be used to support storage of program codes and data, etc. The communication module can be used to support the communication between network elements and other devices.
其中,处理模块可以是处理器或控制器。其可以实现或执行结合本申请公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框,模块和电路。处理器也可以是实现计算功能的组合,例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合,数字信号处理(digital signal processing,DSP)和微处理器的组合等等。存储模块可以是存储器。通信模块具体可以为射频电路、蓝牙芯片、Wi-Fi芯片等与其他终端设备交互的设备。Wherein, the processing module may be a processor or a controller. It can implement or execute the various illustrative logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with the present disclosure. The processor can also be a combination of computing functions, such as a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of digital signal processing (digital signal processing, DSP) and a microprocessor, and the like. The storage module may be a memory. Specifically, the communication module may be a device that interacts with other terminal devices, such as a radio frequency circuit, a Bluetooth chip, and a Wi-Fi chip.
图19示出了本申请实施例的提供的一例通信装置的示意性框图,该通信装置1900可以对应上述方法实施例中描述的PSA、I-UPF、接入网设备、新I-SMF、或者SMF。也可以是应用于PSA、I-UPF、接入网设备、新I-SMF、或者SMF的芯片或组件,并且,该通信装置1900中的各模块或单元分别用于执行上述方法实施例中描述的PSA、I-UPF、接入网设备、新I-SMF、或者SMF所执行的各动作或处理过程,如图19所示,该通信装置1900可以包括:处理单元1910和通信单元1920。可选的,该通信装置1900还可以包括存储单元1930。Figure 19 shows a schematic block diagram of an example of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 1900 may correspond to the PSA, I-UPF, access network equipment, new I-SMF, or SMF. It may also be a chip or component applied to PSA, I-UPF, access network equipment, new I-SMF, or SMF, and each module or unit in the communication device 1900 is respectively used to execute the method described in the above embodiment Actions or processing procedures executed by the PSA, I-UPF, access network equipment, new I-SMF, or SMF, as shown in FIG. Optionally, the communication device 1900 may further include a storage unit 1930 .
应理解,通信装置1900中各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程请参照前文中结合图6至和图18中所示的各个实施例中描述PSA、I-UPF、接入网设备、新I-SMF、或者SMF执行步骤的相关描述,为了简洁,这里不加赘述。It should be understood that for the specific process of each unit in the communication device 1900 performing the above corresponding steps, please refer to the descriptions of PSA, I-UPF, access network equipment, new I- For the sake of brevity, the relevant descriptions of SMF or SMF execution steps are not repeated here.
可选的,通信单元1920可以包括接收单元(模块)和发送单元(模块),用于执行前述各个方法实施例中PSA、I-UPF、接入网设备、新I-SMF、或者SMF接收信息和发送信息的步骤。存储单元1930用于存储处理单元1910和通信单元1920执行的指令。处理单元1910、通信单元1920和存储单元1930通信连接,存储单元1930存储指令,处理单元1910用于执行存储单元存储的指令,通信单元1920用于在处理单元1910的驱动下执行具体的信号收发。Optionally, the communication unit 1920 may include a receiving unit (module) and a sending unit (module), configured to perform the PSA, I-UPF, access network equipment, new I-SMF, or SMF receiving information in the foregoing method embodiments. and the steps to send the message. The storage unit 1930 is used for storing instructions executed by the processing unit 1910 and the communication unit 1920 . The processing unit 1910, the communication unit 1920 and the storage unit 1930 are connected in communication. The storage unit 1930 stores instructions, the processing unit 1910 is used to execute the instructions stored in the storage unit, and the communication unit 1920 is used to perform specific signal transmission and reception driven by the processing unit 1910.
应理解,通信单元1920可以是收发器、输入/输出接口或接口电路等,存储单元可以是存储器,处理单元1910可以处理器实现。图20为本申请提供的另一例通信装置的示意性结构框图,如图20所示,通信装置2000可以包括处理器2010、存储器2020、收发器2030和总线系统2040。通信装置2000的各个组件通过总线系统2040耦合在一起,其中总线系统2040除包括数据总线之外,还可以包括电源总线、控制总线和状态信号总线等。但是为了清楚说明起见,在图20中将各种总线都标为总线系统2040。 为便于表示,图20中仅是示意性画出。It should be understood that the communication unit 1920 may be a transceiver, an input/output interface or an interface circuit, etc., the storage unit may be a memory, and the processing unit 1910 may be implemented by a processor. FIG. 20 is a schematic structural block diagram of another communication device provided by the present application. As shown in FIG. Various components of the communication device 2000 are coupled together through the bus system 2040, wherein the bus system 2040 may include a power bus, a control bus, and a status signal bus, etc. in addition to a data bus. However, for clarity of illustration, the various buses are labeled as bus system 2040 in FIG. 20 . For ease of representation, it is only schematically drawn in FIG. 20 .
还应理解,图20的通信装置2000可以为PSA、I-UPF、接入网设备、新I-SMF、或者SMF,或者,PSA、I-UPF、接入网设备、新I-SMF、或者SMF可以包括图20的通信装置2000。It should also be understood that the communication apparatus 2000 in FIG. 20 may be PSA, I-UPF, access network equipment, new I-SMF, or SMF, or, PSA, I-UPF, access network equipment, new I-SMF, or The SMF may include the communication device 2000 of FIG. 20 .
图19的通信装置1900或图20的通信装置2000能够实现前述图6至图18所示的实施例中PSA、I-UPF、接入网设备、新I-SMF、或者SMF执行的步骤。类似的描述可以参考前述对应的方法中的描述。为避免重复,这里不再赘述。The communication device 1900 in FIG. 19 or the communication device 2000 in FIG. 20 can implement the steps performed by the PSA, I-UPF, access network device, new I-SMF, or SMF in the embodiments shown in FIGS. 6 to 18 . For similar descriptions, reference may be made to the descriptions in the aforementioned corresponding methods. To avoid repetition, details are not repeated here.
本申请实施例还提供了一种芯片系统,如图21所示的,该芯片系统包括至少一个处理器2110和至少一个接口电路2120。处理器2110和接口电路2120可通过线路互联。例如,接口电路2120可用于从其它装置接收信号。又例如,接口电路2120可用于向其它装置发送信号。示例性的,接口电路2120可读取存储器中存储的指令,并将该指令发送给处理器2110。当所述指令被处理器2110执行时,可使得芯片系统执行上述实施例中的PSA、I-UPF、接入网设备、新I-SMF、或者SMF执行的各个步骤。当然,该芯片系统还可以包含其他分立器件,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。The embodiment of the present application also provides a chip system, as shown in FIG. 21 , the chip system includes at least one processor 2110 and at least one interface circuit 2120 . The processor 2110 and the interface circuit 2120 may be interconnected through wires. For example, interface circuit 2120 may be used to receive signals from other devices. As another example, the interface circuit 2120 may be used to send signals to other devices. Exemplarily, the interface circuit 2120 can read instructions stored in the memory, and send the instructions to the processor 2110 . When the instructions are executed by the processor 2110, the system-on-a-chip can be made to perform various steps performed by the PSA, the I-UPF, the access network device, the new I-SMF, or the SMF in the foregoing embodiments. Of course, the chip system may also include other discrete devices, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
还应理解,以上装置中单元的划分仅仅是一种逻辑功能的划分,实际实现时可以全部或部分集成到一个物理实体上,也可以物理上分开。且装置中的单元可以全部以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现;也可以全部以硬件的形式实现;还可以部分单元以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现,部分单元以硬件的形式实现。例如,各个单元可以为单独设立的处理元件,也可以集成在装置的某一个芯片中实现,此外,也可以以程序的形式存储于存储器中,由装置的某一个处理元件调用并执行该单元的功能。这里该处理元件又可以称为处理器,可以是一种具有信号处理能力的集成电路。在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤或以上各个单元可以通过处理器元件中的硬件的集成逻辑电路实现或者以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现。在一个例子中,以上任一装置中的单元可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路,例如:一个或多个专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或,一个或多个数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP),或,一个或者多个现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA),或这些集成电路形式中至少两种的组合。再如,当装置中的单元可以通过处理元件调度程序的形式实现时,该处理元件可以是通用处理器,例如中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU)或其它可以调用程序的处理器。再如,这些单元可以集成在一起,以片上系统(system-on-a-chip,SOC)的形式实现。It should also be understood that the division of units in the above device is only a division of logical functions, and may be fully or partially integrated into a physical entity or physically separated during actual implementation. And the units in the device can all be implemented in the form of software called by the processing element; they can also be implemented in the form of hardware; some units can also be implemented in the form of software called by the processing element, and some units can be implemented in the form of hardware. For example, each unit can be a separate processing element, or it can be integrated in a certain chip of the device. In addition, it can also be stored in the memory in the form of a program, which is called and executed by a certain processing element of the device. Function. Here, the processing element may also be referred to as a processor, which may be an integrated circuit with signal processing capability. In the process of implementation, each step of the above method or each unit above may be implemented by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor element or implemented in the form of software called by the processing element. In one example, the units in any of the above devices may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above method, for example: one or more application specific integrated circuits (ASIC), or, one or Multiple digital signal processors (DSP), or, one or more field programmable gate arrays (FPGA), or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuit forms. For another example, when the units in the device can be implemented in the form of a processing element scheduler, the processing element can be a general-purpose processor, such as a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU) or other processors that can call programs. For another example, these units can be integrated together and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC).
本申请实施例还提供了一种装置,该装置包含在PSA、I-UPF、接入网设备、新I-SMF、或者SMF中,该装置具有实现上述实施例中任一方法中PSA、I-UPF、接入网设备、新I-SMF、或者SMF的功能。该功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。硬件或软件包括至少一个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。例如,检测模块或单元、显示模块或单元、确定模块或单元、以及计算模块或单元等。The embodiment of the present application also provides an apparatus, the apparatus is included in the PSA, I-UPF, access network equipment, new I-SMF, or SMF, and the apparatus has the PSA, I - Functions of UPF, access network equipment, new I-SMF, or SMF. This function may be implemented by hardware, or may be implemented by executing corresponding software on the hardware. Hardware or software includes at least one module or unit corresponding to the above functions. For example, a detection module or unit, a display module or unit, a determination module or unit, and a calculation module or unit, etc.
本申请实施例还提供了一种PDU会话中数据包传输的系统,该系统包括:上述方法实施例中提供的PSA、I-UPF、接入网设备、新I-SMF、SMF、终端设备以及服务器等。The embodiment of the present application also provides a system for transmitting data packets in a PDU session, the system includes: the PSA, I-UPF, access network equipment, new I-SMF, SMF, terminal equipment and server etc.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,用于存储计算机程序代码,该 计算机程序包括用于执行上述本申请实施例提供的任意一种PDU会话中数据包传输的方法的指令。该可读介质可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),本申请实施例对此不做限制。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium for storing computer program codes, and the computer program includes instructions for executing any method for transmitting data packets in a PDU session provided by the above-mentioned embodiments of the present application. The readable medium may be a read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM) or a random access memory (random access memory, RAM), which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
本申请还提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括指令,当该指令被执行时,以使得PSA、I-UPF、接入网设备、新I-SMF、或者SMF执行对应于上述方法中的对应的操作。The present application also provides a computer program product, the computer program product includes instructions, when the instructions are executed, so that PSA, I-UPF, access network equipment, new I-SMF, or SMF executes the method corresponding to the above The corresponding operation in .
本申请实施例还提供了一种位于通信装置中的芯片,该芯片包括:处理单元和通信单元,该处理单元,例如可以是处理器,该通信单元例如可以是输入/输出接口、管脚或电路等。该处理单元可执行计算机指令,以使所述通信装置执行上述本申请实施例提供的任一种PDU会话中数据包传输的方法。The embodiment of the present application also provides a chip located in a communication device, the chip includes: a processing unit and a communication unit, the processing unit may be, for example, a processor, and the communication unit may be, for example, an input/output interface, a pin or circuit etc. The processing unit may execute computer instructions, so that the communication device executes any method for transmitting data packets in a PDU session provided by the above-mentioned embodiments of the present application.
可选地,该计算机指令被存储在存储单元中。Optionally, the computer instructions are stored in a storage unit.
可选地,该存储单元为该芯片内的存储单元,如寄存器、缓存等,该存储单元还可以是该终端内的位于该芯片外部的存储单元,如ROM或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机RAM等。其中,上述任一处提到的处理器,可以是一个CPU,微处理器,ASIC,或一个或多个用于控制上述的PDU会话中数据包传输的方法的程序执行的集成电路。该处理单元和该存储单元可以解耦,分别设置在不同的物理设备上,通过有线或者无线的方式连接来实现该处理单元和该存储单元的各自的功能,以支持该系统芯片实现上述实施例中的各种功能。或者,该处理单元和该存储器也可以耦合在同一个设备上。Optionally, the storage unit is a storage unit in the chip, such as a register, a cache, etc., and the storage unit can also be a storage unit located outside the chip in the terminal, such as a ROM or other devices that can store static information and instructions Types of static storage devices, random RAM, etc. Wherein, the processor mentioned in any one of the above places may be a CPU, a microprocessor, an ASIC, or one or more integrated circuits for program execution of the method for controlling the data packet transmission in the PDU session mentioned above. The processing unit and the storage unit can be decoupled, respectively arranged on different physical devices, and connected in a wired or wireless manner to realize the respective functions of the processing unit and the storage unit, so as to support the system chip to implement the above embodiments Various functions in . Alternatively, the processing unit and the memory can also be coupled to the same device.
其中,本实施例提供的PDU会话中数据包传输的方法、PSA、I-UPF、接入网设备、新I-SMF、SMF、计算机可读存储介质、计算机程序产品或芯片均用于执行上文所提供的对应的方法,因此,其所能达到的有益效果可参考上文所提供的对应的方法中的有益效果,此处不再赘述。Among them, the method for data packet transmission in the PDU session provided by this embodiment, PSA, I-UPF, access network equipment, new I-SMF, SMF, computer readable storage medium, computer program product or chip are all used to execute the upper For the corresponding methods provided herein, the beneficial effects that can be achieved can refer to the beneficial effects of the corresponding methods provided above, and will not be repeated here.
可以理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是ROM、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是RAM,其用作外部高速缓存。RAM有多种不同的类型,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synch link DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。It can be understood that the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a nonvolatile memory, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile memories. Among them, the non-volatile memory can be ROM, programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM) , EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory can be RAM, which acts as external cache memory. There are many different types of RAM, such as static random access memory (SRAM), dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate Synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory (synch link DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory Access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).
在本申请中可能出现的对各种消息/信息/设备/网元/系统/装置/动作/操作/流程/概念等各类客体进行了赋名,可以理解的是,这些具体的名称并不构成对相关客体的限定,所赋名称可随着场景,语境或者使用习惯等因素而变更,对本申请中技术术语的技术含义的理解,应主要从其在技术方案中所体现/执行的功能和技术效果来确定。Various objects such as messages/information/equipment/network element/system/device/action/operation/process/concept that may appear in this application have been assigned names. It is understandable that these specific names do not Constitutes a limitation on related objects, and the assigned name can be changed with the scene, context or usage habits and other factors. The understanding of the technical meaning of the technical terms in this application should mainly be based on the functions embodied/executed in the technical solution and technical effects to determine.
在本申请的各个实施例中,如果没有特殊说明以及逻辑冲突,不同的实施例之间的术语和/或描述具有一致性、且可以相互引用,不同的实施例中的技术特征根据其内 在的逻辑关系可以组合形成新的实施例。In each embodiment of the present application, if there is no special explanation and logical conflict, the terms and/or descriptions between different embodiments are consistent and can be referred to each other, and the technical features in different embodiments are based on their inherent Logical relationships can be combined to form new embodiments.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those skilled in the art can appreciate that the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are executed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be regarded as exceeding the scope of the present application.
本申请的实施例中的方法可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机程序或指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序或指令时,全部或部分地执行本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机程序或指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者通过所述计算机可读存储介质进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是集成一个或多个可用介质的服务器等数据存储设备。The methods in the embodiments of the present application may be fully or partially implemented by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product comprises one or more computer programs or instructions. When the computer program or instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are executed in whole or in part. The computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer program or instructions may be stored in or transmitted via a computer-readable storage medium. The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server integrating one or more available media.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and brevity of the description, the specific working process of the above-described system, device and unit can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices and methods may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components can be combined or May be integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented. In another point, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个可读存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的可读存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、ROM、RAM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the functions described above are realized in the form of software function units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a readable storage medium , including several instructions to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The above-mentioned readable storage medium includes: various media capable of storing program codes such as U disk, mobile hard disk, ROM, RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above is only a specific implementation of the application, but the scope of protection of the application is not limited thereto. Anyone familiar with the technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the application. Should be covered within the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be determined by the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (18)

  1. 一种PDU会话中数据包传输的方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A method for packet transmission in a PDU session, characterized in that the method comprises:
    PDU会话锚点PSA接收会话管理功能网元SMF发送的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示:所述PSA缓存在第一路径上接收到的上行数据包,并且,在接收到来自于第二路径上的结束标志时,向所述SMF发送消息,所述消息用于指示所述PSA接收到了所述结束标志,所述结束标志用于指示所述第二路径上的上行数据包传输结束,所述第一路径上的上行数据包和所述第二路径上的上行数据包为同一个PDU会话的上行数据包;The PDU session anchor PSA receives the first indication information sent by the session management function network element SMF, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the PSA buffers the uplink data packet received on the first path, and, upon receiving When the end mark comes from the second path, send a message to the SMF, the message is used to indicate that the PSA has received the end mark, and the end mark is used to indicate the uplink data on the second path The packet transmission ends, and the uplink data packet on the first path and the uplink data packet on the second path are uplink data packets of the same PDU session;
    所述PSA接收到所述结束标志后,向所述SMF发送所述消息;After receiving the end flag, the PSA sends the message to the SMF;
    所述PSA接收来自于所述SMF的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述PSA发送缓存的上行数据包;The PSA receives second indication information from the SMF, where the second indication information is used to instruct the PSA to send the buffered uplink data packet;
    所述PSA根据所述第二指示信息,发送在所述第一路径上缓存的上行数据包;The PSA sends the uplink data packet buffered on the first path according to the second indication information;
    其中,所述第一路径上的上行数据包的传输顺序依次为:终端设备、接入网设备、新中间用户面功能网元I-UPF、所述PSA,或者,终端设备、接入网设备、所述PSA;Wherein, the transmission sequence of the uplink data packets on the first path is: terminal equipment, access network equipment, new intermediate user plane function network element I-UPF, the PSA, or terminal equipment, access network equipment , said PSA;
    所述第二路径上的上行数据包的传输顺序依次为:终端设备、接入网设备、源I-UPF、所述PSA,或者,终端设备、接入网设备、所述PSA。The transmission order of the uplink data packets on the second path is: the terminal device, the access network device, the source I-UPF, the PSA, or the terminal device, the access network device, and the PSA.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, further comprising:
    所述PSA在接收到来自于所述第二路径上的上行数据包时,发送所述来自于所述第二路径上的上行数据包。When receiving the uplink data packet from the second path, the PSA sends the uplink data packet from the second path.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述PSA接收到所述结束标志,包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the receiving of the end flag by the PSA includes:
    所述PSA接收到来自于所述接入网设备发送的所述结束标志。The PSA receives the end flag sent by the access network device.
  4. 一种PDU会话中数据包传输的方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A method for packet transmission in a PDU session, characterized in that the method comprises:
    SMF向PSA发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示:所述PSA缓存在第一路径上接收到的上行数据包,并且,在接收到来自于第二路径上结束标志时,向所述SMF发送消息,所述消息用于指示所述PSA接收到了所述结束标志,所述结束标志用于指示所述第二路径上的上行数据包传输结束,所述第一路径上的上行数据包和所述第二路径上的上行数据包为同一个PDU会话的上行数据包;The SMF sends first indication information to the PSA, where the first indication information is used to indicate that: the PSA buffers the uplink data packet received on the first path, and, when receiving the end flag from the second path, sending a message to the SMF, where the message is used to indicate that the PSA has received the end flag, and the end flag is used to indicate that the transmission of the uplink data packet on the second path ends, and the end flag on the first path The uplink data packet and the uplink data packet on the second path are uplink data packets of the same PDU session;
    所述SMF接收所述PSA发送的所述消息;The SMF receives the message sent by the PSA;
    所述SMF向所述PSA发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述PSA发送缓存的上行数据包;The SMF sends second indication information to the PSA, where the second indication information is used to instruct the PSA to send the buffered uplink data packet;
    其中,所述第一路径上的上行数据包的传输顺序依次为:终端设备、接入网设备、新中间用户面功能网元I-UPF、所述PSA,或者,终端设备、接入网设备、所述PSA;Wherein, the transmission sequence of the uplink data packets on the first path is: terminal equipment, access network equipment, new intermediate user plane function network element I-UPF, the PSA, or terminal equipment, access network equipment , said PSA;
    所述第二路径上的上行数据包的传输顺序依次为:终端设备、接入网设备、源I-UPF、所述PSA,或者,终端设备、接入网设备、所述PSA。The transmission order of the uplink data packets on the second path is: the terminal device, the access network device, the source I-UPF, the PSA, or the terminal device, the access network device, and the PSA.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述SMF在向PSA发送第一指示信息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 4, wherein before the SMF sends the first indication information to the PSA, the method further comprises:
    所述SMF接收到来自于接入和移动性管理功能AMF或者新中间会话管理功能网元I-SMF的第一信息;The SMF receives the first information from the access and mobility management function AMF or the new intermediate session management function network element I-SMF;
    所述SMF根据所述第一信息,确定向所述PSA发送所述第一指示信息;The SMF determines to send the first indication information to the PSA according to the first information;
    其中,所述第一信息包括:接入网设备未变化的指示信息或者第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示对上行数据包进行排序。Wherein, the first information includes: indication information that the access network equipment has not changed or third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate to sort the uplink data packets.
  6. 根据权利要求4或5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 4 or 5, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    所述SMF向AMF或者接入网设备发送第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述接入网设备在所述第二路径上发送所述结束标志。The SMF sends fourth indication information to the AMF or the access network device, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct the access network device to send the end flag on the second path.
  7. 一种PDU会话中数据包传输的方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A method for packet transmission in a PDU session, characterized in that the method comprises:
    接入网设备接收接入和移动性管理功能AMF网元发送的第二信息;The access network device receives the second information sent by the access and mobility management function AMF network element;
    所述接入网设备根据所述第二信息,在第二路径上发送结束标志,所述结束标志用于指示所述第二路径上的上行数据包传输结束;The access network device sends an end flag on the second path according to the second information, and the end flag is used to indicate the end of the transmission of the uplink data packet on the second path;
    所述接入网设备在第一路径上发送上行数据包;The access network device sends an uplink data packet on the first path;
    其中,所述第一路径上的上行数据包的传输顺序依次为:终端设备、接入网设备、新中间用户面功能网元I-UPF、PSA,或者,终端设备、接入网设备、PSA;Wherein, the transmission sequence of the uplink data packets on the first path is: terminal equipment, access network equipment, new intermediate user plane function network element I-UPF, PSA, or terminal equipment, access network equipment, PSA ;
    所述第二路径上的上行数据包的传输顺序依次为:终端设备、接入网设备、源I-UPF、所述PSA,或者,终端设备、接入网设备、所述PSA。The transmission order of the uplink data packets on the second path is: the terminal device, the access network device, the source I-UPF, the PSA, or the terminal device, the access network device, and the PSA.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二信息包括:The method according to claim 7, wherein the second information includes:
    新I-UPF的隧道信息、所述PSA的隧道信息、第四指示信息、或者接入网设备未变化的指示信息中的至少一个;At least one of the tunnel information of the new I-UPF, the tunnel information of the PSA, the fourth indication information, or the indication information that the access network equipment has not changed;
    所述第四指示信息用于指示所述接入网设备在所述第二路径上发送所述结束标志。The fourth indication information is used to instruct the access network device to send the end flag on the second path.
  9. 一种PDU会话中数据包传输的方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A method for packet transmission in a PDU session, characterized in that the method comprises:
    接入网设备接收来自于AMF的第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示:所述接入网设备在第二路径上接收到结束标志之前,缓存来自于第一路径上的下行数据包;The access network device receives fifth indication information from the AMF, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate: the access network device caches the downlink from the first path before receiving the end flag on the second path data pack;
    所述接入网设备根据所述第五指示信息,在所述第二路径上接收到结束标志之前,缓存来自于所述第一路径上的下行数据包,所述第一路径上的下行数据包和所述第二路径上的下行数据包为同一个PDU会话的下行数据包,所述结束标志用于指示所述第二路径上的下行数据包传输结束;The access network device buffers the downlink data packets from the first path before receiving the end flag on the second path according to the fifth indication information, and the downlink data packets on the first path The packet and the downlink data packet on the second path are downlink data packets of the same PDU session, and the end flag is used to indicate the end of the transmission of the downlink data packet on the second path;
    所述接入网设备向终端设备发送在所述第二路径上接收到的下行数据包;The access network device sends the downlink data packet received on the second path to the terminal device;
    所述接入网设备在所述在第二路径上接收到所述结束标志时,向所述终端设备发送所述缓存的下行数据包;The access network device sends the cached downlink data packet to the terminal device when the end flag is received on the second path;
    其中,所述第一路径上的下行数据包的传输顺序依次为:PSA、新I-UPF、所述接入网设备、终端设备,或者,PSA、所述接入网设备、终端设备,所述第二路径上的下行数据包的传输顺序依次为:PSA、源I-UPF、所述接入网设备、终端设备,或者,PSA、所述接入网设备、终端设备。Wherein, the transmission sequence of the downlink data packets on the first path is: PSA, new I-UPF, the access network device, terminal device, or, PSA, the access network device, terminal device, the The transmission sequence of the downlink data packets on the second path is: PSA, source I-UPF, the access network device, terminal device, or, PSA, the access network device, and terminal device.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第五指示信息包括:The method according to claim 9, wherein the fifth indication information includes:
    接入网设备未变化的指示信息。Indication information that the access network equipment has not changed.
  11. 根据权利要求9或10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接入网设备在所述第二路径上接收到所述结束标志,包括:The method according to claim 9 or 10, wherein the receiving the end flag by the access network device on the second path comprises:
    所述接入网设备在所述第二路径上接收来自于所述PSA的所述结束标志。The access network device receives the end indicator from the PSA on the second path.
  12. 一种PDU会话中数据包传输的方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A method for packet transmission in a PDU session, characterized in that the method comprises:
    PSA接收来自于SMF的第三信息;The PSA receives the third information from the SMF;
    所述PSA根据所述第三信息,在第二路径上发送结束标志,所述结束标志用于指示所述第二路径上的下行数据包传输结束;The PSA sends an end flag on the second path according to the third information, and the end flag is used to indicate the end of the downlink data packet transmission on the second path;
    其中,第一路径上的下行数据包的传输顺序依次为:PSA、新I-UPF、接入网设备、终端设备,或者,PSA、接入网设备、终端设备,所述第二路径上的下行数据包的传输顺序依次为:PSA、源I-UPF、接入网设备、终端设备,或者,PSA、接入网设备、终端设备,所述第一路径上的下行数据包和所述第二路径上的下行数据包为同一个PDU会话的下行数据包。Wherein, the transmission sequence of the downlink data packets on the first path is: PSA, new I-UPF, access network equipment, terminal equipment, or, PSA, access network equipment, terminal equipment, and the order of transmission on the second path The transmission sequence of the downlink data packet is: PSA, source I-UPF, access network device, terminal device, or, PSA, access network device, terminal device, the downlink data packet on the first path and the first path The downlink data packets on the two paths are the downlink data packets of the same PDU session.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三信息包括:The method according to claim 12, wherein the third information includes:
    用于更新PSA的下行隧道信息或者指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示:所述PSA在第二路径上发送所述结束标志。It is used to update downlink tunnel information or indication information of the PSA, where the indication information is used to indicate that the PSA sends the end flag on the second path.
  14. 一种PDU会话中数据包传输的方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A method for packet transmission in a PDU session, characterized in that the method comprises:
    SMF接收到来自于AMF或者新I-SMF的第四信息;The SMF receives fourth information from the AMF or the new I-SMF;
    所述SMF根据所述第四信息,向PSA发送第三信息,所述第三信息用于指示:所述PSA在第二路径上发送结束标志,所述结束标志用于指示所述第二路径上的下行数据包传输结束;The SMF sends third information to the PSA according to the fourth information, the third information is used to indicate that: the PSA sends an end flag on the second path, and the end flag is used to indicate that the second path The transmission of the uplink and downlink data packets ends;
    其中,第一路径上的下行数据包的传输顺序依次为:PSA、新I-UPF、接入网设备、终端设备,或者,PSA、接入网设备、终端设备,所述第二路径上的下行数据包的传输顺序依次为:PSA、源I-UPF、接入网设备、终端设备,或者,PSA、接入网设备、终端设备,所述第一路径上的下行数据包和所述第二路径上的下行数据包为同一个PDU会话的下行数据包。Wherein, the transmission sequence of the downlink data packets on the first path is: PSA, new I-UPF, access network equipment, terminal equipment, or, PSA, access network equipment, terminal equipment, and the order of transmission on the second path The transmission sequence of the downlink data packet is: PSA, source I-UPF, access network device, terminal device, or, PSA, access network device, terminal device, the downlink data packet on the first path and the first path The downlink data packets on the two paths are the downlink data packets of the same PDU session.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第四信息包括:接入网设备未变化的指示信息、或者用于指示对下行数据包进行排序的指示信息。The method according to claim 14, wherein the fourth information includes: indication information indicating that the access network equipment has not changed, or indication information used to indicate ordering of downlink data packets.
  16. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器用于存储指令,所述处理器用于读取所述指令以执行如权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法或者如权利要求9至15中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that the communication device includes a processor and a memory, the memory is used to store instructions, and the processor is used to read the instructions to execute the instructions described in any one of claims 1 to 8 The method as described or the method as described in any one of claims 9 to 15.
  17. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储了计算机程序,所述计算机程序包括程序指令,所述程序指令当被处理器执行时使所述处理器执行如权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法或者如权利要求9至15中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that a computer program is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, the computer program includes program instructions, and when executed by a processor, the program instructions cause the processor to perform the following steps: The method according to any one of claims 1 to 8 or the method according to any one of claims 9 to 15.
  18. 一种芯片,其特征在于,包括:处理器,用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,使得安装有所述芯片的通信设备执行如权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法或者如权利要求9至15中任一项所述的方法。A chip, characterized in that it includes: a processor, used to call and run a computer program from a memory, so that the communication device installed with the chip executes the method according to any one of claims 1 to 8 or the method described in any one of claims 1 to 8 A method as claimed in any one of claims 9 to 15.
PCT/CN2022/129606 2021-11-29 2022-11-03 Method for transmitting data packet in pdu session, and communication apparatus WO2023093493A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202111437794.4A CN116192329A (en) 2021-11-29 2021-11-29 Method and communication device for transmitting data packet in PDU (protocol data unit) session
CN202111437794.4 2021-11-29

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023093493A1 true WO2023093493A1 (en) 2023-06-01

Family

ID=86444775

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/129606 WO2023093493A1 (en) 2021-11-29 2022-11-03 Method for transmitting data packet in pdu session, and communication apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN116192329A (en)
WO (1) WO2023093493A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112105065A (en) * 2019-06-17 2020-12-18 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and communication device
WO2021070086A1 (en) * 2019-10-07 2021-04-15 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Ue controlled pdu sessions on a network slice
CN112839365A (en) * 2018-11-14 2021-05-25 华为技术有限公司 Out-of-order control method and device for downlink data

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112839365A (en) * 2018-11-14 2021-05-25 华为技术有限公司 Out-of-order control method and device for downlink data
CN112105065A (en) * 2019-06-17 2020-12-18 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and communication device
WO2021070086A1 (en) * 2019-10-07 2021-04-15 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Ue controlled pdu sessions on a network slice

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
HUAWEI, HISILICON, ERICSSON, NOKIA, NOKIA SHANGHAI BELL: "Different N3/N9 tunnel information", 3GPP DRAFT; S2-2001039, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. SA WG2, no. Incheon, South Korea; 20200113 - 20200117, 16 January 2020 (2020-01-16), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051843797 *
HUAWEI, HISILICON: "Different N3/N9 tunnel information", 3GPP DRAFT; S2-2000372, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. SA WG2, no. Incheon, South Korea; 20200113 - 20200117, 7 January 2020 (2020-01-07), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051842445 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN116192329A (en) 2023-05-30

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20220217604A1 (en) Session context conversion
US10609608B2 (en) Method for changing connection mode in base station, and base station therefor, and method for changing connection mode in user equipment, and user equipment thereof
US20110116469A1 (en) Local internet protocol access/selected internet protocol traffic offload packet encapsulation to support seamless mobility
US20220217611A1 (en) Service Configuration Method, Communication Apparatus, and Communication System
WO2020019764A1 (en) Information transmission method and device, and computer readable storage medium
WO2019196643A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2020224596A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
US20220174546A1 (en) User Plane Information Reporting Method And Apparatus
WO2023280121A1 (en) Method and apparatus for obtaining edge service
WO2020200066A1 (en) Data packet latency parameter acquisition method, system and apparatus
JP2012519396A (en) Method and apparatus related to a communication node with a plurality of communication interfaces for notifying the setup of a dynamic path
WO2022110214A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2022022014A1 (en) Qos flow control method and communication device
US20230254922A1 (en) Multipath transmission method and communication apparatus
US20210227614A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
WO2021083321A1 (en) Communication method and device
US11375024B1 (en) Programmable networking device for user plane function
CN110138685B (en) Communication method and device
WO2021062765A1 (en) Information transmission method and device
WO2023093493A1 (en) Method for transmitting data packet in pdu session, and communication apparatus
WO2020103086A1 (en) Wireless communication method, network node and terminal device
TWI836328B (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2022021355A1 (en) Session establishment method and apparatus, and device and storage medium
WO2023138547A1 (en) Tunnel information sending method and apparatus
WO2024208017A1 (en) Communication method, communication apparatus, and communication system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22897576

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE